CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Installation and Operation Manual

CDM-760

IMPORTANT NOTE: The information contained in this document supersedes all previously published information regarding this product. Product specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Part Number MN-CDM760 Revision 0

CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Installation and Operation Manual

CDM-760
Part Number MN-CDM760 Revision 0

Copyright © 2013 Comtech EF Data. All rights reserved. Printed in the USA. Comtech EF Data, 2114 West 7th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281 USA, 480.333.2200, FAX: 480.333.2161

Blank Page

Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

TABLE OF CONTENTS
0B

PREFACE .............................................................................................................................................................. XV
About this Manual .......................................................................................................................................................... xv Conventions and References ........................................................................................................................................... xv Safety and Compliance .................................................................................................................................................. xvi Product Support ............................................................................................................................................................ xix Warranty Policy .............................................................................................................................................................. xx

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 1–1
1.1 1.2 Overview......................................................................................................................................................... 1–1 CDM-760 Functional Description...................................................................................................................... 1–2

1.3 CDM-760 Features ........................................................................................................................................... 1–5 1.3.1 Physical Description ............................................................................................................................................... 1–6 1.3.2 Dimensional Envelope ............................................................................................................................................ 1–7 1.3.3 CDM-760 External Physical Features...................................................................................................................... 1–8 1.4 CDM-760 Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 1–11 1.4.1 System Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... 1–11 1.4.2 Environmental and Physical ................................................................................................................................. 1–11 1.4.3 Base Unit Connectors ........................................................................................................................................... 1–12 1.4.4 Test Functions ...................................................................................................................................................... 1–12 1.4.5 Modulator (Dual IF) .............................................................................................................................................. 1–12 1.4.6 Demodulator (Dual IF) .......................................................................................................................................... 1–13 1.4.7 Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) ............................................................................................................. 1–14 1.4.8 DoubleTalk® Carrier-in-Carrier® (CnC) ................................................................................................................... 1–15 1.4.9 Regulatory Compliance ........................................................................................................................................ 1–15 1.4.10 Standard Assemblies ........................................................................................................................................ 1–16 1.4.11 Optional Assemblies ........................................................................................................................................ 1–16

CHAPTER 2. INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................... 2–1
2.1 Unpack and Inspect the Equipment ................................................................................................................. 2–1

2.2 Install the Unit into a Rack Enclosure ............................................................................................................... 2–2 2.2.1 Install the Optional Rear Support Brackets Kit ....................................................................................................... 2–4 2.2.2 Install the Optional Bearingless Rack Slide Set....................................................................................................... 2–6

CHAPTER 3. REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS ........................................................................................... 3–1
3.1 Cabling Connection Types ................................................................................................................................ 3–1 3.1.1 Coaxial Cable Connections ..................................................................................................................................... 3–1 3.1.2 D-Subminiature Cable Connections ....................................................................................................................... 3–3
iii

........................ ETHERNET-BASED REMOTE PRODUCT MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................................4 Updating Firmware via the Internet ....................................................................................1...............................................................3 Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD) .................................3................1 Introduction ............................... 5–2 5......................4 Telnet Interface ........................................................................................................................... 5–6 5............................................. 3–6 3.....................................2.....3 48V Direct Current (DC) Power Interface (Optional)(FUTURE) ........................................................................................................................2 Utility Connector Group ...............................................................................................................................3 4.......................................1 4....................................................2 115V/230V Alternating Current (AC) Power Interface (Standard) ...............2..................................... 4–2 Downloading and Extracting the Firmware Update ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3–10 3.....................3 SELECT: Monitor .......................3................................................2.... 3–4 3.....................................3 SNMP Interface ............. 4–6 Performing the Ethernet FTP Upload Procedure ...............2...3..........................................................................................................................................1................................................................ 6–2 6............................ 5–41 5....................1................................................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3.....................................................2 4.................................................. 6–7 iv .......... 4–8 CHAPTER 5....................................................3......................................................................................................3 Terrestrial Data Connector Group ................................................................................................................1 User Login .............................3 3. 5–1 5..................................................... 5–3 5.............................................................................................................2........................... 4–1 Getting Started: Preparing for the Firmware Download ................... 5–4 5.....5 Web Server (HTTP) Interface............................................................2 SELECT: Configuration .......2 CDM-760 Front Panel Menus .........................................................4 SELECT: Test ............................................... 5–48 CHAPTER 6........................................................................................ 3–13 3.......2 Keypad ......................................1.................................................................................................................................................................. 4–1 4...........3.. 6–3 6........................4.........................1............1 6..............1 IF Connector Group ...... 6–4 6..3 SNMP Traps .............................................................2 CDM-760 Cabling Connections . 5–5 5................2 Introduction ..................................................... 3–7 3......................2 SNMP Community Strings .........................................................................................................................................................1 Management Information Base (MIB) Files ....................................................2........................................................................................3 Ground and Power Connections .................. 3–14 3...................... 3–4 RJ-45............................. 3–5 3................ 5–6 5................................................4 Circular Cable Connections ...................................................................................................................1 Telnet Operation via HyperTerminal ......3..........................................2.......... 6–2 6..... UPDATING FIRMWARE ............................................................................. 3–13 3............................. RJ-48 Cable Connections .................... 6–5 6................1 LED Indicators ......................5..............................................................1 SELECT: (Main) Menu .............................................. 6–7 6.......................1 Chassis Ground Interface .......................................................................................................................... 6–1 Ethernet Management Interface Protocols ................ 6–5 6.......................................................................................................................................................... 3–16 CHAPTER 4................................................. 6–3 6......................................................................................................................................................................................................... FRONT PANEL OPERATION....... 6–1 6.................................. 5–1 5.....................

......................................1 Introduction ....................... A–1 A.................1 FAST Activation via the CDM-760 Front Panel .......... B–1 B......5...............................................................................................2............................................................................................ 7–2 7......................4 IP Packet Parameters ............................................11 Modem Performance ...........................................3 OC-3 Single/Multi Mode PIIC Module Kits (CEFD P/N KT-000025X) .................................................... C–1 Background ............................................ 7–16 7........ 7–11 7.......................... B–4 B..........................................................................................................5 Remote Commands and Queries ................2 7................ A–2 APPENDIX B....2 6........................... 6–9 Web Server Interface Page Descriptions ............................1 C..................................................................................2 STM-1 Copper PIIC Module Kit (CEFD P/N KT-0000255) .................................2 Optional PIIC Modules ..........................................................................................................................................................................5....................................................6 ACM Parameters ...................................................................5................................................................ A–1 A...............9 ODU Parameters.............. 7–3 7.............1.............................7 PIIC Interface Parameters.........................................1 7......................................................................................................................................................... 7–35 7... 7–1 EIA-485 ............ 6–8 Web Server Interface – Menu Tree ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7–7 7............................................. PIIC (PLUG-IN INTERFACE CARD) MODULES . B–6 B........................... 7–2 EIA-232 .......................................................................................................................5.................................10 Modem Information .......................................... C–1 C... B–4 B.........5...........4........................................703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module (CEFD P/N PL-0000795) ..............................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.............8 Bulk Configuration Strings .......................................................................................... 6–10 CHAPTER 7........................................................................................................................................................................ 7–2 7..............................1 Typical PIIC Module Installation ..................................................................................................................................... B–8 APPENDIX C. 7–14 7........... C–2 v ....................1 Basic Protocol ..... 7–1 7................................................ 7–2 7.............................5................... B–1 B..........................3 6.. 7–30 7........... 7–24 7...............................................................5 Unit Parameters .................... 7–31 7...............2 Introduction ...........................................................................................................................12 Redundancy Control ....................................................................................................................................................................................................2........................................... 7–40 APPENDIX A.1 Section and Page Index ...............5...................................................................................4 Remote Commands and Queries Overview ........................................................... SERIAL-BASED REMOTE PRODUCT MANAGEMENT ................5..................................................................4................. 7–25 7........5............................... 7–7 7.................................1 G.............................................................5......................................................4 Web Server Interface – Operational Features........................5............................................................................................................................................................................................2 FAST Activation Procedure.....................................5....................2............... 7–28 7.........5..................................... FAST OPTIONS AND ACTIVATION PROCEDURE .........................................................................................3 Rx Parameters .....................................5.........3 Introduction .................................................................................5...................................................2 Tx Parameters .........................................................................2.............................. A–1 A................................................. 7–8 7...... ADAPTIVE CODING AND MODULATION OPTION ............................................................................... B–2 B...............................................................................................................2 Packet Structure ....................1 FAST System Overview ...............................................................................................................

.6 Monitoring ACM Performance and Statistics .5..............5............................................................. C–10 C............................................................................................................................................................................... C–11 C................................................. D–9 D.................... C–17 C. C–13 C..4 CDM-760 ACM Scheme ............5...................3 ACM – Summary of Specifications .........................................................7 Commissioning and Deploying Carrier-in-Carrier .................................... D–20 Glossary .................................................................................................................2 Estimating / Calculating CnC Ratio ................. D–10 D..........4.....4 Long and Short Frames............................. C–22 APPENDIX D..1 DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Cancellation Process ............................. D–20 Carrier-in-Carrier Summary.......................................................4..................................................................................5................................................................ D–4 D........4........................... C–11 C...........4 System Functionality and Operational Considerations.. C–11 C..........................................................4.............................................................................................................................................................................................. C–9 C..................................2..................................................................................5 Configuring ACM in the CDM-760 .. D–20 D.....2 Notes and Recommendations ............................2 ACM Configuration via the CDM-760 Web Server Interface .............1 ACM Configuration via the Front Panel ....1 C.............................................................................................................................................6 D.............. D–16 D...............................................................................................................................................4.................................... C–18 C.................................5 Carrier-in-Carrier Link Design ....................................................6....................................................................4... D–17 D...................................................................................... D–1 D....................4.................................1 ACM Congestion Control ............................................................................................1 Calculating a Carrier-in-Carrier Link Budget .......................................... D–18 D.............4..........................................................................5....................................4........................2 Distortion Adaptation / Modulation Type Impairment ..................................... D–9 D.....5 Operational References .................................... D–5 D....... D–17 D..................................................................................4..................................................................... ES/NO MEASUREMENT ..................... C–9 C..................4.....................................................................................................1 Introduction .. C–19 C......................6............................ D–1 D......1 Target Es/No Margin ..................................................3 ACM Operational Link Example ................................................................................................................................................................ D–2 Operational Details ......... E–1 vi ......................................... C–6 C.......6 Symmetric Data Rate Link .................................................4....................................................................3 Carrier-in-Carrier Latency ................... C–15 C.......................................................................5 Monotonic Operation...................................................................................1 What is DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier? .......................................1.......... DOUBLETALK CARRIER-IN-CARRIER (CNC) OPTION..................................................................... D–11 D..........................................8 DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Specifications ........................................................... C–21 C..............................................................................6 ModCod Selection ............... C–20 C.............................................................................................................. C–4 ACM System Description ....................................................4.................................................... D–8 D..7 D.................................................6.............2 D..........................................................................2 Margin Requirements....................................................................................................................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C...............................................................3 Application Requirements .................................4 Carrier-in-Carrier and Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) ......................................................................................................... D–10 D....3 Pilots ........................................................................................ D–1 D...................................................................... D–21 APPENDIX E...................3 Calculating CnC Ratio and PSD Ratio from Satmaster ...........................

................................ G–3 G............................. ETHERNET STATISTICS AND STATUS REPORTING ..............................................1 G.......... G–1 G.................................................................................................2 Ethernet Overhead ........2 Introduction .................3.............................................................................................. G–3 G........................ F–3 F...........3.....................................4 CDM-760 Ethernet Overview ................................................................................................................................. F–2 F...3 Statistics Items ....................................................................................................................1 Ethernet Interfaces.................................................................................................... G–4 1B vii ......................................... G–4 G.......4 BER Testing ....................6 ACM Demodulator Status.....................1 F............. G–3 G....................................... ETHERNET NETWORK CONFIGURATION ...................................... F–1 F............3...............................................................................................................................................3 Ethernet Configuration Examples................................................................................................. F–1 Ethernet Routers and Switches ..................... G–4 G...............................................................................4...................2 Framing and Baseband Statistics ...................................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 APPENDIX F...............................................................1 Ethernet Network Overview .......3.................................................................3.......................... F–2 F........................................................................................................................ G–4 G............................................2 Introduction .............. F–3 F.........3 Status Items .......................... G–1 Data Flow Diagram ....................................................................................................................................7 CnC Status .....................................................................................................................1 Ethernet Data Statistics ................................................................................................ G–4 G.........3.... G–1 G..4............................... F–1 F............................................................................................................................................................... F–4 APPENDIX G................................3.....................3..................................................................................................................................................5 ACM Modulator Status ..........................................

..... 1–9 Figure 1-5......... G......................................................... L-Band Input Level vs............................................... Status | ACM Status page ................................................................. B–8 Figure C-1............................. Status | Firmware Info page ...................................... B–2 Figure B-2............................................................................................................................................................................. 3–12 Figure 3-7........................................................................................................................... Symbol Rate ..................................................................................................................... 3–13 Figure 3-8......................................................... 6–22 Figure 6-13............................. 1–13 Figure 2-1................................. 3–16 Figure 3-13................................... 2–6 Figure 3-1.................................................................................... Downlink Margin vs...... OC-3 Single Mode or Multi Mode PIIC Module – SFP Installation ................ CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem .. CDM-760 Rear Panel View ........ Install the Optional Bearingless Rack Slide Set ................. Admin | SNMP page .............. 6–28 Figure 6-18.................................... D-Subminiature Connector Examples......................................................................... 6–21 Figure 6-12.......... 3–17 Figure 5-1............... Configuration | Test page ............... 3–3 Figure 3-3.............................................................. Replace the AC Fuses ......................................................... 6–19 Figure 6-10.................... Unpack and Inspect the Shipment ......................................................................................................................... Typical PIIC Module Installation .............. 6–25 Figure 6-16.....................703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module Block Diagram ................................................................. Chassis Ground Interface ....................................................................................703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module ........... 3–11 Figure 3-5............................... 1–13 Figure 1-6........................................................................ 3–5 Figure 3-4............... Status | Logs page .................................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 FIGURES 2B Figure 1-1............... 3–14 Figure 3-9............................................... G......... Average Link Availability ....................................................................................... 2–3 Figure 2-3..... STM-1 Copper PIIC Module – SFP Installation ................................... 6–16 Figure 6-7...... TxGraph pages (TxMinutes page shown) ............ STM-1 Copper PIIC Module Kit (CEFD P/N KT-0000255) ............ 5–33 Figure 5-3................................ CDM-760 Front Panel View ........................................ 6–18 Figure 6-9................................................................................... 3–14 Figure 3-10.......... Apply AC Power to the unit ............................................................................................. Install the Unit into a Rack Enclosure ........................ Loopback Test Modes ................................. C–4 viii ...... DC Power Interface ..................................................................... Symbol Rate............... 6–14 Figure 6-5................................ Configuration | LNB page ........................................... 1–8 Figure 1-4.. CDM-760 Dimensional Envelope ................................... 3–15 Figure 3-11...................................................................................................... 6–11 Figure 6-3................................. 3–1 Figure 3-2............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Status | BB Statistics page ........................................................... Home | Contact and Home | Support pages ................................ CDM-760 Cabling Connections ................................................................................................................................................................ MAC Learning Operations............................................................................................................................................................... B–6 Figure B-6............... 5–50 Figure 6-1.................................................................. B–6 Figure B-7............................................................................................ Install the Optional Rear Support Brackets Kit......................................................................................................................................................... B–4 Figure B-3........................................................................................... 6–10 Figure 6-2....................................... 6–15 Figure 6-6...... 6–34 Figure B-1.......................................................... 2–4 Figure 2-4........ Status | Status page ............ 6–23 Figure 6-14............................ 1–1 Figure 1-2......... Coaxial Connector Examples ........... 6–12 Figure 6-4............................................................................................................................................................................. Typical SFP Module Installation ........................................... 6–17 Figure 6-8.............................................................................................................. 1–7 Figure 1-3................................. Configuration | Modem page . 6–31 Figure 6-20........................................ 6–29 Figure 6-19........................................ Apply DC Power to the unit ......................................................... G. B–8 Figure B-8..................... CDM-760 Front Panel View ......................... Configuration | Mask page ... Status | IP Statistics page ............................................................................................... Replace DC Fuses ........................ PIIC Data Interface Slots......... Admin | Access page ............................................ Interfaces | Ethernet page ................................................ OC-3 Single Mode or Multi Mode PIIC Module Kit (CEFD P/N KT-000025X) ..................................................................... 3–16 Figure 3-12.................... B–4 Figure B-5..... 5–1 Figure 5-2.. 3–12 Figure 3-6 Install a PIIC Data Module .............................................. 6–20 Figure 6-11.............................................................................. Interfaces | PIIC page .......................... Configuration | Utilities page .................................................... CDM-760 Home page ................................... 70/140 MHz Input Level vs.... 6–24 Figure 6-15................................................................................................................... 2–1 Figure 2-2....... B–4 Figure B-4....................................................................................... AC Power Interface ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6–26 Figure 6-17........................................................................... RxGraph pages (RxMinutes page shown) ..........703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module Panel Connectors ............................................................................................. Status | Info page ..........................................

... CDM-760 Data Flow Diagram ................................................................................................ Single Hop Latency ........................ C–13 Figure C-6............................................ D–3 Figure D-2.................................................................................................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Figure C-2.................................................................. D–5 Figure D-3.... C–18 Figure C-8....... F–4 Figure G-1................................................................................. Conceptual Block Diagram ............................. F–3 Figure F-3................................... D–8 Figure D-6.................................. F–2 Figure F-2.............................. CDM-760 Ethernet Architecture Design ....... C–20 Figure D-1......... C–10 Figure C-5............................................ C–7 Figure C-4......................................................... User Throughput vs.................................................... C–14 Figure C-7.......................................................................................................................... DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Signals ............................... C–5 Figure C-3................................................................................................................... Same Link Using CDM-760 and DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier ....................................... Networking Loop with Switches ....... D–9 Figure F-1.................................................................... CDM-760 Web Server Interface – Configuration | Modem page .............. Spectral Efficiency vs... Improper Use of External Switch with CDM-760 ................ Carrier-in-Carrier Signal Processing Block Diagram ...................................................................................... Time and Fades .......................................... Modem Es/No @ QEF (Pruned ModCods) .................. Conventional FDMA Link .......................................................... ACM-over-Satellite – Generic Example......... D–6 Figure D-5. CDM-760 – ACM Congestion Control ........................... Duplex Link Optimization ... Spectral Efficiency vs................................................................................................................................. Ideal Es/No @ QEF................ D–6 Figure D-4................... G–2 ix .................................

......................... E–3 Table E-2 DVB-S2-EB1..................................................................................... C–5 Table C-4..... Spectral Efficiency and Ideal Es/No by ModCod ............... C–2 Table C-2.................................................. Normal Block........... 5–14 Table C-1......... Normal Block.............................................................800 bits) ..................................... C–12 Table C-6...................................................................... 5–13 Table 5-4..........................800 bits) ............... ACM Example for Standard FECFrame (64........................... CDM-760 Front Panel Menus............ QEF (PER 10e-7) ............................. Data Rate by Option Symbol Rate ..................................... Symbol Rate / Data Rate Range for Standard FECFrame (DVB-S2 Standard FECFrame = 64... 1–4 Table 3-1............. Turning Margin into Additional Capacity ......................................................................................... CDM-760 Rear Panel Connectors .......... C–3 Table C-3............................................................800 bits) ........................ FAST and FAST-accessible Hardware Options ..................Table of Contents CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 TABLES Table 1-1.......................................................................................... 3–5 Table 5-1.................................. ModCod Comparison: ACM vs.............................................. Spectral Efficiency using DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier .................................................................................................................... E–4 x ..................................................................................................... 5–2 Table 5-2.................................................... DVBS2........... LED Descriptions ........................................................................ 5–5 Table 5-3........ D–7 Table E-1..................................... Pilot ON................. C–11 Table C-5.......... CCM ............................... Symbol Rate / Data Rate Range for Standard FECFrame (DVB-S2-EB1 Standard FECFrame = 64... Modulation Type Impairment .............. C–16 Table D-1.................................................................................. Pilot ON............................................................. QEF (PER 10e-7) .........................

and Notes A WARNING gives information about a possible hazard that MAY CAUSE DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY. Comtech EF Data acknowledges that all trademarks are the property of the trademark owners. Conventions and References Patents and Trademarks See all of Comtech EF Data's Patents and Patents Pending at http://patents. DoubleTalk® is a registered trademark of "Raytheon Applied Signal Technology". Examples of Multi-Hazard Notices xv . Warnings. A CAUTION gives information about a possible hazard that MAY CAUSE INJURY or PROPERTY DAMAGE. Carrier-in-Carrier® is a registered trademark of Comtech EF Data. A NOTE gives important information about a task or the equipment.comtechefdata.Preface CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 PREFACE About this Manual This manual gives installation and operation information for the Comtech EF Data CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem. Cautions.com. This document is intended for anyone who installs or operates the CDM-760. • • • DoubleTalk® is licensed from "Raytheon Applied Signal Technology".

CORROSIVE OR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES. IF THE UNIT IS OPERATED IN A VEHICLE OR MOVABLE INSTALLATION.g. Part 1: Common technical requirements). All other references in the manual refer to EIA designations.Preface CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Recommended Standard Designations The new designation of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) supersedes the Recommended Standard (RS) designations. European Union Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment (R&TTE) Directive (1999/5/EC) and EN 301 489-1 Independent testing verifies that the unit complies with the European Union R&TTE Directive. RS-232) displayed on the Web Server pages.7 FEET). CONDENSATION.. LINE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. standards. DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT WITHOUT A DIRECT CONNECTION TO GROUND. Safety and Compliance Electrical Safety and Compliance The unit complies with the EN 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment (Including Electrical Business Machines) safety standard. PRECIPITATION. Operating Environment DO NOT OPERATE THE UNIT IN ANY OF THESE EXTREME OPERATING CONDITIONS: • • • • • • AMBIENT TEMPERATURES LESS THAN 0° C (32° F) OR MORE THAN 50° C (122° F). and practices that follow: xvi . and the Declarations of Conformity for the applicable directives. EN 60950 SAFETY IS NOT GUARANTEED. OTHERWISE. OR HUMID ATMOSPHERES OF MORE THAN 95% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. FLAMMABLE GASES. UNPRESSURIZED ALTITUDES OF MORE THAN 2000 METRES (6561. its reference to EN 301 489-1 (Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters [ERM]. MAKE SURE THE UNIT IS STABLE. References to the old designations may be shown when depicting actual text (e. serial remote interface. or unit rear panel. Electrical Installation CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SYSTEM THAT HAS SEPARATE GROUND. EXCESSIVE DUST. ElectroMagnetic Compatibility [EMC] standard for radio equipment and services.

Federal Communications Commission Federal Code of Regulation FCC Part 15. TO ENSURE THAT THE UNIT COMPLIES WITH THESE STANDARDS. Subpart B. and Methods of Measurement. European Union Low Voltage Directive (LVD) (2006/95/EC) Symbol <HAR> Description Type of power cord required for use in the European Community. Type ‘D’ cabling must have a continuous outer shield (either foil or braid. refer to Warnings. xvii . CAUTION: Double-pole/Neutral Fusing ACHTUNG: Zweipolige bzw. Immunity: EN 55024 – Information Technology Equipment: Immunity Characteristics. Cautions and Notes listed earlier in this Preface. Use Type 'D' connectors that have back-shells with continuous metallic shielding. Neutralleiter-Sicherung ! International Symbols Symbol Definition Alternating Current Fuse Symbol Definition Protective Earth Chassis Ground For additional symbols. The shield must be bonded to the back-shell. • Operate the unit with its cover on at all times. Limits. OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS: • • Use coaxial cable that is of good quality for connections to the L-Band Type ‘N’ Rx (receive) female connector.Preface CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 European Union Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive (2004/108/EC) • • • • • Emissions: EN 55022 Class B – Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment. EN 61000-3-2 – Harmonic Currents Emission EN 61000-3-3 – Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker. or both).

European Union Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (91/263/EEC) In accordance with the European Union Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 91/263/EEC. CE Mark Comtech EF Data declares that the unit meets the necessary requirements for the CE Mark. Directive 2002/95/EC). the unit should not be directly connected to the Public Telecommunications Network.Preface CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 European Union RoHS Directive (2002/95/EC) This unit satisfies (with exemptions) the requirements specified in the European Union Directive on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (EU RoHS. xviii .

333.com Comtech EF Data Main Number Mailing Address +1.com/support Support Hours: Monday through Friday.333.1462 – select option #2 Fax: +1.2500 Email: techsupport@comtechefdata.4357 Fax:+1.1695 Email: supportcvni@comtechefdata.333.4357 Comtech EF Data support contacts Advanced VSAT Solutions Satellite Modems Modem Accessories Amplifiers IP-Enabled Satellite Modems IP-Based Modem Accessories Encapsulators.m. Arizona 85281 USA xix .2200 2114 West 7th Street Tempe.252.480.252.480. (MST) After hours and weekends: Comtech EF Data Tel: +1. Filtering & Encryption turboIP® Performance Enhancement Proxies (PEP) SkyWire™ MDX420 Satellite Network Gateway Vipersat Network Products IP-Enabled Satellite Modems used with VMS Advanced VSAT Solutions used with VMS Tel: +1.480.comtechefdata.m.2433 Fax: +1. 8:00 a. Receivers.com Converters Transceivers Terminals Tel:+1.2161 Email: cdmipsupport@comtechefdata.510.510.com Tel: +1.Preface CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Product Support On the web: http://www.333.333.480.480. to 5:00 p.480.333.

altered. its agents. at its option. the owner is responsible for freight to Comtech EF Data and all related customs. Comtech EF Data will return the equipment by the same method (i. etc. whichever is longer. and this period varies by product. xx .Preface CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Warranty Policy Comtech EF Data products are warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a specific period from the date of shipment. Surface) as the equipment was sent to Comtech EF Data. The buyer shall pass on to any purchaser. A fixed charge established for each product will be imposed for all equipment returned for warranty repair where Comtech EF Data Corporation cannot identify the cause of the reported failure. For equipment under warranty. Comtech EF Data strongly recommends all equipment be returned in its original packaging.e. or statutory. would affect the reliability or detracts from the performance of any part of the product. insurance. or any other legal theory. taxes. The remedies provided herein are the buyer’s sole and exclusive remedies. indirect. tariffs. including those of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. tort. Express. in the opinion of Comtech EF Data Corporation. or removed. and shall indemnify and hold harmless Comtech EF Data Corporation from any claims or liability of such purchaser. Repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original warranty or a 90 day extended warranty. implied. such as lightning or other natural and weather related events or wartime environments. Exclusive Remedies Comtech EF Data Corporation’s warranty. expressed. Comtech EF Data is responsible for the freight charges only for return of the equipment from the factory to the owner. and the return shipment to the buyer of the repaired or replaced parts. lessee. lessee. The warranty does not cover damage or loss incurred in transportation of the product. or other user of Comtech EF Data Corporation’s products. Contact Comtech EF Data for the warranty period specific to the product purchased. repaired. Comtech EF Data will. or user based upon allegations that the buyer. or for any inability to use them either separate from or in combination with any other equipment or products. The warranty does not cover replacement or repair necessitated by loss or damage from any cause beyond the control of Comtech EF Data Corporation. In most cases. Air. Comtech EF Data shall not be liable for any direct. Limitations of Warranty The warranty does not apply to any part of a product that has been installed. special. repair or replace products that prove to be defective. The warranty does not apply to any product or parts thereof where the serial number or the serial number of any of its parts has been altered. as stated is in lieu of all other warranties. incidental. or any labor required to diagnose the necessity for repair or replacement. whether based on contract. Comtech EF Data Corporation’s obligations under this warranty are limited to repair or replacement of failed parts. or misused in any way that. or is damaged as the result of use in a way or with equipment that had not been previously approved by Comtech EF Data Corporation. The warranty does not cover any labor involved in the removal and or reinstallation of warranted equipment or parts on site. the aforementioned warranty. defaced.. the warranty period is two years. All equipment returned for warranty repair must have a valid RMA number issued prior to return and be marked clearly on the return packaging. The warranty excludes any responsibility by Comtech EF Data Corporation for incidental or consequential damages arising from the use of the equipment or products. or consequential damages. During the warranty period. or employees have made additional warranties or representations as to product preference or use.

DVB-S2 is widely accepted as the most spectrally efficient standards-based waveforms. 10% and 15%) and minimizing implementation loss to near theoretical operation.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 1. The CDM-760 offers an expansive range of symbol rates (100 ksps to 150 Msps) and data rates (100 kbps to 314 Mbps). CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem The CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem (Figure 1-1) builds on our award-winning family of high-speed.1 Overview Figure 1-1. ultra efficient trunking modems. The CDM-760 accommodates the most demanding Internet Service Provider (ISP) and telco backhaul links by offering users the most advanced combination of space segment saving capabilities while minimizing the need for unnecessary overhead. point-to-point trunking modem available. The CDM-760 accomplishes this task by virtually doubling the number of available MODCODs. The CDM-760 further enhances our offerings to include ultra wide band symbol rates. With our Efficiency Boost technology (DVB-S2-EB1). Run in a duplex setting. the CDM-760 again furthers spectral efficiency with its DVB-S2-EB1 (Efficiency Boost) waveforms. Super Jumbo Frame (SJF) Ethernet support and many other value-added features. The CDM-760 is software upgradeable to support future standards including DVB-S2 Efficiency Boost. you can achieve a 10% – 35% increase in efficiency over the DVB-S2 standard without an increase in power or occupied bandwidth. this is a staggering 628 Mbps or 300 Msps. highest throughput. near theoretical performance with minimal implementation loss. introducing three new ROF figures (5%. Coupling these speeds with the native Super Jumbo Frame Ethernet interfaces supporting Ethernet frames from 64 Bytes to >10.2 Million packets / second). DVB-Sx and DVB-S3. INTRODUCTION 1.000 Bytes and the CDM-760 will process Ethernet frames at a blazing (> 1. The CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem was designed to be the most efficient. our proprietary DVB-S2 Efficiency Boost technology. Expanding on the efficient DVB-S2 EN 302 307 standard. 1–1 .

Offering 52% to 59% compression rates at random packet sizes using the Calgary Corpos bitstream. The innovative high-performance architecture of the CDM-760 allows efficient networking and transport over satellite links while supporting a wide range of applications and network topologies. Copper STM-1. Includes support for Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) and Constant Coding and Modulation (CCM): • • ACM allows optimization of throughput under all link conditions. the CDM-760 further increases throughput by using minimal overhead. or DCE). The data interface is a bidirectional path that connects the customer’s equipment (assumed to be the Data Terminal Equipment. purpose-driven processing. CCM is a constant bitrate. Two Plug-in Interface Card (PIIC) slots permit factory or field installation of optional data interfaces such as G. Supports reception and transmission of IP data over satellite links via two fundamentally different types of interface – IF and data: The IF interface provides a bidirectional link with the satellite via the uplink and downlink equipment. OC-3 SONET. Carrier-in-Carrier enables the operator to establish the perfect balance between bandwidth and power. When used in combination. These technologies alone offer enormous savings to the ISP and telco operator. or DTE) to the unit (assumed to be the Data Communications Equipment. etc. The optional K4 GZIP lossless compression engine performs real-time compression of Ethernet traffic and is capable of running at the full rate of the modem. 1. or reduce required bandwidth. Additionally. • 1–2 . • • • • Runs on an embedded operating system and does not have moving parts for media storage. however. With the ability to overlay TX and RX carriers. This design provides carrier class reliability and high speed.703 synchronous mode.703 E3/T3/STS-1. When using Ethernet bridge mode.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Implementing Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) operation allows link margin to be converted to user capacity during non-faded conditions by taking advantage of the actual signal to noise ratio rather than calculated worst case signal to noise. All non-volatile memory is provided by both onboard and Compact Flash devices. users can implement monitor and control over the satellite with no additional overhead.2 • CDM-760 Functional Description The CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem: Features a high performance processor and a real-time operating system (RTOS) combined with multiple Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). the CDM-760 leverages our powerful DoubleTalk® Carrier-in-Carrier® “Adaptive Cancellation” technology. coding and modulation. By using the best encapsulation methods. the savings are astronomical. All terrestrial data is connected using up to three available 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. less than 1% overhead is used for encapsulation. In G. enabling the best possible use of the satellite resource and reducing operating expenses (OPEX). K4 GZIP can greatly increase the throughput of the satellite link.

the receiver can operates in CCM or ACM. all of the receive configuration parameters are temporarily changed to match those of the transmit side.. Of particular note is the IF loopback. On-site Firmware Updates: Field update of the operating system firmware is possible through file upload via satellite or the Ethernet port. are serial streams that are not GSE encapsulated and are sent on to the rest of the modulator. The receiver automatically detects for pilots ON/OFF. Similarly. MultiStream traffic is decapsulated and demultiplexed to form the original data streams. like the G. 1–3 . On-site Operational Upgrades: Field activation of software-based options is possible through Comtech’s FAST (Fully Accessible System Topology) Feature upgrade process.g. and the data is decapsulated (GSE) to extract the Ethernet frames. Transmit data from non-IP interfaces. 70MHz will appear at 900+70 = 970MHz. In these modes of operation. the G.703 data interface.703 interface. The data is sent to the Rx side of the Ethernet interface for user access via an RJ-45 connector. 8PSK. and 32APSK modulation/ demodulation up to 150 Msps with receive data rates up to 314 Mbps depending on the modulation type and code rate. The modulated signal is sent to the modulator output for use at either 70/140 MHz via a BNC connector or L-Band at a Type-N connector. A similar process without GSE for non-IP data is used in the receive side for serial data. all of the previous values are restored. coding and spectral rolloff. Generic Steam Encapsulation (GSE) captures the Ethernet frames and prepares them for DVB-S2 or DVB-S2-EBx framing and modulation and coding. Monitor for L-Band operation = L-Band frequency. all data interfaces are encapsulated in the low overhead GSE structure and multiplexed to form an aggregated carrier. Verification: The CDM-760 includes many test modes and loopbacks for rapid verification of the correct functioning of the unit. Table 1-1 shows the FAST and FAST-accessible hardware options available for the CDM-760. and an internal IF switch connects the modulator output to the demodulator input. e. A fixed level L-Band sample of the modulated signal is available at the Tx Mon SMA connector depending on the mode of operation: • • Monitor for 70/140 MHz operation = 900MHz + IF frequency (ex. which permits the user to perform a quick diagnostic test without having to disturb external cabling. 16APSK. In MultiStream mode. DVB-S2 or DVB-S2-EBx Receiver: The CDM-760 supports DVB-S2 and DVB-S2-EBx as well as future DVB-Sx and DVB-S3 QPSK.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 On the Tx (transmit) side: Transmit data is converted for further processing. During IF loopback. On the Rx (receive) side: Signals from the link are recovered by a DVB-S2 or DVB-S2-EBx demodulator. When normal operation is again selected. Synchronous data interfaces are mapped into the DVB-S2 or DVB-S2-EBx frame directly. Monitor and Control Interfaces: The unit is managed through multiple interfaces providing options for both in-band and out-of-band monitor and control. modulation.

703 Data Interface E3/T3/STS-1 (34. FAST and FAST-accessible Hardware Options Description and Comments ACM (Advanced Coding and Modulation)Point-to-Point 150 Msps Rx symbol rate 150 Msps Tx symbol rate Rx QPSK Demodulation Rx 8-PSK Demodulation Rx 16APSK Demodulation Rx 32APSK Demodulation Tx QPSK Modulation Tx 8-PSK Modulation Tx 16APSK Modulation Tx 32APSK Modulation DVB-S2 Efficiency Boost version X (DVB-S2-EBx) Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC) K4 GZip Lossless Compression Optical Gigabit Ethernet Interface G.52 Mbps) OC-3 Single Mode Data Interface (155.52 Mbps) OC-3 Multi Mode Data Interface (155.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table 1-1.84 Mbps) STM-1 Copper Data Interface (155.52 Mbps) Hardware FAST & Hardware FAST Option Installation Method 1–4 .768/51.368/ 44.

2M pps duplex (2) Data interface slots for optional Plug-in Interface Cards (PIICs): • • • • • • • G.703 E3/T3/STS-1 [34. L-Band (950-2150 MHz) and L-Band Monitor (standard) Data Interfaces: • • • • (2) Gigabit 10/100/1000BaseT Interfaces (standard) (1) Optical Gigabit Interface (optional) Process >600.000 pps simplex. 32APSK Coding: DVB-S2 LDPC/BCH and DVB-S2 Efficiency Boost version X (DVB-S2-EBx) Dual IF: 70/140 MHz (50-180 MHz).Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. >1.3 • • • • • • • • • • • • CDM-760 Features Symbol Rate: 1-150 Msps Data Rate: 1-314 Mbps DVB-S2 ETSI EN 302 307 compliant DVB-S2 Efficiency Boost version X (DVB-S2-EBx) DoubleTalk® Carrier-in-Carrier® bandwidth compression Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) and Constant Coding and Modulation (CCM) Generic Stream Encapsulation (GSE) – industry standard encapsulation K4 GZip lossless compression Modulation: QPSK. Telnet.84 Mbps] STM-1 Copper SDH (155.368/44.52 Mbps) MultiStream capable (Multi-Interface mux) Management: Web browser.768/51. 16APSK. SNMP.52 Mbps) OC-3 SONET single mode or multi-mode 1300 nm (155. EIA-232/485 In-band (over satellite) M&C control 1:1 and 1:N redundancy switching available 1–5 . 8PSK.

3. Handles at the front allow easy placement into and removal from a rack.3. The modem is modular in design and is comprised of four major card assemblies: • • • • Main Card Baseband Card (includes Ethernet Interfaces) Modulator Encoder Card / RF Front End Digitial Demodulator / Decoder Card PIIC Motherboard Assembly 1.1 Additional Card Options Based on “Adaptive Cancellation” technology. The unit can be freestanding if desired. An optional K4 GZip lossless compression card plugs into an internal expansion slot on the modem card. This plug-in daughter card can be factory-installed at the time of ordering.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. the DoubleTalk® Carrier-in-Carrier® option (referred to throughout this manual as CnC) allows transmit and receive carriers of a duplex link to share the same transponder space. 1–6 .1. or fieldinstalled by the user.1 Physical Description The CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem is constructed as a 1RU-high rack-mounting chassis.

CDM-760 Dimensional Envelope 1–7 .2 Dimensional Envelope Figure 1-2.3.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1.

and VFD (Figure 1-3) are described in detail in Chapter 5. 2 Keypad Use the keypad to enter data. 3 Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD) The VFD shows data. 1–8 .3. menus.3.3 1. Nested menus show all available options and prompts that guide you in carrying out required actions.3. It shows two lines of 40 characters each. The VFD is an active display with adjustable brightness. these handles help you install and remove the unit. prompts and messages. FRONT PANEL OPERATION. 4 1 2 3 Figure 1-3. 4 Rack Handles In a rack enclosure. keypad.1 CDM-760 External Physical Features Front Panel The LED indicators.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. The keys have a positive ‘click’ action that gives tactile feedback. The keypad has six individual keys. CDM-760 Front Panel View 1 LED Indicators The LEDs show a summary status of the modem.

(1X) DB-9F EIA-232 connector for serial remote control: J3|REMOTE port. You must make sure the ground stud on the rear panel of the unit is always connected to the protective earth. (1X) DB-15M connector for Form C unit alarms.2 Rear Panel CORRECT GROUNDING PROTECTION IS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. analog Es/No.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. CDM-760 Rear Panel View 1.3. (Top) Standard AC Unit (Bottom) Optional 48V DC Unit (FUTURE) Figure 1-4.3.3. • • • (1X) 10/100/1000 BaseT Fast Ethernet RJ-45 Interface for Ethernet-based management and control purposes (HTTP/Web and SNMP):J4|MGMT port.2.3.1 Rear Panel Standard Features Data Interfaces: • (2X) 10/100/1000 BaseT Gigabit Ethernet RJ-45 Interface: J5|DATA and J6|DATA ports for Ethernet traffic. and Tx Mute: J1|ALARMS port. Power Interface: • 100–240 VAC Primary Input Power Supply with Press-fit Fuse Holder 1–9 . IF Interfaces: • (2X) Type ‘N’ female connectors for 50Ω L-Band (950 to 2150 MHz) input/output: J9 | L-Band Rx In and J12 | L-Band Tx Out • (2X) Type ‘BNC’ female connectors for 75Ω (standard) or 50Ω (optional) 70/140 MHz input/output: J11 | IF Rx In and J13 | IF Tx Out. External cables are attached to connectors provided on the rear panel of the unit (Figure 1-4).

52 Mbps). nor can it be used for redundancy in MultiStream mode. STS-1 Copper (155.703 E3/T3/STS-1 (34.3. Additional PIIC data interface options (ASI.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. the CDM-760 is supported by the CRS-170A Redundancy Switch for L-Band operation. M:N redundancy support is available using the CRS-500 M:N Redundancy System.52 Mbps).2.) will become available upon request. (2X) PIIC (Plug-In Interface Card) slots accommodate the following data interface options: • • • • • G. OC-3 Single Mode and Multi Mode (155. OC3. etc.768/51.2 Rear Panel Optional Features The following Data Interfaces (for optional hardware and/or FAST-enabled operation) are available from Comtech EF Data: • • (1X) Optical Gigabit Ethernet interface via the J7|OPTICAL port (a SFP [Small Form Factor Pluggable] Module socket). The CRS-500 can be used only for CDM-760 1:10 operation with the 10/100/1000 BaseT Gigabit Ethernet and G.368/44. The CRS-500 may not be used with any other data interface. HSSI. (1X) DB-9M EIA-232 connector (J2|REDUNDANCY port) for interoperability with a separately purchased Comtech EF Data redundancy switch: • • For 1:1 redundant applications.84 Mbps).3. The following Rear Panel Rack Support Brackets Kits are available from Comtech EF Data: • KT-0000168 4” Rear-Mounting Support Brackets Kit • KT-0000195 10” Rear-Mounting Support Brackets Kit The following FUTURE Power Interface Options will be available from Comtech EF Data: • 48 VDC Primary Input Power Supply with Screw-in Fuse Holders • • 24 VDC BUC 90 Watt Power Supply (AC Input or DC Input versions) 48 VDC BUC 150 Watt Power Supply (AC Input or DC Input versions) 1–10 .703 E3/T3/STS-1 data interfaces. or the CRS-180 Redundancy Switch for 70/140 MHz operation.

127/180. and GZIP Compression Installed: 90-240 VAC.4 1. 2/3. 3/5. 9/10 to 72 Msps / 313. BNC female connector) Output Selection: (internal 10 MHz) at 2. 3/5. non-condensing 90-240 VAC. 5.4. 31/36. 9/10 to 120 Msps / 314. Returns upon power up Reference Selections: Internal 10 MHz. 31/36. Power Factor = . 3/4.06 ppm Modulator. 8/9. 20%. 9/10 to 72 Msps / 313. 2.7 Mbps max FECFrame Pilots Alpha (Rolloff) Management Firmware Update Frequency Stability Form C Configuration Retention External Reference I/O Standard (64.4. 31/36.800 bits) or Short (16.7) H inches (483 W x 462 D x 44 H mm) 1–11 . 127/180. 5/6. 2/3.9 Mbps max 8-PSK: 17/30. 25% or 35% (in DVB-S2-EBx mode) Front panel keypad / display EIA-232 /485. 10 MHz at -6dBm to +10dBm (nominal 50/75 Ω.94. 5/6.8 kg) 19. 8/9. 5/6.2 Mbps max 16-APSK: 2/3. 3/5. 5/6. demodulator and Unit fault Non-volatile memory.9 Mbps max 8-PSK: 3/5.1 DVB-S2 CDM-760 Specifications System Specifications Programmable in 1 sps increments QPSK: 1/2. 9/10 to 90 Msps / 313. 100 Watts maximum DC Power Consumption (FUTURE) AC Receptacles Weight Dimensional Envelope Includes restraint for standard IEC-320 inlet 15 lbs (6.703. 8/15. 3/4. stability ±0. 4/5.200 bits) On or Off 20%. 4/5. 3/4. 19/30.2 Mbps max 16-APSK: 19/30. G. 15%. 17/30. 2/3. 25% or 35% (in DVB-S2 mode) 5%.0 W x 18. 5/6. 3/4. 31/36.5 Mbps max 32-APSK: 127/180.7 Mbps max Symbol/Date Rate Range DVB-S2-EB1 QPSK: 1/2. low impedance output Tx and Rx IF and L-Band synthesizers phase lock to the reference. 8/9. 1. 9/10 to 90 Msps / 313. or 10/100/1000 BaseT with. External Input 1.2 D x 1 RU (1. 4/5.127/180. 8/9. 9/10 to 150 Msps / 261. 9/10 to 150 Msps / 261.2 Temperature Humidity Power Supply Input Power Consumption Environmental and Physical Operating: 0 to 50ºC (32 to 122ºF) Storage: -40 to 70ºC (-40 to 158ºF) 95% maximum.5 Mbps max 32-APSK: 3/4. HTTP Ethernet management port Internal. 5/6. 19/30. 2/3. 5/6. 50-60 Hz AC Power Consumption With CnC Module. Telnet. 3/4. 8/9. 9/10 to 120 Msps / 314. 5/6. 50-60 Hz. 2/3. 3/4. 4/5. 8/9.7 volts peak-to-peak ± 0.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1.4 volts. 4/5. 8/9. 3/4. SNMP. 4/5. 8/9. 10%.

2^15-1 and 2^23-1 compatible with BERT on applicable interfaces Modulation disabled and CW signal is transmitted Provides suppressed carrier and suppressed sideband Full Duplex only 1.1 dB steps Power Accuracy ±0. 0. Harmonics and Spurs < 60 dBc/4kHz. L-Band: same.4. ±0.5 dB from 25°C value at same frequency L-Band 950-2150 MHz in 100 Hz steps.3 Alarm Connector Unit Management Base Unit Connectors DB-15 male: Form C.5 Modulator (Dual IF) 70 / 140 MHz Impedance / Connector Output Power Power Accuracy 50 to 180 MHz in 100 Hz steps. Within ±0. Rx and unit faults. IQ test point DB-9 male with EIA-232 and RS 485 2W/4W RJ-45 Ethernet (Maximum Ethernet packet size 10.4. Return Loss ≥ 15 dB Output Power -0 to -40 dBm. Excludes spectral mask area. modulator maximum symbol rate is within IF limits Impedance / Connector 50Ω.4.5 dB of nominal at 25°C. Return Loss ≥ 18 dB 0 to -25 dBm. Type N Female. modulated carrier. Tx.1 dB steps (70/140 MHz) ±0.4 Data Test Pattern CW SSB Carrier Loopback Test Functions 2^10-1.5 dB from 25°C value at same frequency L-Band Monitor Port Impedance 50 Ω (available in modulator only or modem configuration) Port Connector SMA Female Port Level -27 dBm ± 3dBm Port Isolation 20 dB min Monitor Frequency 70/140 MHz: 900+70/140 MHz. External Tx Carrier Off Quadrature Phase Error and Amplitude Imbalance Spectral Inversion Carrier Phase Noise TTL Low signal Sideband 35 dB below unmodulated carrier Normal or Inverted Frequency Offset 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz BUC 10 MHz Reference 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz dBc/Hz -36 -66 -76 -105 -125 -138 1–12 Frequency Offset 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 kHz 100 kHz dBc/Hz -86 -96 -96 -148 -150 .Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. 0.5 dB of nominal at 25°C. External Tx Carrier Off. maximum symbol rate is within IF limits 75 Ω / BNC Female.240 bytes including Ethernet header & CRC) 70/140 MHz: BNC L-Band: Type ‘N’ female Tx & Rx IF Connectors L-Band Monitor Traffic Data Interface Type ‘SMA’ female 2X RJ45 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet 1X Optical Gigabit Ethernet (optional) Note: All Data Gig-E interfaces have a maximum Ethernet packet size of 1632 bytes including Ethernet header & CRC 1.

0. Symbol Rate 1–13 . 70/140 MHz Input Level vs.1 * SR. Return loss 15 dB min Desired Carrier Input Power Min. = --58 + 10 Log (SR in Msps) dBm. +/.4. = -23 + 10 Log (SR in Msps) dBm. Return loss 10 dB min Desired Carrier Input Power Min. = -70 + 10 Log (SR in Msps) dBm.100 KHz Figure 1-5. = -20 + 10 Log (SR in Msps) dBm. Symbol Rate Figure 1-6. For SR >= 1 Msps. L-Band Input Level vs. +/. See Figure 1-6 Maximum Composite Level +20 dBm Acquisition Range For SR < 1Msps.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. Max. Max. See Figure 1-5 Maximum Composite Level +10 dBm L-Band 950-2150 MHz in 100 Hz steps.6 Demodulator (Dual IF) 70 / 140 MHz 50 to 180 MHz in 100 Hz steps Impedance / Connector 75 Ω / BNC Female. Type N Female. demodulator Impedance / Connector 50Ω.

with auto-sensing 10/100/1000 and auto-crossover detection or optional Optical Gigabit Ethernet interface Automatically reported from remote modem 0.4.5 dB0 in 0.0 dB to +22.5 dB Updates to the MODCOD can happen up to 4 times per second (no restriction on distance between MODCODs). Es/No Measurement Appendix E • • • As per DVB-S2 QEF PER 1E-7 Specifications (Normal Frames) Applies with one like-modulated carrier spaced 1. Modulation Type Impairment selection: Impairment for QPSK.0 to 0.7 Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) Functional in DVB-S2 or DVB-S2-EB1 network specification modes 1 to 150 Msps 10/100/100BaseT Ethernet. Impairment for QPSK ≤ 8PSK ≤ 16APSK ≤ 32APSK Tx and Rx ModCods Local and Remote Es/No: (-3.0 to 4.0dB.0 to 4.1 dB steps. ~PER = 10-7 Configurable from 0.1 dB steps.1 to 314 Mbps (entire range of modem capability) Corresponds to Es/No (plus impairments) at QEF.4.5 dB Configurable Target Es/No margin from 0. modulation and code rate update dynamically with ModCod ACM Operational Mode Symbol Rate Range Interface Remote Es/No reporting Max span of data rate Switch point (decreasing Es/No) Switch point hysteresis Max fading rate Max ModCod update rate Configurable parameters Monitored parameters 1–14 .3 x Symbol Rate and 10 dB higher than the desired carrier Conditions are 30 Msps and Pilots ON 1. 8PSK. Tables 5-3 and 5-4. 16APSK and 32APSK: 0 to 9. 0.1dB resolution) Config and monitor menus displaying data rate.9 dB in 0.1 Es/No performance See also: Chapter 5.6. Minimum and Maximum ModCod Remote Demodulator Unlock options: Maintain current ModCod Go to minimum ModCod Es/No Target Margin: 0.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1.

0.4. 0. in dB (ratio of absolute power. 0. 0.6 dB 32-APSK. Range is +7 dB to -7 dB.4. outbound interferer to desired inbound) Inbound/Outbound frequency uncertainty Delay range Es/No Degradation (dB) measured at 0.290 ms factory default) QPSK.0 dB for symmetric symbol rate 1.1Msps to 63 Msps Ratio of Interferer Carrier Power to Desired Carrier Power (in dB).400 ms (230 .Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1.8 Operating Mode Symbol Rate Range CnC Ratio Symbol Rate Ratio DoubleTalk® Carrier-in-Carrier® (CnC) Requires the two carriers in a duplex circuit to share a common frequency. in milliseconds Frequency offset (between outbound interferer and desired inbound): 100 Hz resolution CnC ratio. and negative values represent a stronger Desired Carrier. 3:1 Tx/Rx or Rx/Tx ±100kHz 0 .0 dB Delay.3 dB 16-APSK.3 dB 8-PSK. Different symbol rates are allowed.9 “CE” as follows: Regulatory Compliance EN 55022 Class A (Emissions) EN 50082-1 (Immunity) EN 60950 (Safety) EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 EN 61000-4-2 EN 61000-4-4 EN 61000-4-5 EN 61000-4-6 EN 61000-4-8 EN 61000-4-9 EN 61000-4-11 EN 61000-4-13 FCC RoHS Compliance FCC Part 15 Subpart B Yes 1–15 .0 dB CnC Ratio Monitor Functions CnC Monitor Accuracy ± 1. 1. Positive values represent a stronger Interferer Carrier.

10 Assembly PL-0000596 PL-0021161 PL-0021262 PL-0021263 PL-0000626 KT-0000150 Standard Assemblies Description Chassis (AC) Main Card Baseband Card (includes Ethernet Interfaces) Modulator Encoder Card / RF Front End Digitial Demodulator / Decoder Card PIIC Motherboard Assembly AC Power Supply for modem (not BUC) In chassis (top cover access) Where Installed 1.703 ‘BNC’ E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module SFP STM-1 Copper ‘BNC’ PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Single Mode PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Multi Mode PIIC Module Where Installed In chassis (top cover access).4.11 Assembly PL-0000572 PL-0000635 KT-0000168 KT-0000195 FP/SL0006 IC-0000058 PL-0000795 KT-0000255 KT-0000256 KT-0000257 Optional Assemblies Description Carrier-in-Carrier Card K4 GZip Lossless Compression Card Rear-Mounting Support Bracket (4”) Rear-Mounting Support Bracket (10”) Bearingless Side Railings SFP Optical Gigabit Ethernet Data Interface G. modem card plug-in At rear sides of chassis.Introduction CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 1. and rack rear mounting rails At rear sides of chassis. and rack rear mounting rails On sides of chassis Rear Panel J7 | Optical port Real Panel PIIC Slots 1 and 2 Real Panel PIIC Slots 1 and 2 Real Panel PIIC Slots 1 and 2 Real Panel PIIC Slots 1 and 2 1–16 . modem card plug-in In chassis (top cover access).4.

  Inspect the equipment for damage. Use precautionary ESD procedures when you handle the equipment. INSTALLATION 2.  Check the packing list to make sure the shipment is complete.  2–1 . immediately contact the carrier  and Comtech EF Data to submit a damage report. If damage exists. Unpack and Inspect the Shipment    Step  1  2  3  4  Task  Keep all shipping materials.  Read the manual.1 Unpack and Inspect the Equipment Parts and assemblies in this equipment are sensitive to damage by Electrostatic  Discharge (ESD).        Figure 2‐1.Installation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 2.

   Make sure the air temperature inside the enclosure never exceeds 50C (122F). In a rack system where there is high heat discharge.    MAXIMUM AIR TEMPERATURE.   User‐supplied screws to secure the front panel to the rack enclosure threaded front  mounting rails.Installation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 2.  especially at the side.    2–2 .2 Install the Unit into a Rack Enclosure Install the CDM‐760 in its assigned position in the rack enclosure. provide  forced‐air cooling with top‐ or bottom‐mounted fans or blowers.   Comtech EF Data’s optional KT‐0000168 (4”) or KT‐0000195 (10”) Rear Support Brackets  Kit (Figure 2‐3).      CORRECT GROUNDING PROTECTION IS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY  AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.    Use. See Figure 2-2. contact Comtech EF Data Customer Support. as required:     A standard rack‐mounted shelf.   Make sure there is adequate air ventilation clearance inside the enclosure.    SUFFICIENT AIR VENTILATION IS REQUIRED.   You must make sure the ground stud on the rear panel of the unit is always  connected to the protective earth.   Comtech EF Data’s optional FP/SL0006 Bearingless Rack Slide Set    For information about custom rack enclosures.

Install the Unit into a Rack Enclosure   Feature  1  2  3  4  5  6      Description  Custom Rack Enclosure  CDM‐760 Unit  Standard Rack Shelving  Rack Enclosure Threaded Front Rail (typical)  Unit Front Panel  User‐supplied Screws  2–3 .Installation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Figure 2-2.

 #10 Shoulder  Washer. #10 Split  Nut. Adapter  Screw. Rear Support – 4”  Bracket.1 Install the Optional Rear Support Brackets Kit   Figure 2-3. #10 Rack Bracket  Bracket. Install the Optional Rear Support Brackets Kit   Feature  Description  1  2    KT‐0000XXX Primary Rear Support Bracket Kit  Item  1  2  3    KT/6228‐X Rear Support Bracket Kit  Item  A  B  C  D  E  F      Quantity  KT/6228‐2  2  4  2  2  4  2  –  KT/6228‐3  2  4  2  2  4  –  2  CEFD Part Number  HW/10‐32SHLDR  HW/10‐32FLT  HW/10‐32SPLIT  HW/10‐32HEXNUT  HW/10‐32x1/2RK  FP/6138‐2  FP/6138‐3  Description  Screw.2.Installation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 2. #10 Flat Head  4” Rear Support Bracket Kit  10” Rear Support Bracket Kit  Back of Unit  Rack Enclosure Threaded Rear Mounting Rail (typical)  2–4 . #10 Flat  Washer. Rear Support – 10”  Quantity  KT‐0000168  2  4  1  –  KT‐0000195  2  4  –  1  CEFD Part Number  FP‐0000913  HW/10‐32X3/8FLT  KT/6228‐2  KT/6228‐3  Description  Plate. #10 Hex  Bolt.

 and #10 Hex Nuts.  Assemble the #10 Shoulder Screws through the Adapter Plate mounting slots using  the #10 Flat Washers.  4      2–5 .Installation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Tools needed to install the KT‐0000168 (4”) or KT‐0000195 (10”) Bracket Kit (Figure 2‐3):   A medium Phillips screwdriver   A 5/32‐inch SAE Allen Wrench   An adjustable Crescent wrench.  Mount the Rear Support Brackets to the rack enclosure threaded rear mounting  rails using the #10 Rack Bracket Bolts.    Follow these steps to install the Radyne‐style chassis kit:  Step  1  2  3  Description  Assemble the Adapter Plates to the back side of the CDM‐760 chassis using the #10  Flat Head Screws.  Slide the CDM‐760 into the front of the rack enclosure. #10 Split Washers. Make sure that the #10  Shoulder Screws properly engage into the slots of the Rear Support Brackets.

Installation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 2. Ensure that the slides  properly engage the enclosure‐mounted slide rails.   Continue to slide the modem into the enclosure to its final operating position.   Step  1  2  3  Task  Use the provided mounting hardware to install one slide onto each side of the  CDM‐760 chassis.  Mount the unit into the front of the rack enclosure.2.2 Install the Optional Bearingless Rack Slide Set The optional FP/SL0006 Bearingless Rack Slide Set may be installed into the equipment rack  enclosure and onto the sides of the CDM‐760 as shown in Figure 2‐4. Install the Optional Bearingless Rack Slide Set   CEFD Part Number  FP/SL0006    Description  Bearingless Rack Slide Set – 26”  2–6 . use four user‐provided screws to secure the modem to the enclosure’s  right and left threaded front mounting rails (through the modem front panel  mounting slots).  Then.  Use the provided mounting hardware to install the slide rail components into  each interior side of the rack enclosure.  4    Figure 2-4.

1 Coaxial Cable Connections Coupling Type Connector Type Plug Jack Bayonet (Type ‘BNC’ shown) Threaded (Type ‘N’ shown) Figure 3-1. 3. Each cable type is typically dedicated to a specific mode of operation.1. The European EMC Directive (EN55022. Coaxial Connector Examples 3–1 . This unit may not use all of these types. REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS 3. These cables must be double-shielded from end-to-end. ensuring a continuous ground shield.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 3. EN50082-1) requires using properly shielded cables for DATA I/O.1 Cabling Connection Types The cable and connector types described in this section are commonly used in many CEFD products.

and ‘SMA’.1. 3. This lockdown design provides secure assembly without over-tightening the connection. Type ‘F.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 The types of coaxial cables used by Comtech EF Data are ‘BNC’. and Type ‘SMA’ connectors.1. • Connection Instructions: • Bayonet Coupling Connections: Use the plug slots to guide. ‘N’. or hex flats to accommodate torqued installation. Then. Do not over-tighten the connection. turn the plug clockwise until the jack posts are fully seated within the plug slot. Threaded Coupling Style: The jack features external threads. ‘F’. and then turn the plug clockwise until it is fully threaded onto the jack. 3.1. • Bayonet Coupling Style: The jack has a pair of guideposts that accommodate the plug’s lockdown slots.3 Type ‘N’ Type ‘N’ connectors feature a Threaded Coupling design similar to Type ‘TNC’. Type ‘F’. then slide the plug onto the jack posts. The plug shell features internal threads.’ and Type ‘SMA’ connectors.1 Type ‘BNC’ BNC plugs and jacks feature a Bayonet Coupling design. 3–2 .1.1. ‘TNC’. • 3.1. and has either a knurled outer surface to permit hand-tightening of the connection. Coaxial cables (plugs) and their mating connectors (jacks/sockets) are available in two coupling styles: Bayonet or Threaded. Threaded Coupling Connections: Engage the plug onto the jack threads.2 Type ‘TNC’ TNC plugs and jacks feature a Threaded Coupling design similar to Type ‘N’.

the cable plug features two jack screws for secure connection to the jack nuts provided on the mating chassis receptacle. Either chassis receptacle gender features two jack nuts for secure assembly of the cable plug to the chassis receptacle. and Type ‘SMA’ connectors.1. 3–3 . D-Subminiature Connector Examples D-Subminiature connectors are also called Type ‘D’ or ‘D-Sub’ connectors. The cable plug and chassis receptacle each feature a D-shaped profile that interlock to ensure proper pin orientation and connector seating. Whether its gender is male or female.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. Type ‘N’.2 D-Subminiature Cable Connections Type ‘D’ Connection Type Chassis Receptacles: Female (top) Male (bottom) Example Type ‘D’ Cable with Jack Screws (female shown) Figure 3-2.1. Type ‘N’.4 Type ‘F’ Type ‘F’ connectors feature a Threaded Coupling design similar to Type ‘TNC’.1. The connector pair features multiple rows of pins (male side) coupled to mating sockets (female side).1. and Type ‘F’ connectors.1. 3. 3. The jack screws may be hand tightened or tightened with a standard flat-blade screwdriver.5 Type ‘SMA’ (Subminiature Version ‘A’) Type ‘SMA’ connectors feature a Threaded Coupling design similar to Type ‘TNC’.

Use the jack screws to secure the plug to the receptacle jack nuts. Connection Instructions: Press down the tab on the cable plug. with an array of pins (male side) coupled to mating sockets (female side). the ODM/R-840 CONSOLE/REDUNDANCY port or the POWER port). Do not overtighten.g.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Connection Instructions: Orient the plug to the receptacle in the proper position..4 RJ-45. The RJ-45 or RJ-48 jack features a mating slot.3 Circular Cable Connections Circular connectors are intended for weatherproof outdoor applications. Feature 1 2 3 Description Primary Alignment features Secondary Alignment features Sleeve Lock features Connection Instructions: Engage all of the alignment and lock features between the male connector (on the interconnection cable) and female socket (e. Turn the male connector sleeve clockwise until the sleeve lock cutouts engage fully with the female socket tabs and you hear a “click” sound 3.1. This design configuration assures proper installation and pin orientation. Engage the primary and secondary alignment tabs on the male connector with the mating cutouts on the female socket. Push the male connector into the female socket. 3. 3. To install the male connector into the female connector: 1. 2. and then insert the plug into the RJ-4x jack. RJ-48 Cable Connections The plug for an RJ-45 or RJ-48 cable features a flexible tab. 3–4 . Press firmly into place. The connector pairs feature a sleeve lock configuration.1. The connection is complete when the tab ‘clicks’ into position inside the jack.

2 CDM-760 Cabling Connections The rear panel connectors (Figure 3-3) provide all necessary external connections between the unit and other equipment.g.703 E3/T3/STS-1. CDM-760 Rear Panel Connectors Ref Des Name IF Connector Group. G. CDM-760 Cabling Connections Table 3-1.) J10 TX MON Utility Connector Group.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3.2. see Section 3. see Section 3..2 J1 J2 ALARM REDUNDANCY J3 REMOTE 9-pin Type ‘D’ male J4 MGMT RJ-45 female J8 EXT REF BNC female Terrestrial Data Connector Group. STM-1 Copper.1 J9 J11 J12 J13 L-BAND RX IN IF RX IN L-BAND TX OUT IF TX OUT Connector Type Type ’N’ female BNC female (70/140MHz band) Type ’N’ female BNC female (70/140MHz band) Type ’SMA’ female 15-pin Type ‘D’ male 9-pin Type ‘D’ female Function IF Input IF Output Monitor L-Band Output Form C Alarms (relay closures) Connection to External 1:1 Redundancy Switch Serial Remote Interface (EIA-485/232) 10/100/1000 BaseT M&C External Reference Input / Output 10/100/1000 BaseT Gigabit Ethernet traffic Accepts optional hot-pluggable SFP 1000Base-SX 850mm Transceiver Module Accepts optional data interface modules (e. see Section 3.3 J5 J6 J7 N/A N/A DATA DATA OPTICAL INTERFACE OPTION SLOT 1 INTERFACE OPTION SLOT 2 RJ-45 female SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) Module cage PIIC (Plug-In Interface Card) slots 3–5 . (Top) Standard AC Unit (Bottom) Optional 48V DC Unit (FUTURE) Figure 3-3.2. etc.2. OC-3 Single / Multi Mode.

2 Tx Connectors The Type ‘N’ J12 | L-BAND TX OUT connector features an LED labeled “BUC PWR ON”. the LED lights amber to indicate the presence of DC voltage. 70/140 MHz band Note: 75Ω default. Ref Des J9 J11 Name L-BAND RX IN IF RX IN Connector Type Type ‘N’ female BNC Description Rx IF signal. Ref Des J10 Name TX MON Connector Type Type ‘SMA’ female Description Monitor L-Band Tx IF Output Direction (I/O) O 3–6 .1 Rx Connectors The Type ‘N’ J9 | L-BAND RX IN connector features an LED labeled “LNB PWR ON”.2.1 IF Connector Group CAUTION THERE MAY BE DC VOLTAGES PRESENT ON THE TYPE ‘N’ RX AND TX IF CONNECTORS.1.1. 70/140 MHz band Note: 75Ω default. When a Block Up Converter (BUC) is installed in an L-Band configuration. the LED lights amber to indicate the presence of DC voltage. 50Ω optional I Direction (I/O) 3.band Tx IF signal.1. 3.2. Type ‘SMA’ The Type ‘SMA’ female J10 | TX MON connector provides a user monitor output for the L-Band signal. Ref Des J12 J13 Name Connector Type Description Tx IF signal.2. When a Low-Noise Block Down Converter (LNB) is installed in an L-Band configuration. L.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. 50Ω optional O Direction (I/O) L-BAND TX OUT Type ‘N’ female IF TX OUT BNC 3.3 J10 | TX MON Connector.2. L-Band Rx IF signal. UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 48 VOLTS.

monotonic) No Connection Rx Q Channel (Constellation monitor) Rx I Channel (Constellation monitor) Unit Fault Unit Fault (Energized. The connector pinouts are as follows: Pin # Name 1 GND 9 EXT-OFF 2 AGC (NOT AVAILABLE) 10 N/C 3 RX-Q 11 RX-I 4 UNIT-COM 12 UNIT-NO 5 UNIT-NC 13 TX-COM 6 TX-NO 14 TX-NC 7 RX-COM 15 RX-NO 8 RX-NC Signal Function Ground Ext Carrier Off. Faulted) RX Traffic Rx Traffic (Energized. No Fault) Rx Traffic (De-energized.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3.2. 0 to 10 volts. Capability to mute modem’s Tx IF (Low=Mute) (Has internal pull-up in the Modem).2. No Fault) Unit Fault (De-energized. active low.2 3. Faulted) Tx Traffic Tx Traffic (Energized. DB-15M The 15-pin Type ‘D’ male (DB-15M) J1 | ALARM connector provides the unit alarms interface.1 Utility Connector Group J1 | ALARM Connector. No Fault) Tx Traffic (De-energized.2. Faulted) Direction (I/O) Gnd I O – O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O 3–7 . AGC Voltage (Rx signal level. Compatible with LVTTL or relay pull down.

2BUAD) Chassis Ground Singal Type LVTTL Output 12V 300 ma LVTTL Input LVTTL Output LVTTL Input LVTTL Output LVTTL Input LVTTL Output Gnd 5 MDM_COM_OUT_ENA 3.2. and a Fault/Clock signal to signal the switch when a fault occurs. from modem to controller (9600 to115.2 J2 | REDUNDANCY Connector. The connector pinouts are as follows: Pin # 1 Ground 6 7 8 9 EIA-485 Receive Data B * 2 EIA-232 Transmit Data EIA-485 Receive Data A * 3 EIA-232 Receive Data EIA-485 Transmit Data B 4 Reserved .2.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. It provides serial communications to transfer configuration information from the Prime to the Backup modem.3 J3 | REMOTE Connector.do not connect to this pin EIA-485 Transmit Data A 5 Ground * Use for 2-wire EIA-485 operation Description Direction (I/O) – I O I I O – O – 3–8 .2. DB-9F The 9-pin Type ‘D’ female (DB-9F) J2 | REDUNDANCY connector provides the 1:1 control interface. DB-9M The 9-pin Type ‘D’ male (DB-9M) J3 | REMOTE connector provides the remote control interface via an M&C computer or terminal device. It is intended only for connection to a CRS-170A or CRS-180 1:1 Redundancy Switch.2BUAD) UART comm. The connector pinouts are as follows: Pin # 9 Name 12VOLT_OUT 4 ONLINE 8 SER_DATA 3 TX_IF_MUTE_B 7 SER_CLK 2 MDM_COM_IN 6 MDM_COM_OUT 1 GND Signal Function Enable “Mdm_Comm_Out” signal +12 Volts at 300 ma Commands modem to be Online/Offline (Use pull-up on Modem side input) Fault Serial Data Signal from modem Capability to mute modem’s Tx IF (Low=Mute) (Use pull-up on Modem side input) Fault Serial Clock Signal 64KHz UART comm to modem from controller (9600 to115. It is user selectable for either EIA-232 or EIA-485.2.

5 J8 | EXT REF Connector. Ref Des J8 Name EXT REF OUT Connector Type BNC Description External Reference Direction (I/O) I/O 3–9 . It is reserved for use as 10/100/1000 Ethernet-based remote management and control (M&C). BNC The female BNC J8 | EXT REF (External Reference) input/output connector is used to supply a master reference to the entire chassis. if selected.2.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3.2.2. when it is used.4 J4 | MGMT Connector. This connector features an LED labeled “EXT REF OUT” that lights amber to indicate the presence of an outgoing signal. The frequency references on the internal PWB’s are locked to this input. The connector pinouts are as follows: Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Description TRP1+ TRP1TRP2+ TRP3+ TRP3TRP2TRP4+ TRP4Direction (I/O) I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O 3. the unit will output the internal 10 MHz reference (stability ±06 ppm). The internal 10 MHz reference is phase locked to this input. auto-crossover port. The LED is dark when the external reference signal is incoming. When External Reference is not used. RJ-45F The RJ-45 female J4 | MGMT connector is an auto-sensing.2.

1 Terrestrial Data Connector Group J5 | DATA.2.g.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. The RJ-45 female J5 | DATA and J6 | DATA connections are auto-sensing. half duplex on J5 and full duplex on J7).. or different duplex operation (e. and GigE on J7). Doing so can cause a degradation in speed/performance of the data link traffic. J6 | DATA Connections.3 3. auto-crossover ports used for 10/100/1000 BaseT Gigabit Ethernet data traffic.. RJ-45F DO NOT MIX products of different speeds (e. 10BaseT on J5.g.3. 100BaseT on J6.2. Each port features two LEDs that provide the following operational indicators: LED 1 (left-hand) State Green Amber Off Yellow 2 (right-hand) Blinking Yellow Off Activity 1000 Mbit activity (GigE) detected 100 Mbit activity detected 10 MBit activity detected Link detected Activity detected No Link detected The typical connector pinout is as follows: Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Description TRP1+ TRP1TRP2+ TRP3+ TRP3TRP2TRP4+ TRP4Direction (I/O) I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O 3–10 .

100BaseT on J6. and GigE on J7).g. Typical SFP Module Installation The optional Optical Gigabit Ethernet Interface (CEFD P/N IC-0000058) is an 850mm multi-mode transceiver module with LC-Duplex fiber optic connectors. 3. an industry-standard SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) interface.2.. 1000Base-SX Cage DO NOT MIX products of different speeds (e. Note the following: Typical link distance for 1000BaseSX 550m 275m Cable Requirement 50/125 mm cable 62.2 J7 | OPTICAL Connection.. whether in the CDM-760 chassis J7 | OPTICAL port. Doing so can cause a degradation in speed/performance of the data link traffic.3. The J7 | OPTICAL Gigabit Traffic connection is available by FAST-enabling this interface.1 Optional Optical G igabit E thernet Interface (P /N IC -0000058) Figure 3-4. 9. half duplex on J5 and full duplex on J7).3.2.5/125 mm cable Install the module as shown in Figure 3-4. It meets SFP Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) SFF-8074i and SFF-8472 Rev. Note that this type of installation is typical for installation of an optional SFP module. or using the optional STM-1 Copper or OC-3 Single/Multi Mode PIIC module kits. or different duplex operation (e.g. the CDM-760 then accepts the optional Optical Gigabit Ethernet Interface module. 10BaseT on J5.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3.2.3. 3–11 .

Tighten the captive thumbscrews of the module(s).3.703 ‘BNC’ E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module SFP STM-1 Copper ‘BNC’ PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Single Mode PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Multi Mode PIIC Module Contact Comtech EF Data about additional PIIC data modules.3.2. 3 Figure 3-6 Install a PIIC Data Module 3–12 .1 Step 1 2 Install a PIIC Data Module Task Remove the PIIC slot blank panel(s) by loosening the captive thumbscrews. Figure 3-5.3 PIIC Data Interface Slots The CDM-760 rear panel features two slots that accommodate optional PIIC (Plug-in Interface Card) data modules.3. 3.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. PIIC Data Interface Slots Available Optional PIIC Data Modules CEFD Kit / Assembly PL-0000795 KT-0000255 KT-0000256 KT-0000257 Description G. Slide the module straight back into the chassis until the module is firmly plugged into the mating receptacle(s).2. Install the data module(s) into position using the chassis’ internal card guides.

The AC power interface provides the safety ground. 3–13 .3 3. located adjacent to the power interface.1 Ground and Power Connections Chassis Ground Interface CORRECT GROUNDING PROTECTION IS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. YOU MUST MAKE SURE THE GROUND STUD ON THE REAR PANEL OF THE UNIT IS ALWAYS CONNECTED TO PROTECTIVE EARTH. for connecting a common chassis ground among equipment. (Top) Standard AC Unit (Bottom) Optional 48V DC Unit (FUTURE) Figure 3-7.3.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. Chassis Ground Interface Use the #10-32 stud.

plug the AC power cord male end into the user-supplied power source. Apply AC Power to the unit To apply AC power to the unit. do these steps (Figure 3-8): • • First. autosensing (total absolute max.1 AC Operation – Apply Power Figure 3-9. switch the unit ON. Finally. AC Power Interface 3. CnC module and 48 volt BUC supply installed). plug the provided AC power cord female end into the unit.2 115V/230V Alternating Current (AC) Power Interface (Standard) Feature 1 2 3 Description On / Off Switch Press-fit Fuse Holder IEC Three-prong Connector AC Power Specifications 48 watts (typical with TPC/LDPC Codec and CnC module installed). 68 watts (max) 280 watts (typical TPC/LDPC Codec.3. range is 90V to 264V AC) IEC Line and neutral fusing (2X) 5mm x 20mm Slow-blow type fuses: T4A ( 250V AC operation) Input Power Input Voltage Connector Type Fuse Protection Figure 3-8.3.2. 300 watts (max) 100V to 240V AC.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. Then. +6%/-10%. • 3–14 .

Pull the holder straight out. Remove and replace the fuses as necessary. CAUTION – PERSONAL INJURY POSSIBLE Always replace the fuses with the correct type and rating. The fuses are contained in a fuse holder that is press-fit into the body of the IEC power module (located on the rear panel. Replace the AC Fuses WARNING – DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY POSSIBLE DISCONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PROCEEDING! Step 1 2 Task Disconnect the power supply. Unseat the fuse holder from the IEC power module: Use the slot to pry the holder outward from the IEC power module. AC Power Interface for fuse specifications. 3 4 3–15 . Figure 3-10).3. Re-seat the fuse holder in the IEC power module. and then swing the holder away from the module. See Figure 3-8.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. the unit uses two common 5mm x 20mm Slow-blow fuses – one each for line and neutral connections.2.2 AC Operation – Replace the Fuses For AC operation. Figure 3-10.

DC Power Interface 3. 3–16 .3. Apply DC Power to the unit To apply DC power to the unit. do these steps (Figure 3-11): • • • First. 300 watts (max) 43 – 60 VDC Nominal 36 – 60 VDC Maximum Terminal Block (2X) 5mm x 20mm Slow-blow type fuses: Modem Fuse: 3Amp/250Volts BUC Fuse: 6. switch the unit ON. connect the user-supplied (+) and (–) DC power leads to their respective terminals.1 DC Operation – Apply Power Figure 3-12.3 Amp/250 Volts Input Voltage Connector Type Fuse Protection Figure 3-11. CnC module and 48 volt BUC supply installed). Then. Finally.Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. 68 watts (max) 280 watts (typical TPC/LDPC Codec. Number 18 AWG minimum wires are recommended.3 48V Direct Current (DC) Power Interface (Optional)(FUTURE) Feature 1 2 3 Description On / Off Switch Power Terminal Block Screw-in Fuse Holders / Receptacles DC Power Specifications Input Power 48 watts (typical with TPC/LDPC Codec and CnC module installed). connect the user-supplied DC power leads to the power source.3.3.

Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3. Remove and replace the fuse(s): Use T3A (3 Amp) 250V fuses for modem operation (left-hand receptable). CAUTION – PERSONAL INJURY POSSIBLE Always replace the fuses with the correct type and rating. Use T6. The fuses are in the individual screw-in receptacles found below the terminal block on the rear panel. DC Power Interface for fuse specifications.2 DC Operation – Replacing Fuses For DC operation. Figure 3-13.3. See Figure 3-11. Replace DC Fuses WARNING – DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY POSSIBLE DISCONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PROCEEDING! Step 1 2 3 Task Disconnect the power supply. Screw either fuse holder into its receptacle 4 3–17 . Unscrew either fuse holder from its receptacle. Figure 3-13.3.3 Amp) 250V fuses when a Block Upconverter (BUC) is installed (righthand receptacle). the unit requires two different fuses.3A (6.

Rear Panel Connections CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 BLANK PAGE 3–18 .

Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 4.    The CDM‐760 Firmware Update process is as follows:       Download the firmware update via the Internet to the user PC. via File Transfer Protocol (FTP). UPDATING FIRMWARE 4. from the user PC to the  CDM‐760.    4–1 . read the important note about  conditional firmware upgrade requirements.com). If a firmware update is needed.     Transfer the firmware update. or from Comtech EF Data Customer  Support during normal business hours via e‐mail or on CD by standard mail delivery.comtechefdata.       Before attempting any Ethernet FTP upload. it can be acquired by download from the  Comtech EF Data Web site (www.1 Updating Firmware via the Internet Make sure to operate the CDM‐760 with its latest available firmware.    The CDM‐760 Advanced High Speed Trunking Modem is factory‐shipped with its latest version of  operating firmware.     Perform the update without opening the CDM‐760 by connecting the rear panel ‘J4 |  MGMT’ 10/100/1000 Fast Ethernet port to the Ethernet port of a user‐supplied PC.

  Configure the utility program serial port communication and terminal display operation. identify the CDM‐760 assigned Management IP Address.          B. a  compatible Web browser (e. Internet Explorer).  Use the 9‐pin serial cable to connect the  CDM‐760 rear panel ‘J3 | REMOTE’ port  to a serial port on the user PC. First.    User‐supplied items needed:      A Microsoft Windows‐based PC.  Factory default would require the below settings. Tera Term or HyperTerminal). On the CDM‐760 – Turn on the power.g.     Refer to your terminal emulator program HELP feature or user guide for operating  and configuration instructions.2 Getting Started: Preparing for the Firmware Download 1. On the PC – Open the terminal emulator program. Press the [CLR]  4–2 . and a terminal emulator program  (e..  Match  your terminal emulator settings to those found in the CDM‐760/Config/Remote/Remote  Control/Serial or Ser+Ethernet. Obtain the firmware information via one of the following methods:   Using the CDM‐760 Front Panel Keypad / VFD (Vacuum Fluorescent Display) – The  firmware version number is displayed on the top‐level ‘splash’ screen.            (Left) Optional CDM‐760 48V DC Unit (FUTURE)   (Right) Standard CDM‐760 115V/230V AC Unit    D..     38400 bps (Baud Rate)   8 Data Bits   1 Stop Bit   Port Flow Control =   Parity = NO   Display New line Rx/Tx: CR  NONE       Local Echo = ON    C. and the firmware number/  revision letter/version number.    A.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 4. equipped with available serial and Ethernet ports.     A CAT5 Ethernet cable to connect the PC Ethernet port to the CDM‐760.g.     A 9‐pin serial cable to connect the PC to the CDM‐760.

 1  (Image 1) or 2 (Image 2)) at the command prompt to query the CDM‐760 for its  Firmware Number and Release Version.  On the user PC – Use the terminal emulator program to log in to the CDM‐760.. SERIAL‐BASED REMOTE PRODUCT MANAGEMENT for  information and instructions on using Serial Remote Control. the firmware  information:    o Detailed: Type (without the quotes) “<0/FRW?x<cr>” (where: x = B (Boot).      o     2.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760  several times to get to this display if not visible. Additionally. Next. There. and then  use Serial or Telnet Remote Control to obtain.  and then press  Enter to execute. without quotes.      See Chapter 6.  Then. Internet Explorer)  to log in to the CDM‐760 Web Server Interface  and review the ‘Status | Firmware’ page.    o Abbreviated: Type (without the quotes) “<0/SWR?<cr>”. or  direct cable connection to connect the  CDM‐760 rear panel ‘J4 | MGMT’  10/100/1000 Fast Ethernet port to an  Ethernet port on the user PC.      There are several ways to create a temporary folder on a Windows‐based PC:  4–3 .      See Chapter 7.  make note of the firmware loads. and make note of.     While these examples use drive letter “c:” any valid writable drive letter can  be used. switch. create a temporary folder (subdirectory) on the user PC for the firmware archive  download such as “C:\CDM760”. use a Web browser (e.       Typical for all tasks: Type the command. use an Ethernet hub.g. review the information  provided on the SELECT: Utility  Firmware  Info  Image#1 or Image#2 screens. ETHERNET‐BASED REMOTE    PRODUCT MANAGEMENT for information and  instructions on using the CDM‐760 Web Server  Interface.       On the user PC – Use the CDM‐760 Web Server Interface ‘Status | Firmware’ page:  o First.

     Right‐click on the new folder and then select “Rename” from the popup submenu. and then click the Run.   Right‐click anywhere on the desktop to open the popup submenu. and then select  New > Folder to create the temporary folder.     Right‐click the “New Folder” folder name.                 C. Use the Windows Desktop to create and rename the temporary folder.     Click the Create New Folder icon in the ‘Browse’ window. icon. The new folder will be created on the  desktop.. The new folder will be  created in the active folder.     Right‐click the “New Folder” folder name..Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 A.                         B. The new folder will be  created. unused name. The ‘Run’  window will open.   Select [Start] on the Windows taskbar.   Select File > New > Folder to create the temporary folder.      Click [Browse] in the ‘Run’ window. unused name. Use the ‘Run’ and ‘Browse’ windows to create and rename the temporary folder.         4–4 . Use Windows Explorer to create and rename the temporary folder. unused name. and then rename this folder to “temp” or  some other convenient. and then rename this folder to "temp" or  some other convenient.  Rename this folder to "temp" or some other convenient. The ’Browse’ window will open.

 click [Start] on the Windows taskbar. icon (or. open a Command‐line window…    o For Windows 95 or Windows 98. select All Programs > Accessories > Command  Prompt.     4–5 . type “cmd” or  “command”.  Finally. from [Start]. type “command”. and then click [OK].           o   o Alternately... click the MS‐DOS Prompt  icon from the Main Menu).                          There should now be a “C:\CDM760” folder created and available for placement of the  firmware file download.  depending on Windows OS versions prior to Windows 95.      Next.   First. Use Windows Command‐line to create the temporary folder. and then click the Run.    o For any Windows OS versions later than Windows 98.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760       D. from the Command‐line prompt (c:\>). type “mkdir temp” or “md  temp” (mkdir and md stand for make directory).

    C.g.. On the Main page – under Support Information or the Support tab.    E.    The CDM‐760 firmware download hyperlink appears as F0020627x_Vyyy.    router.        Once the EXE or ZIP hyperlink is selected. download the firmware update file from the Comtech EF Data Web site:    A.    Some firewalls do not allow the download of *. Download the archive file to the temporary folder such as “C:\CDM760”. modem.com.. the specific model.g.     About File Archive Formats: Comtech EF Data provides its downloadable  files in two compressed archive formats: *.3 Downloading and Extracting the Firmware Update 1.exe (self‐extracting) and *.    D. etc. and “yyy” represents the firmware  version (e.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 4. V123 = Version 1. refer to the utility program Help  documentation.     The *.  where ‘X’ denotes the revision letter.     G.zip file instead. Select the appropriate firmware archive EXE or ZIP file download hyperlink. On the Flash & Software Update Files page – select the (Select a Product Line) Satellite  Modems hyperlink. Comtech EF Data  does not provide this utility program.    F. the ‘File Download’ window opens and  prompts selection of [Open] or [Save]:  4–6 . and extract the firmware files from the archive  download with a user‐supplied utility program. and optional hardware  configurations.comtechefdata. ZipCentral.zip  (compressed). select the Software  Downloads hyperlink. (PKZIP for  DOS is not supported due to file naming conventions). On the Software Downloads page – click Download Flash and Software Update Files. On the Satellite Modems product page – select the CDM‐760 product hyperlink.3). etc. WinZip.exe files.2. File Versions. and Formats: The Comtech EF  Data Web site catalogues its firmware update files by product type (e. First.).     About Firmware Numbers. Download the  *. For detailed information  on handling archived files.exe file does not require a file archiver and compression utility  program such as PKZIP for Windows.    B. Go online to www.

exe or *. Using Command‐line:        Type “cd C:\CDM760” at the Command‐line prompt to change to the temporary  directory created earlier using Command‐line. and then double‐ click the folder.. extract the firmware files from the archive file. click [Cancel] to quit and exit the file download process. Next.  B.     (If not already done with File Download > [Open]) Extract the firmware files from the  downloaded *. Be  sure to extract the firmware files to the “temp” folder created earlier. Extract all files and save them in the directory you  created.    Use Windows Explorer to locate. Confirm availability of the firmware files in the temporary folder.    o Click [Open] to turn over file extraction to the user‐supplied utility program.    Use the Browse window ([Start] > .Run > [Browse]) to locate.  4–7 . and then double‐left‐click the folder.zip archive file with the user‐supplied utility program:    o Double‐click on the archive file name.exe or *. Be sure to select and [Save] the  archive *.     Click [Save] to open the ‘Save As’ window. From the Windows Desktop:       Double‐left‐click the “C:\CDM760” folder saved to the Windows Desktop..Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 o o                   2.    There are several ways you may view the contents of the temporary folder on a Windows‐ based PC:  A.zip file to the “temp” folder created earlier.    3.    Otherwise. and then follow the prompts provided by the  user‐supplied utility program.    Type “dir” to list the files extracted to the temporary directory from the  downloaded archive file.

 the Remote Interface.0  FTP Utility PC Installation    Although there are a multitude of FTP client utilities that could be used.  4. Use Command‐line to send a “PING” command to confirm proper connection and  communication between the user PC and the CDM‐760:         If the Management IP Address of the unit is still not known. switch.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 The firmware files have been successfully downloaded and are now available for transfer to  the CDM‐760. or  direct Ethernet cable connection.  FileZilla may  be downloaded and installed via:  http://filezilla‐project.        1.php    Please see the product documentation for installation instructions. Windows‐based PC.     The latest firmware files have been downloaded or otherwise received from  Comtech EF Data and are available on the user PC in an accessible temporary  folder.    2.org/download. this procedure is  written around a single Open‐Source (freeware) FTP client call FileZilla. and the firmware has  been identified using the Front Panel. assumptions are made that:     The CDM‐760 is connected to a user‐supplied.  Screen shots shown in  this document are from FileZilla Version 3. obtain this information via  one of the following methods:    o Using the CDM‐760 Front Panel Keypad / VFD – Review the information provided  on the SELECT: Configuration  IP  Addresses  Add/Range screen.4 Performing the Ethernet FTP Upload Procedure To proceed with the firmware update procedure. but any later version will suffice. or the CDM‐760  Web Server Interface ‘Status | Firmware’ page.3.     The CDM‐760 Management IP Address has been noted.5.  4–8 . 3. and:    o A PC running Win XP or Win 7 with the following software:  o FileZilla (or similar FTP utility)  o Unzip Program (such as WinZip or the Windows native zip extension)   o The PC Ethernet port is connected to the CDM‐760 ‘J4 | MGT’  10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet port with a user‐supplied hub.

 the IP address  by typing (without quotes) “<0/IPA?<cr>”.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 o On the user PC – Use the terminal emulator program to log in to the CDM‐760.XXX/YY    o On the user PC – Use a Web browser (e.1  FileZilla Configuration    Before beginning the Firmware Upgrade. Internet Explorer) to log in to the  CDM‐760 Web Server Interface and review the ‘Admin | Access’ page.XXX. There. and  then use Serial or Telnet Remote Control to obtain.xxx.XXX. make  note of the Management IP Address. The unit returns the configured  Management IP Address in the form:    >0000/IPA=XXX.xxx. Transfer (FTP) the files from the user PC to the CDM‐760:      The contents of the C:\CDM760 folder should now look like this:          The contents of the IMAGEx folder hold the firmware upgrade files.    3. use Command‐line to PING:    Type “ping xxx.          Once the Management IP Address is known.g.  4–9 .     3.xxx.xxx” at the Command‐line prompt (where ‘xxx.xxx. FileZilla must be configured to match the  Modem’s FTP server..xxx’  denotes the unit Management IP Address). The response should confirm that the unit is  properly connected and communicating. and make note of.

3  Next.2  First.4  The following dialog box will appear:    4–10 . Click on File‐>Size Manager or the first button on the bar right under the menu.  3.  A window similar to this will appear:          3. open FileZilla.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760     3.

Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760       3.7  Click on the “Active” RadioButton then put a checkmark in the “Limit number of  simultaneous connections” CheckBox.  3.  Then make sure that the “Maximum number of  connections” is set to 1.  4–11 .  The Modem only supports one FTP connection at a time.6  Click on the “Transfer Settings” tab and the following dialog box will appear:          3.5  Click on the “New Site” Button and enter a name such as the IP Address of the  Modem.  Then fill out the Host edit box on the right with the modem IP Address and make  sure that FTP is selected as the Protocol and Anonymous is selected as the Logon Type.

11  Firmware Upgade    3.12  Click on “File” then “Site Manager…” and select the site created above.10  Make sure that both the “Downloads” and “UpLoads” ComboBox selection is  set to “Overwrite File”.  The following dialog box will appear:          3.    3.  Then click on “OK” to save the settings.  3.  Then  click “Connect”.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 3.9  When back at the top window.  The remote site on the left side of the menu should look like this:    4–12 . click on the “Transfer” menu selection and select the  “Default file exists action…” selection.8  Click “OK” to save the settings and the dialog box will close.

  One the upgrade image has been determined. double  click on it in the pane right under the “Remote site:”.  If a “2” is displayed.14  Go to the pane labeled “Local site” and find and click on the  “C:\CDM760\IMAGEx” folder.15  Go to the pane just below “Local site” and Hi‐Lite the contents of the folder  like this:    4–13 . go to the Utility‐>Firmware menu and make note  of the ActiveImage displayed.13  On the Modem Front Panel.    3.      3.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760      3. then  IMAGE1 will need to be upgraded.  If a “1” is displayed. then the Modem is currently running  out of IMAGE1 and the user will need to upgrade IMAGE2.

21  Once completed.18  When the Re‐FLASH completes. go to the Modem’s Front Panel and press on  the “Select” option.20  The Modem will now check the checksums of all of the files just upgraded.  It takes approximately 15 minutes to complete.14    4–14 .Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760       3.17  The Re‐FLASH will now begin.  3.16  Then drag the contents of the left hand pane onto the right hand pane and  drop them. a list of files and the progress will be displayed in  the very bottom pane.  3.   As it is transferring files to the modem.  Power  cycle the modem and verify that the Modem Firmware Version displayed after boot  matches the version just loaded.   This will take several minutes.19  Using the Up/Down keys.  3.  The user can Re‐FLASH the other image starting at  Step 3.22  Re‐FLASH is now complete.  3. the user will receive a prompt to reboot the modem.  3. select the Image number that corresponds to the  Image the was just loaded and press <ENTER>.  3.

 use the keypad ◄ ► arrow keys to  navigate to the SELECT: Utility  Firmware  Select screen. 4.    5.  4–15 . …PLEASE WAIT   Then:     ModemCard Flash programming was successfully completed.    The CDM‐760 front panel will then display:     Cycle power now to boot from the selected image. if the Top Card Application has been  changed. the Remote  Control Interface. Be sure to note the  firmware version that displays on the front panel ‘splash’ screen upon successful reboot:  Comtech CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem ver x.    On the user PC – Use the CDM‐760 Web Server Interface to select the Boot Image and  reboot the modem.    During the reboot cycle. Use the Front Panel. Step 1D).x. Press ENTER when done.x When booting into a new image. Use the Next Reboot Image: drop‐down list to  select Image1 or Image2. use the keypad ▲▼  arrow keys to select the other image. Then. Use the rear panel ON/OFF switch to cycle the power as prompted. Verify that the PC‐to‐Unit FTP file transfer was successful. This additional upload takes approximately two  minutes. the following messages appear on the CDM‐760  front panel display:  Programming ModemApp to ModemCard Flash. or the CDM‐760 Web Server Interface ‘Status | Firmware’ page to review  the loaded firmware (per the methods explained in Sect.     o Click [Submit] to save this boot setting.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 4.    o Select the desired Boot Image slot from the Firmware Image Config section of the  ‘Configuration | Utilities’ page. Use the CDM‐760 Front Panel or the Web Server Interface to select the firmware boot  image and reboot the unit:     From the CDM‐760 Front Panel / VFD – First.2. an additional step will occur as the CDM‐760 downloads to a  different flash memory.

    Click [Reboot Modem] to reboot the CDM‐760 from the Firmware Image Config  section of the ‘Configuration | Utilities’ page.Updating Firmware CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760           o           The CDM‐760 is now operating with its latest firmware. The firmware update process is now  complete. Wait while the CDM‐760 reboots.   4–16 .

     3 Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD)  The VFD shows data. FRONT PANEL OPERATION 5. It shows two lines of 40 characters each. The keys have a positive ‘click’  action that gives tactile feedback. Nested menus show options and  prompts that guide you in carrying out required actions. menus.    5–1 . CDM-760 Front Panel View   1 LED Indicators    The LEDs show a summary status of the modem.1 4    Introduction 1  2 3   Figure 5-1. The VFD is an active display with  adjustable brightness.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 5. these handles help you install and remove the unit.    2 Keypad   Use the keypad to enter data.    4 Rack Handles    In a rack enclosure. The keypad has six individual keys. prompts and messages.

 etc. It  does not reflect the state of the Tx carrier.)   5. see Note 5 No Test Mode is selected Green The Tx Traffic path hardware and firmware are not faulted Green Tx Traffic is passing normally (demod and decoder are locked. even though it is likely due to a missing carrier. The offline state is forced by an externally‐connected 1:1 or 1:N redundancy system.1. example: IF Loopback   NOTES:   1.    Table 5-1. everything is OK) Green The Unit is online. the Unit Alarm relay is active.  4. but remote control is not available. This  relay activates only if a Transmit Traffic Fault exists.    5–2 . (Local monitoring and control  is always available.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. see Note 3 Green The Tx IF is ON Amber The Unit is in Remote Mode. the Alarm relay state reflects the state of the  Front Panel LEDs. or Rx Alarm exists Red Off Off Off Off Off Off Off A Unit. Tx. or Traffic (Tx or Rx) Faults Amber A Unit. and carrying traffic Amber There is a Stored Event in the log.     The one exception is the Transmit Traffic relay. see Note 2 There are no Stored Events The Tx IF is OFF The Unit is in Local Mode . Tx or Rx Fault exists (Example: PSU fault) The Tx Traffic path hardware and/or firmware are faulted An Rx Traffic fault exists (the demod may still be OK). Look at stored events from the front panel or the remote control interface. Remote Mode means remote monitoring and control is available.1 LED Indicators In general. see Note 4 Amber A Test Mode is selected. A demodulator unlock is a fault. LED Descriptions LED UNIT STATUS Tx TRAFFIC Rx TRAFFIC ONLINE STORED EVENT TRANSMITTER ON REMOTE TEST MODE State Cause Green No Unit Faults. if the Unit Status LED is  red. Local Mode means remote monitoring is possible.  3. For example.   2. see Note 1 The Unit is offline (standby).

 From the opening screen.1.2 Keypad The keypad has an auto‐repeat feature. the  key action repeats at the rate of 15 keystrokes per second. use the up or down key to change the alphanumeric selection at the cursor position. or to move the cursor position. Right keys  Press the left or right key to move among available selections. press ENTER once to go to the SELECT: (Main)  menu. or to execute (save) a  configuration change.     Also.  Alphanumeric selections typically include numbers for configuration data and letters for text  strings.    CLEAR key  Press CLEAR to back out of a selection or to cancel a configuration change that has not been  executed using ENTER. on  any menu screen. From the opening screen. Press CLEAR repeatedly to return to the  opening screen.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. When a key is held down for more than 1 second. This is particularly useful when  editing numeric fields with many numbers. Down keys  Press the up or down key to scroll through settings that are available at the cursor position. such as frequency or data rate.    5–3 .    ▲▼ Up.        ENTER key  Press ENTER to go to the nested menu for a selected function.     Press CLEAR to return to the previous menu screen. press CLEAR once to go to the SELECT: (Main) menu.    ◄► Left.

prompt.. The bottom line shows the demodulator lock status  message1.1 Opening Screen The opening screen comes into view when power is first applied to the unit. followed by the Press any key. it provides superior viewing characteristics and does not suffer  problems of viewing angle or contrast.3.  5. the block cursor becomes an underline  cursor automatically.3.1.     To return to the opening screen from anywhere in the menus.3 Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD) The unit has a Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD).   5. It produces a blue light with a user‐adjustable brightness. or field. This screen  identifies the product and the version number of the installed firmware.         The screen saver message moves from right to left across the screen. press the CLEAR key repeatedly.3 Cursor Behavior On most menu screens a flashing block cursor blinks at the rate of once per second. After one hour of showing the  same screen.. The top  line shows the user‐definable Circuit ID. and then repeats.        From the opening screen. The VFD is an active display showing two lines  of 40 characters each.     Freq:1200. This cursor  shows the selected parameter.  5.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. number.0000 MHz ()                                                              1  either Demod not locked or the circuit Eb/No value when the demodulator is locked  5–4 .. the screen saver activates. Press any key to return to the  previous screen.3.     Freq: 200.0000 MHz ()   If a block cursor would obscure a selected parameter. press any key to go to the top‐level SELECT: (main) menu.1.1.2 Screen Saver The screen saver protects the VFD from possible image burn‐in. Compared to a  Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).1.

Contact Comtech EF Data Customer Support for details. this is identified in  descriptive sections that follow in this chapter. press CLEAR to return to this screen. CDM-760 Front Panel Menus Menu Branch Opening Screen Select (Main) Menu Configuration Monitor Test Store/Ld Utility Branch Functional Description and Available Nested Selections Press ENTER to access the SELECT: (main) menu or.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. ODU: BUC: PwrSupply+Ref LNB PwrSupply+Ref FSK-control When installed and available. e. TEST: Mode BERT Comp Use to configure the modem into one of several test modes or to configure/monitor the BER Tester. SELECT: Configuration Monitor Test Store/Ld Utility ODU FAST Use to access all monitor and control submenus. ODU FAST   The actual choices displayed in the submenus may vary according to which FAST  options are enabled. (Store/Load) (Select from Configuration #0 through #9): Load Store Use to store and retrieve up to 10 different modem configurations. Monitor: Live-Alarms Stored-Events ACM Rx-Params CnC Stats Buffer Use to monitor the current status of the modem and view the log of stored events for the modem. use to configure Outdoor Unit (BUC – Block Up Converter or LNB – LowNoise Block Down Converter) operations. from any other screen.2 CDM-760 Front Panel Menus The primary and nested menus available from the CDM‐760 front panel are described in this  section. This top-level (splash) screen identifies the product and its running firmware version. such as setting the Real-Time Clock. extended data rates. adjusting the display brightness. CONFIG: NetSpec Tx Rx Intf CnC Comp Remote IP Mask Ref Select to fully configure the modem. etc.  Table 5-2. Utilities: Set-RTC Display-Brightness LED 1:1 1:N Circuit-ID Firmware Use to perform miscellaneous functions. interfaces.  5–5 .g. FAST: Options Demo-Mode CnC Use to verify installed options and configure different Fully Accessible System Topology options.. etc. Where a FAST option affects a menu.

 monitor and control operations. or both. and then press ENTER.1 SELECT: (Main) Menu SELECT: Configuration Test Info Store/Ld Utility ODU Monitor FAST ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a menu.    5. plus the operating speed of Gigabit Ethernet Interface Ports 1 (J5 | DATA) and 2 (J6 | DATA). Note: Local Mode is always enabled. and to view MAC addresses. These menus are described in the following  sections.    The SELECT: (main) menu is the entry point for access to all other menus for modem  configuration.2 SELECT: Configuration CONFIG: NetSpec Tx Rx Intf Remote IP Mask Ref   Use the   arrow keys to select a submenu. CnC Comp () Tx Rx Intf CnC Comp Remote IP Mask 5–6 . (Remote Control) Use to define whether the unit can be controlled remotely via IP.  CONFIG Submenu NetSpec Description Use to configure the top level operating mode of the modem (this will impact both the TX and RX paths). 1) closed network standard offering more MODCOD selections and new ROF figures) (Transmit) Use to define. the Rx configuration of the unit. (DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier) Use to select DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC) options. or if you desire to mask (ignore) the conditions.2. on a parameter-by-parameter basis. Use to configure optional K4 GZip lossless compression and decompression operation.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. Use to configure the operating status of the installed optional Plug-in Interface Cards (PIICs) and optional Optical port (J7 | OPTICAL). serial. including IP address/range and gateway addresses. Users can select from DVB-S2 (Open standard Operation) and DVB-S2-EB1 (Comtech’s Efficiency Boost Rev.2. and then press ENTER. (Receive) Use to define. Use to configure various IP parameters. and to configure the serial remote parameters. the Tx configuration of the unit. on a parameter-by-parameter basis. Use to determine if certain operational criteria should be treated as faults or alarms.

1.000kbps 060140. use the   arrow keys to select a parameter. use the   arrow keys to select a parameter. 1 closed  network standard.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 CONFIG Submenu Ref Description Use to select and configure the Frequency Reference as External or Internal and fineadjust the Internal Hi-Stability 10 MHz Reference.2.    5. and then press ENTER. See the list of MODCODs and ROF figures available for these network  specifications in Table 5‐3 and Table 5‐4. affecting both the Tx  and Rx paths.1 (CONFIG) NetSpec: Network Spec: DVB-S2-EB1 ( )   Use the arrow keys to select the network specification (Network Spec). 8PSK. 16APSK.2 (CONFIG) Tx: Tx: Mod Data Freq Power ACM WANBuff Data 155520.   5.2.       Valid settings are QPSK.     5.2. and DVB‐S2‐EB1 is the Comtech Efficiency Boost Rev. and then press ENTER.2.     The read‐only bottom line displays the current operating data rate and symbol rate.      DVB‐S2 is the open standard. and then press ENTER  to save the setting.      Valid settings are DVB‐S2 or DVB‐S2‐EB1    The Network Spec establishes the top level operating mode of the modem.2.2.2.2.2.1 (CONFIG) Tx: Mod MODCOD=8PSK Pilots:On 8/9 Frame:Normal ()   First. 32APSK or ACM      5–7 .  5.2.1 (CONFIG) TX: Mod: MODCOD Use the arrow keys to set the MODCOD.976ksps ()   On the top line.

3 db worse (in terms of required Es/No) for all  ModCods.3 (CONFIG) Tx: Mod: Frame Use the  arrow keys to select Normal or Short Block. the modulation type and  FEC are set automatically by the modulator. 5/6.    Select ACM if the modulator is to function in ACM mode. use Normal Block Framing. 5/6. 9/10 127/180. 8/15. 5/6. 3/4. 127/180. 19/30.  2/3.2. ADAPTIVE CODING AND MODULATION (ACM) OPTION for an illustration of the  effects of Normal and Short Block Framing on overall system latency. 3/4. 9/10 1/2.200    Consider the use of Short Block Framing only when there is a concern about data  latency.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   16APSK.1. 2/3. 4/5. 5/6.     Valid settings are:     Setting  FECFRAME Bits Enabled Normal  64. 9/10 8/9.  3/5. 8/9.2.  Valid selections are:  QPSK DVB‐S2 8PSK 16QAM 2/3. 4/5. 3/5. 3/4.1. and then press ENTER.2.2. 9/10 Auto 17/30. 5/6. 8/9. 3/4. 5/6.800 (standard)  Short Block  16. In all other circumstances. 127/180. 3/4. 4/5. 3/4.2.  31/36.2. 2/3.  31/36. 4/5.2.  31/36. then press ENTER.   5.    5. 31/36.  127/180. 32APSK and ACM settings require that the unit is already configured to permit  these modulation types.4 (CONFIG) Tx: Mod: Pilot Use the  arrow keys to select On or Off.2. 2/3. 8/9. 8/9. 9/10 Auto DVB‐ S2‐ EB1 ACM     5.2. 9/10 19/30.  In ACM mode. 2/3. 19/30. 5/6. 4/5. 9/10 Auto 32QAM 3/4.1.  4/5. 8/9. 4/5.2 (CONFIG) TX: Mod: 0/0 (FEC) Use the  arrow keys to set the FEC.2 to 0. 17/30.     On enables the insertion of pilot symbols into the physical layer frame  5–8 . 3/4. The modulator uses the remote Es/No modem  reading and the ACM parameters (selected in the ACM menu) to make these settings. 8/9. 8/9. 3/5.    See Appendix C. 9/10 Auto 1/2. 3/5.       Short Block Framing performance is 0. 5/6.

      5. and then press ENTER.2.2.1 to 150 Msps. Framing mode.2 (CONFIG) Tx: Data Tx Data Rate Tx Symbol Rate ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter. then the modem is in MultiStream Mode. If the  minimum data rate is not zero.    The data rate cannot be changed while the modem is in MultiStream Mode.2.    Data Rate Values:  The maximum limits for the Data Rate are based on a symbol rate range from 0.2.520__054367.  5. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.000).2.     If the minimum data rate is zero (MIN_DR=000000.999Kbps   On the bottom line.      Set the Tx DATA RATE:    ETH_DR + MIN_DR = TOT_DR 019484. change the ETH_DR value.2.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760    Off disables this insertion  When Pilot is On.     Use the   arrow keys to select a number.  The actual minimum and maximum data rates are dependent on Network Spec.  See Section 0 about entering or exiting MultiStream Mode. pilots are always placed at the average power point of any  constellation.479__034883.1 (CONFIG) Tx: Data  Tx Data Rate   PREREQUISITE:    You must make sure the modem is in Single Stream Mode with only the Ethernet interfaces  active before you can set the Tx Data Rate.2.  5–9 . Press ENTER to save the setting.    The MIN_DR and TOT_DR values are read‐only and cannot be edited. then the modem is in Single Stream  Mode with only the Ethernet interfaces active.

 This overhead is 1. plus the MultiStream overhead.5% of the aggregate non‐ Ethernet data in Normal Block Mode.    While programming.  5. the modem attempts to  maintain the same Symbol Rate.    The Data Rate adjusts automatically if changes made to any of the higher‐priority parameters  cause the data rate to become invalid. or other parameters.     See Table 5‐3 and Table 5‐4 for available modulation and code rate combinations.     TOT_DR = Total Data Rate  This read‐only value is the aggregate data rate of the modem.    Tx Symbol Rate = 30000. the modulator turns the Tx Carrier OFF. It relates to the TX  symbol rate and spectral efficiency (MODCOD) settings.     In MultiStream Mode.    The Data Rate value changes as you change the Symbol Rate value.     When you change the modulation.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Interface type. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.    Equation Example:  The ETH_DR + MIN_DR = TOT_DR(RO) equation on the top line is explained as follows:      ETH_DR = Ethernet Data Rate  This is all data associated with the Ethernet data interfaces.000 ksps ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a number. and 5% in Short Block Mode.2.2. Press ENTER to save the setting. code rate.2. provided it is still in range when one of the other parameters is  5–10 . the MIN_DR is the aggregate of all active non‐Ethernet  interfaces. The upper range of the data rate is  also affected by the FAST option(s) installed. These tables  have some roundoff of the last number in the Data Rate Range columns. Modulation type and FEC Code Rate settings. The value of the Data Rate  depends upon the code rate. modulation type and mode type.2 (CONFIG) Tx: Data  Tx Symbol Rate The Tx Symbol Rate can be changed while the modem is in MultiStream Mode.2. It is always TOT_DR –  MIN_DR     MIN_DR = Minimum Data Rate  This read‐only value is always zero (000000.000) when the unit is in Single Stream Mode  and only Ethernet Data Type is enabled.

3.     Default is .2.2. Press ENTER to save the setting. .  5.35 . the modem itself determines the Tx spectral inversion. Attempted changes are rejected.25. and then press ENTER.2 (CONFIG) Tx: Freq: Spectrum Use the  arrow keys to select On or Off.20.3 (CONFIG) Tx: Freq (Frequency) Freq:1200.2.     Frequency ranges are 50 to 180 MHz and 950 to 2150 MHz (L‐Band)   Resolution is 100 Hz    5. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.  5.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   changed.2.20 GoldCode:000000 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter.3.  While in CnC mode.0000 MHz Spectrum:Normal Txα:. .  The operator cannot change the spectral inversion selection while CnC    mode is ON.2.2.3. . These tables  have some roundoff of the last number in the Data Rate Range columns. If a new  rate is not accepted.2.3 (CONFIG) Tx: Freq: Txα Use the  arrow keys to set the Tx (Tx Rolloff). .20 (20%)    Valid selections are:   ROF .05. .10. .35 DVB‐ S2 DVB‐ S2‐ EB1     5–11 .2.2.    5.2.1 (CONFIG) Tx: Freq: Freq Freq:1200.20 GoldCode:000000 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a number. Press ENTER to save the setting.15.20. Any changed data or symbol rate that is not in the valid range is not accepted.0000 MHz Spectrum:Normal Txα:. .2.    See Table 5‐3 and Table 5‐4 for available modulation and code rate combinations. Press ENTER to save the setting.25. change the Modulator Code Rate or mode.2.

 Press ENTER to save the setting.1 (CONFIG) Tx: Power: Carrier Select Carrier. Press ENTER to save the setting.4 (CONFIG) Tx: Power Tx: Carrier=On Level:-25. and then press ENTER. and then use the  arrow keys to select On or Off.      The GoldCode indicates the Physical Layer spreading sequence number.3.2 (CONFIG) Tx: Power: Level Use the   arrow keys to select a number.0dBm ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.  5.    Valid settings are:    Valid Power Levels  For Tx Frequency Range  0 to –25 dBm  50 to 180 MHz  0 to –40 dBm  950 to 2150 MHz (L‐Band)   5–12 .2.     Valid range is 000000 to 262.141   Default is 000000 (all zeros)    5.    5.2.2. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.2.4.2.2.4.2.2.2.2.4 CONFIG) Tx: Freq: GoldCode CRITICAL – Make sure that the Tx GoldCode value matches the Rx GoldCode value  of the distant end modem.2.2.    Use the   arrow keys to select a number.

2 13.31 0.2 5.1 7.87 4.35 0.9 7.7 16.1 0.1 0.48 3.30 4.17 0.1 0.1 QEF Es/No 1. Normal Block.0 4.1 0.00 193.9 8.7 5.1 0.16 1.4 1.1 0.9 5.80 174.80 232.6 11. Symbol Rate / Data Rate Range for Standard FECFrame (DVB-S2 Standard FECFrame = 64.55 1.26 0.60 313.58 2.30 261.70 217.9 10.1 0.59 2.10 290.1 9.1 0.3 6.60 278.40 0.26 0.50 260.7 6.4 12.29 1.70 Spec Eff (Bits / Hz) 0.1 0.80 232.9 2.40 242.62 3.1 0.74 1.36 0.60 310.1 0.1 0.5 8.00 309.0 3.0 11.90 278.1 0. QEF (PER 10e-7) MOD QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK FEC 1/2 3/5 2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 8/9 9/10 3/5 2/3 3/4 5/6 8/9 9/10 2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 8/9 9/10 3/4 4/5 5/6 8/9 9/10 Min SR (Msps) 0.0 13.8 8.45 1.22 0.80 313.90 3.62 2.40 290.2 16.6 9.42 2.17 0.1 0.1 14.30 314.20 231.90 208.43 0.1 0.60 261.09 3.2 3.8 6.62 1. Pilot ON.44 Max DR (Mbps) 144.0 4.94 2.1 0.3 4.800 bits) DVBS2.5   5–13 .10 0.44 3.5 6.72 1.1 14.15 0.4 4.7 3.1 0.17 0.34 0.1 0.1 0.3 4.1 0.5 3.75 1.3 4.26 0.4 6.03 4.12 0.24 0.2 2.2 8.1 Max SR (Msps) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 120 120 120 120 120 120 90 90 90 90 90 90 72 72 72 72 72 Min DR (Mbps) 0.9 11.1 0.16 0.1 0.6 11.30 258.2 9.19 0.1 0.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table 5-3.97 1.5 13.13 0.0 6.80 260.6 5.4 10.1 0.39 0.36 QEF Eb/No 1.22 3.20 309.29 0.40 290.15 0.2 2.4 6.32 0.18 2.

22 0.76 261. Pilot ON.44 232.1 0.43 0.0 4.9 7.8 6.7 15.13 0.11 0.1 0.09 3.24 0.24 310.6 1.4 5.1 0.75 1.2 9.9 7.6 9.65 204.1 0.52 309.25 174.20 0.26 0.1 0.16 219.2 13.4 12.36 QEF Eb/No 1.1 0.50 2.12 0.1 0.23 1.1 Max SR (Msps) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 Min DR (Mbps) 0.0 5.15 0.1 0.3 4.1 0.64 300.1 0.9 5.17 0.90 197.7 3.6 2.4 6.5 1.97 1.15 0.3 5.72 2.5 6.2 1.30 260.44 2.80 220.1 0.5 8.42 2.1 0.34 0.7 3.45 1.1 0.75 193.1 9.3 6.48 3.10 289.1 0.9 7.24 0.36 278.64 1.32 0.2 16.75 245.9 6.7 4.1 0.8 2.64 278.1 14.8 4.0 9.1 0.1 0.25 250.4 16.27 0.39 0.0 11.55 1.1 0.6 10.6 5.1 0.3 3.32 314.9 10.41 3.1 0.42 0.3 11.05 2.10 1.6 4.0 4.80 232.1 0.8 6.9 1.1 5.29 0.74 1.87 4.3 5.3 3.2 9.03 4.1 14.0 2.7 4.1 0.0 9.90 3.1 0.62 1.17 0.16 0.16 1.1 0.47 245.98 299.16 0.33 0.30 4.1 0.37 1.5 12.1 0.72 1.1 0.16 4.1 0.17 0.5 2.10 0.5 5.74 309.87 231.88 290.58 2.33 3.19 0.82 313.0 3.36 0.7 13.16 260.35 290.1 0.62 2.22 3.62 3.59 2.40 0.1 0.4 3.94 2.60 313.10 0.75 154.1 0.1 7.67 1.90 217.03 1.1 0.8 13.26 0.1 0.5 7.00 183.14 0.04 208.20 258.1 0.29 1.12 0.25 0.4 1.6 11.18 2.86 278.84 1.2 8.2 10.8 8.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Table 5-4.23 0.35 0.1 0.1 0.2 2. Symbol Rate / Data Rate Range for Standard FECFrame (DVB-S2-EB1 Standard FECFrame = 64.8 8.5 7.3 2.60 261. Normal Block.0 12.7 6.800 bits) DVB-S2-EB1.23 299.32 2.26 0.1 0.31 0.50 164.3 3.1 0.7 5. QEF (PER 10e-7) MOD QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK FEC 1/2 8/15 17/30 3/5 19/30 2/3 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 17/30 3/5 19/30 2/3 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 19/30 2/3 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 Min SR (Msps) 0.32 245.44 Max DR (Mbps) 144.2 3.70 Spec Eff (Bits / Hz) 0.1 QEF Es/No 1.0 6.4 6.35 242.18 0.5     5–14 .34 0.1 0.44 3.4 10.17 0.

 Press ENTER to save the setting.  The selected action occurs after three consecutive ACM messages are missed. Press ENTER. Then. set the Min and Max ModCod to equal  values.     First.2 (CONFIG) Tx: ACM Config: Unlock-Action   When distant-end demod loses lock: Go to min Tx ModCod (Maintain. ACM messages  are sent and received approximately every 250 milliseconds.1 (CONFIG) Tx: ACM Config: Min/Max-ModCod   Min Modcod: QPSK 1/2 Max Modcod: 32APSK 9/10   Set the range of ModCods for the modem’s transmit capability. ADAPTIVE CODING AND MODULATION (ACM) OPTION      5.2.5. use the  arrow keys  to select the ModCod.   The Go to min Tx ModCod action is recommended.2.        5. modulation and code rate combinations.2.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.5.    This is important.2.2.Min) ( )   Set the action that occurs when the remote demodulator loses lock.  5–15 .  To make the system run at a fixed ModCod.2. use the   arrow keys to select the Min or Max ModCod.2. because the ACM system depends on the feedback of the SNR  metric from the remote demodulator to find the optimum ModCod.  Appendix C.    See Table 5‐3 and Table 5‐4 for permitted ModCod.2.2. Use the  arrow keys to  select an action.5 CONFIG: Tx: ACM (Adaptive Coding and Modulation) ACM Config: Min/Max-ModCod Unlock-Action Target-EsNo-Margin Degradation ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter and then press ENTER.  The Max ModCod value may be limited by other FAST Access Codes that are installed  for Modulation and Symbol Rate.

 For this  reason.    This equates to 250+290+20+290=550 ms. used as a tool to compensate for Rain Fade.5) ()   The ACM system is designed to switch based on thresholds that correspond to a   QEF ≈ 10‐7 PER for each ModCod.55 dB of fade before the new ModCod is received at the fading site’s  demodulator.0 32APSK=2.0 16QAM=1.5.2.8 dB.0 8PSK=0.   5. Assuming worst‐case scenario of a strong rain fade that begins just after  sending an ACM message:     There could be 250 ms of delay before the next message.    The factory default for all settings is 0.   The new ModCod signal will land at the far end site in another 290 ms. To ensure that missing a single ACM message does not drop the link.0  5–16 .2. Press ENTER to save the setting.  there could be as much as . is added to the QEF  specification for all ModCods.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.0 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter.   The message will take 290 ms to traverse across the satellite link.   There will be some minimal processing time of 20 ms to act on the new message and  change to the new ModCod.2.2.5.0 – 4.5 dB  0.2. If there is a maximum rain fade of 1dB per second.1 dB  1 dB    The Target Es/No Margin value.8 dB – of fade. the user may  want to add another 250 ms. The QEF specification for a ModCod plus the Target Es/No Margin  plus the Modulation Degradation for a modulation type will set the “Shift Down” Es/No point in  ACM operation.    Use the  arrow keys to select a margin value.0 dB (0.     For example:  The far end side of a link has a maximum rain fade slope of 1 dB per second. it is preferred that the Target Es/No margin be at least 0. use the  arrow keys to set a value for  the selected parameter.    Valid settings are:    Range  Increments  Default 0. Press ENTER.3 (CONFIG) Tx: ACM Config: Target-Es/No-Margin   Target Es/No Margin = 1.2.0 to 4. Then. ACM  messages are sent roughly every 250 ms and it will take 290 ms for the message to reach the  near side modulator. so now the max fade could be 800 ms – or 0.4 (CONFIG) Tx: ACM Config: Degradation Degradation: QPSK=0.

 the modem begins to send Pause Frames to any  device connected to the Ethernet Data Interfaces at approximately 87% capacity. the larger buffer size increases latency.2. the Data rate shows: 00000.3 (CONFIG) Rx: Rx: Mod Data Freq Power EsNo Data 155520.000kbps.    If the demodulator is unlocked.   See the  CONFIG: Intf (Configure Interface) section for more about Flow Control.2. Systems with higher levels of phase noise or non‐linearities can impact  higher‐order modulation schemes such as 16APSK and 32APSK more dramatically than QPSK or  8PSK operation.976ksps ()   On the top line.  5. and then press ENTER.        5–17 .    When Flow Control is Enabled.2.    Pause Frames cease to be sent to the Ethernet Interfaces when the WAN Buffer Full  Status drops below 75% capacity.     The read‐only bottom line shows the operating data and symbol rates.2.2.      Valid settings are:    Range  Increments  20 to 400 ms  10 ms    A large buffer can absorb bursts of traffic that could overrun the WAN link speed and  get  dropped.  However.6 (CONFIG) Tx: WANBuff: WAN Buffer Length:200 mSec ()   Use the  arrow keys to select a buffer depth value and press ENTER to save the setting.0.  The use of degradation values can help make sure that switching to a higher‐order modulation  does not cause errors.  5. use the   arrow keys to select a parameter.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Add a level of signal margin to the QEF switch points in ACM operation. Do this by adding a  degradation value for each modulation type.000kbps 060140. These systems can benefit from using degradation values to prevent errors. This degradation value increases the Es/No that is  required to switch to a ModCod having a degradation value > 0.

 31/36. 19/30. FEC. 2/3.  the screen shows the message: Demod Is Not Locked. 5/6. 9/10 17/30.2. 2/3. 9/10 127/180. 17/30. 9/10 8/9.    5.  31/36. 3/4. 4/5. 4/5.  3/5. 2/3.2. 5/6. 3/5. 8/9.3. 8/9. 3/4.000kbps. 8/9. 5/6.2 (CONFIG) Rx: Data Rx Data Rate Rx Symbol Rate ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter. 3/4. 3/4. 3/4.2.3.1 (CONFIG) Rx: Data  Rx Data Rate Rx Data Rate = 155520.  QPSK DVB‐ S2 8PSK 16QAM 32QAM 3/4.2. 5/6.3. It shows the total aggregate data rate of the locked  demodulator. 8/9.      5–18 .  31/36. 3/4.    Below is a list of the MODCODs that are valid for the listed network specifications.2.  127/180. 8/9. 127/180. 3/5.  If the demodulator is unlocked. 5/6. 9/10 1/2.200    Pilots are either On or Off.  31/36. 9/10 2/3. 4/5.800 (standard)  Short Block  16. 9/10 DVB‐ S2‐ EB1   Framing modes are either: Setting  FECFRAME Bits Enabled Normal  64. the Data rate shows: 00000.1 (CONFIG) Rx: Mod MODCOD=8PSK Pilots:On 8/9 Frame:Normal ()   These read‐only elements identify the current modulation type. 3/4.2. 4/5. 2/3. 8/9. 5/6.  2/3. 127/180. 8/9. 19/30.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. 5/6.  All  information shown is automatically populated by the modem.     If the demodulator is unlocked. 5/6. 9/10 19/30.  4/5. and then press ENTER. Frame and Pilot settings.2. 4/5.    5.001 kbps   The Rx Data Rate here is read‐only. 3/5. 4/5. 8/15. 9/10 1/2.

0000 MHz Spectrum:N/L Rxα:N/L GoldCode:000000 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a number.      5. and then press ENTER.  A valid status is either Normal or Inverted.2.25.2.3.2.25. .2.05.2.2 (CONFIG) Rx: Freq: Spectrum The current Spectrum Inversion status is read‐only.2. etc. pilots ON/OFF.2.3. Press ENTER to save the setting.    5. .2.3.  After the receive path is locked.  Valid status values depend on the network  specification:  ROF .3.976 ksps ()   Set the Rx Symbol Rate to match the Tx Symbol Rate of the far end modulator.10. .3. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.3. the Rx menus show the applicable data rate.    Use the   arrow keys to select a number.3 (CONFIG) Rx: Freq (Frequency) Freq:1200.1 (CONFIG) Rx: Freq: Freq Freq:1200.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.20.    5. .     Frequency ranges are 50 to 180 MHz and 950 to 2150 MHz (L‐Band)   Resolution is 100 Hz    5. modulation type.2.2. . Press ENTER to save the setting.2.3 (CONFIG) Rx: Freq: Rxα The current Roll Off status is read‐only. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number. .0000 MHz Spectrum:N/L Rxα:N/L GoldCode:000000 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select a parameter. FEC frame length spectral inversion.2 (CONFIG) Rx: Data  Rx Symbol Rate Rx Sym Rate = 060140.15.35 . .3.  code rate.20.3.35 N/A DVB‐ S2 DVB‐ S2‐ EB1 Demod Unlocked   5–19 .

3.2. Press ENTER to save the setting.2.     On the bottom line.2.1 to 16. The read‐ only top line shows the interfaces. The bottom line shows the installation and configuration  status.4 CONFIG: Intf (Configure Interface) GBEI1 Auto GBEI2 Off PIIC1 G703-E3 PIIC2 G703-OFF Optical NONE   Use this screen to see the installation status and configured state of each interface.      5–20 .      The GoldCode indicates the Physical Layer spreading sequence number.4 (CONFIG) Rx: Freq: GoldCode CRITICAL – Make sure that the Rx GoldCode value matches the Tx GoldCode value  of the distant end modem. Press ENTER to save the setting. Then.2. use the   arrow keys to select a configurable interface.   Valid Range is 00.141   Default is 000000 (all zeros)    5.0 dB  If the Rx Es/No falls below this value and the fault is NOT masked.     Valid range is 000000 to 262. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.2.2.4 (CONFIG) Rx: EsNo Receive EsNo Alarm Point = -03.3.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. use the  arrow keys to change the setting for that interface. and then press  ENTER. and then use the  arrow keys to change that  selected number.   The selections on this screen vary.3. Press ENTER to  save the setting.0 dB ()     Use the   arrow keys to select a number.    Use the   arrow keys to select a number. a receive traffic  fault is generated. depending on which operation mode is in use:  either  Single Stream or MultiStream.      5.

The GbE interface is On. The port speed is 100 Base-T with Half Duplex communications. The PHY is up. The PHY is up. The GbE interface is On. The PHY is up. The interface is in Tri-state mode and all LED indicators are non-functioning. The port speed is 10 Base-T with Full Duplex communications. The port speed is 100 Base-T with Full Duplex communications. The GbE interface is On. and the SFP is present but it is not in use. The interface is enabled.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Interface (Top line) Indication (Bottom Line) Off Auto Description The GbE interface is Off. The port speed is 1000 Base-T with Full Duplex communications. Example: OC3-Off means that an OC-3 PIIC module is installed in the slot but it is not being used. Gigabit Ethernet: GBE1 (J5 | DATA port) and GBE2 (J6 | DATA port) 10/H 10/F 100/H 100/F 1000/F Optional Plug-In Interface Card Slots: PIIC1 (Interface Slot1) and PIIC2 (Interface Slot 2) Optional Optical Ethernet: J7 | OPTICAL port NONE XXXX-Off XXXX-YY NONE Off On     5–21 . The PHY is up. The PHY is up. The GbE interface is On. Example: G703-E3 means that a G. The PHY is down.703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC module is installed and is active with a selected data type of E3 (valid selections are E3. auto-negotiating only. Both the port speed and Full/Half Duplex communications are auto-negotiated. All communications via this port is 1000 Base-T (GbE). The port speed is 10 Base-T with Half Duplex communications. The PHY is up. No PIIC module is physically installed in the slot. T3 and S1 (STS-1)). The GbE interface is On. The interface is either disabled or there is no SFP module present. The interface is enabled and the SFP is present. The GbE interface is On.

 This associated overhead is 1. Because MultiStream Mode is a MUX of different data types.     2.2. and all other interfaces are either:   o Not installed (NONE)   or  o Installed. but all PIIC slots are not active  (NONE or OFF).Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. MultiStream Mode allows more than one type of traffic data to be active at  the same time. at least one of the GbE interfaces must be active at  the same time that at least one of the PIIC slots is active (e.  4. PIIC1=G703‐E3).1. there is overhead  associated with the total MUX structure.           5–22 . One or more of the GbE interfaces MUST be active in order to enter or exit from  MultiStream Mode.  3. and 5% in Short Block Mode. All  other WAN optimization features are functional in MultiStream Mode. Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) is not functional in MultiStream Mode.4.     Gigabit Ethernet combination examples are:     GBE1 / J5   | DATA port    GBE2 / J6   |DATA port    Optical / J7   |OPTICAL port  The three Gigabit Ethernet data interfaces are treated as a single data  interface type. This allows two or more data traffic types to co‐exist  simultaneously in a single carrier.   For Single Stream Mode:  A single PIIC module is installed and active.         For MultiStream Mode: 1.5% of the  aggregate non‐Ethernet data in Normal Block Mode.2. The  CONFIG: Intf screen display example shows the modem in MultiStream Mode. no matter how many are active. but not active (OFF)  Or. Therefore. any combination of Gigabit Ethernet is enabled.1 Single Stream Mode or MultiStream Mode Operation Single Stream Mode is the conventional method for transporting a single type of traffic data  over the satellite.368 Mbps) connections. MultiStream Mode is an internal multiplexing (MUX) and de‐multiplexing (De‐MUX)  of data interface types.  For example:     You are running a link in Normal Block Mode that is using MultiStream to aggregate  Ethernet traffic and two G.g..703 E3 (34.

  If the configured TX data rate capacity is not sufficient for the PIIC  selection. if the modem Tx is set to 100 Mbps.232Mbps  5.    Using this computation example. Symbol Rate.768 Mpbs. this setting is rejected.232 Mbps is allocated to the Ethernet traffic type. then the  remaining 30.   b) Choose the correct ModCods.  Select any combination of GbE interface operation:   GBE1 / J5 | DATA port    GBE2 / J6 |DATA port   Optical / J7 | OPTICAL port  Make sure that both interface slots (PIIC1 and PIIC2) are either:    Not installed (NONE)   or    Not active (Off).    Any data rate that is ABOVE this minimum data rate is given to the GbE interfaces. etc.767Mpbs=30.368+34.  Configure the modem settings for MultiStream Mode operation:  a) Select the Tx parameters for the carrier that will act as the aggregate  carrier of all interface types to be transmitted. start again at Step 1 to correct  the configuration. The best practice for entering or exiting MultiStream Mode is to do these steps:    A.368)*1.  If the PIIC selection is rejected at Step 5.. you will know the total Tx data rate that the  modem permits.  After you finish Step 3. Make sure this Tx data rate is sufficient for transmitting  the intended aggregate interface type services.  Return to the CONFIG: Intf menu and make sure one or both of the PIIC  data interface traffic types can operate.    100Mbps–69. Pilots.015=69. ENTER MULTISTREAM MODE  Step  1  2  Task  Use the   arrow keys to select the CONFIG: Intf menu.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 The computation of the modem Tx link’s configuration for minimal support is  therefore:   (34.          3    4  5    6  5–23 . to make sure  that the total Tx uplink is sufficient for all of the interface types that  will be multiplexed together.

      Use the   arrow keys to select Type. Set the Rx Gold‐n Index Code to match the  far side modem Tx Gold‐n Code. Mask.   a) Make sure that the Tx Data Rate MIN_DR variable is shown as  000000.  Configure one PIIC interface. do these next steps to configure the Rx side  for Single Stream or MultiStream Mode:  Step  1  Task  Configure the Rx Symbol Rate. or not installed (NONE).  Set the Gold‐n Index Code.4. EXIT MULTISTREAM MODE  Step  1  2  3  4  5  6  Task  Use the   arrow keys to select the CONFIG: Intf menu.1.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 B.  Make sure the interfaces were selected and configured correctly during  the Tx configuration.2. to  operate.2 (CONFIG) INTF: PIICx= G703 You cannot get access to this menu if a PIIC G. or one of the available interface modes. Use the   arrow keys to select the  CONFIG: Rx→ Pilot menu.2.  Make sure that the Optical interface (J7 | OPTICAL port SFP module) is  not installed (NONE). or Center and then press  ENTER.    2  3  5.  Make sure that both GbE interfaces (GBEI1 and GBEI1) are not active  (Off). ClkSource.703 E3/T3/STS‐1 module is not  installed in a PIIC slot.    5–24 .    After the Tx side of the link is configured. or any combination of the GbE interfaces.  BufSize.    The interface TYPE can be NONE. Use the   arrow keys to select the  CONFIG: Rx→ Data→ Rx Symbol Rate menu.000.    The letter x after PIIC represents the slot number where the optional interface is installed (PIIC1  or PIIC2).  Use the   arrow keys to select the CONFIG: Tx → Data → Tx Data  Rate menu.  Make sure that both the interface slots (PIIC1 and PIIC2) are either not  active (Off). Set the Rx Symbol Rate to  match the far side modem Tx Symbol Rate.

 a G. 5 MHz. INT CLK.  The NONE setting disables the interface. E3 or STS1.703)  ClkSource RxClock Set the clock source by which Rx data is clocked out of the G.703 interface to the external  baseband equipment. All other settings cause the PIIC interface to operate with  the  applicable interface type.2. you can configure the Rx BufSize and Center the buffer. To configure the ClkSource  and Mask parameters.   Comtech EF Data strongly suggests that you select TX CLK.736 MHz (T3).703)  ClkSource ExtClock  For the external clock source on the J8 | Ext Ref BNC connector. or EXT CLK.   5–25 . unless a high‐stability  EXT CLK is present and timing of the network requires all devices to be locked to the    EXT CLK. The CONFIG: Intf menu will show the  status for that slot as Off. coding.2. or 51.    (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G. 34. The symbol rate is linked to this fixed data rate.2. TxClock.   (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G. and then press ENTER.    In Single Stream Mode.1 (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G703)  Type Use the  arrow keys to select NONE. and then press ENTER. and then press ENTER.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G. or TX CLK. or RxClock.703 PIIC interface with a setting of T3. and then press ENTER.4. 2 MHz.  44. 10 MHz.703)  ClkSource ClkSource: ExtClock: 1 MHz TxClock: TX CLK RxClk: RX SAT ( )   Use the   arrow keys to select ExtClock.   The license for symbol rate or CnC must be compatible with the symbol or data rate  for the selected interface.1. go to another level of the menu. set the expected clock rate.840 MHz (STS1).703)  ClkSource TxClock Lock the Tx symbol rate of the modulator to the applicable clock source.     Use the  arrow keys to select 1 MHz.    Use the  arrow keys to select RX SAT.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 On this menu. RX SAT. so that  it adjusts automatically when changes occur to the modulation. E3 or STS1 will fix the data  rate of the modem to the correct speed.368 MHz (E3). 20 MHz. T3. and then press ENTER.   5.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G.    Use the  arrow keys to select EXT CLK. pilots or Tx frame block  size. TX CLK.

 Mask.   ExtClkInRange ‐ External Clock In Range means that the External Clock is set by the  TxClock or RxClock. only Alarm. but the rate of the clock on J8 does not agree with the rate expected  by the modem.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G. Fault. meaning that the Rx Clock Source  is significantly different than the rate of incoming data.   RxOF (Alarm) ‐ Rx Overflow means that the traffic received by the demodulator is too  fast for the RxClock clock setting.)     Mask Type Alarm Fault Fault-Tx On Mask Unit Status LED Color Amber Red Red none Fault State none J1 Alarm Connector J1 Alarm Connector none Causes Redundancy Switch No Yes Yes No Mutes Tx Carrier No Yes No No Visible Location Monitor: Live Alarms menu Monitor: Stored-Events log Monitor: Stored-Events log None – See Note 1   5–26 .   RxPLL (Alarm) ‐ The Rx Clock PLL is railed high or low.703 interface on the TX‐IN  connector finds no traffic. ExtClkInRange. RxOF and RxUF.    Use the   arrow keys to select Alarm.  losing data in the process. and then press ENTER. menus. This causes the buffer to underflow and to re‐center. RxOF. unless a high‐stability  EXT CLK is present and timing of the network requires all devices to be locked to the    EXT CLK. meaning that the Tx Clock Source  is significantly different than the rate of the transmitted data.  (For the RxPll.   ExtClkAct (Alarm) ‐ External Clock Activity means that the External Clock is selected by  either the TxClock or RxClock. or RxUF and then press ENTER.   If ExtClkAct IS NOT in an Alarm or Fault condition but the ExtClkInRange IS in Alarm  or Fault condition. but no clock is present on J8.     Use the   arrow keys to select TxPll. This causes the buffer to overflow and to re‐center.703)  Mask Mask: TxPll:Fault InpSigLoss:Alarm more…. and Mask are given. ()   Set which of the interface alarm or fault states are reported.  RxPll. or Fault‐Tx On. or more to get to ExtClkAct.  losing data in the process.      TxPLL (Alarm) ‐ The Tx Clock PLL is railed high or low.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Comtech EF Data strongly suggests that you select RX CLK. InpSigLoss.   RxUF (Alarm) ‐ Rx Underflow means that the traffic received by the demodulator is too  slow for the clock RxClock setting. then the clock source rate and the modem’s programmed    External Clock rate are different. Fault.   InpSigLoss (Alarm) ‐ Input Signal Loss means that the G.

703)  RxBuffer  Center PIICX: Type:E3 ClkSource Mask BufSize:32.     If the Fill Status is increasing (approaching 100%).0ms Center:No Fill=50% ()   The Fill Status is a read‐only status of buffer depth as a percentage.2. Mask. causing a data overflow.  CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G.703)  RxBuffer  BufSize Use the  arrow keys to change the Rx Buffer Size time value.4.  BufSize.0ms Center:No Fill=50% ()   If the Fill Status percentage reported on the RxBuffer menu shows a data underflow or  overflow.2 (CONFIG) INTF: PIICX = OC3/STM1 PIICX: Type:OC3/STM1 ClkSource Mask BufSize:32.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G.0ms Center:No Fill=50% ()   You cannot get access to this menu if a PIIC OC3/STM1 module is not installed in a  PIIC slot.      Use the   arrow keys to select Type.     Valid Range  Step size  2 to 75 ms  0.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Note 1  A masked event is not logged and is not seen in any menu. and then press ENTER. then the Rx traffic is arriving too quickly for the  Rx Clock setting.703)  Fill PIICX: Type:E3 ClkSource Mask BufSize:32. then the Rx traffic is arriving too slowly for the Rx  Clock setting. then select Yes to center the Rx Buffer depth to 50%. or Center and then press  ENTER.5 ms  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (G.    5–27 .     If the Fill Status is decreasing (approaching 0%). ClkSource.2.   5. causing a data underflow.

 go to another level of the menu.      (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  ClkSource ClkSource: TXClock: TX CLK RXClock: RX SAT ()   Use the   arrow keys to select TxClock or RxClock and then press ENTER. To configure the ClkSource  and Mask parameters. and then press ENTER. you can configure the Rx BufSize and Center the buffer.    On this menu.  The NONE setting disables the interface.    The interface TYPE can be NONE. an OC3/STM1 PIIC interface with a setting of OC3/STM1 will fix the data  rate of the modem to the correct speed. coding.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 The letter x after PIIC represents the slot number where the optional interface is installed (PIIC1  or PIIC2).    In Single Stream Mode.  5–28 . pilots or Tx frame block  size.   The license for symbol rate or CnC must be compatible with the symbol or data rate  for the selected interface. or one of the available interface modes.     Use the  arrow keys to select RX SAT.     (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  Type Use the  arrow keys to select NONE or OC3/STM1. so that  it adjusts automatically when changes occur to the modulation.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  ClkSource TxClock  Lock the Tx symbol rate of the modulator to the applicable clock source. The symbol rate is linked to this fixed data rate. or TX CLK. unless a high‐stability  EXT CLK is present and timing of the network requires all devices to be locked to the    EXT CLK. and then press ENTER.   Comtech EF Data strongly suggests that you select TX CLK. The CONFIG: Intf menu will show the  status for that slot as Off.     The bottom line shows the setting for each parameter. All other settings cause the PIIC interface to operate with    the applicable interface type.

 This causes the buffer to underflow and to re‐center.   InpSigLoss (Alarm) ‐ Input Signal Loss means that the G. meaning that the Tx Clock Source  is significantly different than the rate of the transmitted data.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  Mask Mask: TxPll:Fault InpSigLoss:Alarm more…. unless a high‐stability  EXT CLK is present and timing of the network requires all devices to be locked to the    EXT CLK.   RxPLL (Alarm) ‐ The Rx Clock PLL is railed high or low. RxOF.   Comtech EF Data strongly suggests that you select RX CLK.   RxUF (Alarm) ‐ Rx Underflow means that the traffic received by the demodulator is too  slow for the clock RxClock setting.703 interface on the TX‐IN  connector finds no traffic.   RxOF (Alarm) ‐ Rx Overflow means that the traffic received by the demodulator is too  fast for the RxClock clock setting. or more to get to RxPll.). Fault.Error! Reference source not found.)     Mask Type Alarm Description Alarms can be viewed from the Monitor: Live Alarms menu (Sect.    Use the  arrow keys to select RX SAT or TX CLK and then press ENTER. ()   Set which of the interface alarm or fault states are reported:     Use the   arrow keys to select TxPll. or Fault‐Tx On. or RxUF and  then press ENTER.  losing data in the process. Error!  Reference source not found.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  ClkSource RxClock Set the clock source by which Rx data is clocked out of the OC3/STM1 interface to the external  baseband equipment. InpSigLoss. and Mask are provided. menus. Faults cause:  The Unit Status LED to turn RED Redundancy Switchover and Tx Mute An alarm WILL NOT cause a redundancy switch and WILL NOT mute the Tx carrier Fault A fault WILL cause a redundancy switch and WILL mute the Tx carrier 5–29 .).      TxPLL (Alarm) ‐ The Tx Clock PLL is railed high or low. Fault. Faults can be viewed in the Monitor: Stored-Events log (Sect.  (For the RxPll. This causes the buffer to overflow and to re‐center. only Alarm. Alarms cause the Unit Status LED to turn AMBER. Mask. and then press ENTER.    Use the   arrow keys to select Alarm. meaning that the Rx Clock Source  is significantly different than the rate of incoming data. RxOF and RxUF.  losing data in the process.

    5. Faults can be viewed in the Monitor: Stored-Events log (Sect. Error!  Reference source not found.0ms Center:No Fill=50% ()   In the event of data underflow or overflow (as indicated by the Fill Status percentage reported  on the RxBuffer menu) select Yes to ReCenter the Rx Buffer depth to 50%. and then press ENTER. and then press ENTER. FlowControl.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Mask Type Description  The J1 Alarm Connector to show a Fault Redundancy Switchover and Tx Mute Mask Masking the event has the effect of ignoring the event – it can no longer be logged and is not seen in any menu.4.2. and a data overflow is occurring.3 (CONFIG) INTF: GBEIX Where X designates the interface as GBEI1 (J5 | DATA port) or GBEI2 (J6 | DATA port): Use the    arrow keys to select Type. Faults cause:  The Unit Status LED to turn RED  The J1 Alarm Connector to show a Fault Mask WILL NOT cause a redundancy switch and WILL NOT mute the Tx carrier A Fault-Tx On WILL cause a redundancy switch and WILL NOT mute the Tx carrier Fault-Tx On   (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  RxBuffer  BufSize Use the  arrow keys to increment/decrement the Rx Buffer Size time value (from 2 ms to 75  ms in 0.  (CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  RxBuffer  Center PIICX: Type:E3 ClkSource Mask BufSize:32.    CONFIG: INTF) PIICX (OC3/STM1)  Fill PIICX: Type:E3 ClkSource Mask BufSize:32.5 ms steps). If the Fill Status is dropping  (approaching 0%).).2. If the Fill Status is increasing (approaching 100%) the Rx traffic is  coming in faster than the Rx Clock setting accommodates. this indicates that the Rx traffic is not keeping up with the Rx Clock setting and a  data underflow is occurring.0ms Center:No Fill=50% ()   The Fill status is a read only status of buffer depth as a percentage.  5–30 . or Learning.

 use the  arrow keys to set Flow Control as Enabled or Disabled. and then  press ENTER. or 10 Base‐T Half Duplex.    Also note that. Pause Frames will cease to be  sent to the Ethernet Interfaces when the WAN Buffer Fill Status drops below 75% full.    Note the following:    External Equipment Capability 10 Base-T. as the interconnected  device will not back‐off in an overflow condition and may cause all traffic on the Tx and Rx links  to become congested. Comtech EF  Data strongly recommends that you ALWAYS run 1000 Base‐T (GbE) ports in Auto  Negotiate mode. use the  arrow keys  to select AUTO. 100 Base‐T Full Duplex. 100 Base‐T Half Duplex. any device connected to the management port  (J4 | MGMT) must also honor Pause Frames to properly ensure system operation. Pause Frames will be sent to ALL Ports.    When Flow Control is Enabled. When used properly. when the Remote Inband is set to Enabled (see Sect. Flow Control should be set to Disabled. 10/100/ 1000 Base-T 10 Base-T 10 Base-T 100 Base-T 100 Base-T 1000 Base-T (Gigabit) External Equipment Port Setting Auto Full Duplex Half Duplex Full Duplex Half Duplex Full Duplex** Correct Port Configuration Selection on CDM760 Auto 10 Base-T Full Duplex 10 Base-T Half Duplex 100 Base-T Full Duplex 100 Base-T Half Duplex 1000 Base-T Full Duplex   ** Forced 1000 Base‐T Full Duplex is a non‐standard mode of operation.    To configure the interface type of the selected port: On the bottom line. Press ENTER to save the setting. Flow Control can act as a traffic valve in an  ACM environment. (CONFIG: INTF) GBEX  FlowControl The use of Flow Control or Pause Frames is useful when ALL devices connected to the modems  are set to honor Pause frames. J6 | DATA. (CONFIG) Remote Control: Inband). as a mismatch can cause random packet loss and  connection drops. 10  Base‐T Full Duplex. All overflow traffic will be discarded.    If ANY device directly connected to the Ethernet ports (J5 | DATA. 1000 Base‐T Full Duplex.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 (CONFIG: INTF) GBEIX  IntType Take care in using this menu. the modem will begin to send Pause Frames when the WAN buffer  is approximately 87% full. Error! Reference source  not found.    On the top line. or J7 | OPTICAL)  does not honor Pause Frames.  5–31 .

 the Destination MAC and Source MAC are “learned”  by the modem. and the modem connection looks like a “wire. Source MAC is learned to exist on WAN Packet is sent to LAN. This learned address will remain learned. If. There is no  filtering of traffic. Any Destination MAC it does NOT know. This is why  MAC Leaning is also referred to as “learning and aging”. it will send across to  the other side.     The MAC Learning process is further explained as follows:    FRAME GOING FROM LAN TO WAN (Tx) Source MAC Don’t care Don’t care Don’t care Don’t care Source MAC Don’t care Don’t care Don’t care Don’t care Destination MAC Unknown Known to exist on LAN side Known to exist on WAN side Broadcast or Multicast MAC Destination MAC Unknown Known to exist on LAN side Known to exist on WAN side Broadcast or Multicast MAC Action Packet is sent to WAN. Source MAC is learned to exist on LAN Packet is sent to WAN. When a MAC Address is seen by the  modem is “learned” to exist as previously described. If the modem sees a Source MAC on its LAN side. If the MAC Address is not seen traversing through the product during  this five minute period. the MAC Address will remain in the table and the aging clock will reset  once more to five minutes. it will  not transmit it to the LAN side. while  traffic coming in from  the satellite (WAN) side of the link is passed on to the GBEI (LAN) interface.     5–32 .”     With MAC Learning set as Enabled. the table entry is “aged” out and the MAC Address is no longer known to  the modem and must be re‐learned. Note the following:     With MAC Learning set as Disabled.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 (CONFIG: INTF) GBEX  Learning On the top line. Source MAC is learned to exist on WAN FRAME GOING FROM WAN TO LAN (Rx)     The second process that is performed. Source MAC is learned to exist on WAN Packet is NOT sent to LAN. the modem passes any traffic entering from the  GBEI (LAN) interface to the satellite (WAN) side of the link. use the  arrow keys to set Flow Control as Enabled or Disabled.  and it will continue to exist in the modem’s Content Addressable Memory (CAM) table for a  period of five (5) minutes. Source MAC is learned to exist on LAN Packet is sent to WAN. Source MAC is learned to exist on LAN Action Packet is sent to LAN. however. with MAC Learning set as Enabled. is “aging”. Source MAC is learned to exist on WAN Packet is sent to LAN. and then  press ENTER. it  learns that going forward. Source MAC is learned to exist on LAN Packet is NOT sent to WAN. it will not transmit the frame. If the modem sees a destination MAC on its LAN side that it recognizes  as belonging to the LAN side. the MAC Address is seen within the CAM  table’s five minute timer. If the modem sees a  destination MAC on its WAN side that it recognizes as belonging to the WAN side.

 However. the amount of traffic over  the satellite link can be reduced when the modem is one element on the LAN (see    Error! Reference source not found. Detail ‘B’).. MAC Learning Operations 5. This means that the MAC Address of a device – such as PC1 in the  figure – appears to exist on both the WAN and LAN sides of the modem. Min Search Delay or Max Search Delay and then press  ENTER.2.  5.  5–33 . or the Optical    Gigabit Ethernet Interface FAST Access Code is not activated.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   It is important to note that.2.4 (CONFIG) INTF: Optical If the CONFIG: Intf menu displays NONE.4.2. by enabling MAC Learning.. if there is the chance that  a second Layer 2 path exists to the far side equipment. This condition is known as “Spanning Tree” (see Error! Reference source not  found. this will cause data flow  failure.3. 3.2.5   CONFIG: CnC CnC: Mode:Off Min Search Delay:230 ms Max Search Delay:290 ms ()   Use the   arrow keys to select Mode. See Sect.     Figure 5-2.2 for  further information about this optional interface.2. then the optional Optical Gigabit Ethernet  Interface SFP is either NOT plugged into the J7 | OPTICAL socket. This  corrupts the modem’s CAM table and causes its failure. Detail ‘A’).

2.    If CnC is being bench‐tested with two units in a back‐to‐back configuration.2.3 (CONFIG) CnC: Max Search Delay To reduce the time taken for the CnC algorithm to converge. and then press ENTER. Press ENTER to  save the setting.2.  5.6 CONFIG: Comp K4 GZip lossless compression and decompression in an optional feature that requires  installation of the compression card in the modem.5. Factory default values for satellite operation are set to a minimum of 230 ms  and a maximum of 290 ms. This takes into    account the lack of satellite delay. Press ENTER to  save the setting.2.  To edit the CnC Search Delay: Use the   arrow keys to select the delay number to edit using the  arrow keys.2.1 (CONFIG) CnC: Mode CnC operation requires installation of the DoubleTalk Carrier‐in‐Carrier module. the  minimum delay should be set to 0 ms.  To edit the CnC Search Delay: Use the   arrow keys to select the delay number to edit using the  arrow keys. you can restrict the range of delay  the search uses.2.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.     Use the arrow keys to select Off or On.    If CnC is being bench‐tested with two units in a back‐to‐back configuration. With no module installed. and the maximum to 20 ms.  5. Factory default values for satellite operation are set to a minimum of 230 ms  and a maximum of 290 ms. This takes into    account the lack of satellite delay.      5–34 .5. CnC  Mode is forced Off and this submenu is inoperable.  5.2. the  minimum delay should be set to 0 ms.5. you can restrict the range of delay  the search uses. but care should be taken to allow sufficient range to accommodate changes in path  delay due to Doppler. Once CnC has found the exact delay the value can be further  reduced.2 (CONFIG) CnC: Min Search Delay To reduce the time taken for the CnC algorithm to converge.2. Once CnC has found the exact delay the value can be further  reduced. but care should be taken to allow sufficient range to accommodate changes in path  delay due to Doppler. and then edit the value of each number by using the  arrow keys. the user needs to purchase one of several    available FAST options to provide capability to a maximum of 155 Mbps. and then edit the value of each number by using the  arrow keys. In  addition to installing the CnC module. and the maximum to 20 ms.

    Tx Compression (LAN to Satellite) requires activation of a software license or FAST  Access Code. When  Enabled. regardless of which  setting is selected on this menu          Selecting Serial enables remote EIA‐232/485 or Telnet M&C of the modem. the Tx side of the modem will be symbol rate‐limited by  the lesser of the Tx symbol rate purchased or the Tx compression symbol rate  purchased.   Local control using the front panel is always available. All other licenses (e.   5–35 . so maximum  data rates will depend on modulation and coding schemes used.2. A  mismatch will cause all data to be dropped. Telnet. Note the following:     Selecting Local allows monitor and control (M&C) of the unit only through the front panel.   5.. and then use the  arrow  keys to set either feature as Enabled or Disabled. Note the  following:     Compression enables or disables the Tx compression path (LAN to Satellite). Rx  decompression will work at all data rates regardless of the Tx compression license  purchased.    Rx decompression does not require a software license or FAST Access Code. and then press ENTER.     Decompression enables or disables the Rx decompression path (Satellite to LAN). or the   arrow keys  to select Inband. Ethernet. Tx compression rate licenses are sold by the symbol rate.g.  Selecting Serial+Ethernet allows all methods of remote access to the modem. or Web Server Interface M&C to the  modem.  Selecting Ethernet enables remote SNMP. The  decompression setting must match the far side CDM‐760 Tx compression setting. Press ENTER to save the setting. Serial. CnC data rate) will still apply.    When Compression is Enabled. or Ser+Ethernet . ALL traffic on all active ports and all active PIIC interfaces will be routed  through the compression card and will be compressed.7 CONFIG: Remote Remote Control=Serial+Ethernet Inband=Disable   Use the  arrow keys to select Local.2.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Compression: Disabled Decompression: Disabled ()   Use the   arrow keys to select Compression or Decompression.

 and J7 | OPTICAL) and a separate    Layer 2 switch tied to the physical management port (J4 | MGMT).    o For RS‐485‐2W or RS‐485‐4W (aka EIA‐485 2‐Wire or 4‐Wire) – Use the    arrow keys to select a number to edit. as this will cause a  networking loop and create a broadcast storm.    5–36 . or  57600 baud.    If selecting either Serial or Ser+Ethernet remote control. as this will cause the  same networking loop/broadcast storm environment. and then press ENTER.  Use the  arrow keys to Enable or Disable this feature. or RS‐485‐4W. 9600.7.2. It is fixed at 8‐N‐1.2.  5.     Address – Note the following:    o For RS‐232 (aka EIA‐232) – The Address is fixed at 0000 and is not editable. Address 0000 is reserved for universal addressing.2. Then:      Interface – Use the  arrow keys to select RS‐232.  Similarly. or (Baudrate). when Inband is enabled.     (Baudrate) – Use the  arrow keys to select 2400.    Press ENTER to save the setting. the data IP interface ports and management port  may not be physically connected to a single external switch. Address.485-2.7.2. 38400. and then use the  arrow keys to change  that number. 19200.485-4) 38400 baud ()   Note: Character format is not selectable.1 (CONFIG) Remote: Serial or Serial+Ethernet Interface= RS-485-2W Address= 0001 (232. When Inband control is  desired along with external control. 4800. if  Inband control is enabled.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. the physical connection between the data IP  interface ports and management port must be separated by a router or two  independent networks.2 (CONFIG) Remote: Inband Inband Modem Control allows remote Ethernet access via the Gigabit Ethernet data interfaces. J6 | DATA. For this reason. The permitted  address range is 0001 to 9999. there is a physical connection between a Layer 2 switch on  the data IP interface ports (J5 | DATA. use the   arrow keys to select  Interface. a physical jumper connection should never be connected  from any data IP interface port to the physical management port. RS‐485‐2W.    When Inband is enabled.

 use the    arrow keys to select a number to edit.168. and then press ENTER.   5.8 CONFIG: IP IP Config: Addresses SNMP ()   Select Addresses or SNMP using the   arrow keys.  This address must be one that is within the M&Cs subnet address/range.002/24 ()   To configure the unit’s IP Address for the J4 | MGMT (Ethernet M&C) port: First.8.  (CONFIG) IP Config: Addresses  Gateway Ethernet IP Gateway: 192. and then use the  arrow keys to change  that number.    5–37 . or Addr/Range using the   arrow keys.  (CONFIG) IP Config: Addresses  Address/Range Ethernet IP Address/Range: 192.002 ()   The Gateway Address is the default next hop address used by the M&C to send traffic to when  the M&C is sending a datagram to an IP address outside of its subnet mask or Address/Range.001.168. Press ENTER to save the setting.  (CONFIG) IP Config: Addresses  MAC Ethernet MAC Address: 00-06-B0-00-01-06 (read-only)   This read‐only screen displays the unit MAC address. and then use the  arrow keys to change that number.2.1 (CONFIG) IP Config: Addresses IP Addresses: Addr/Range MAC Gateway ()   Select MAC.2.001. and then press ENTER.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. use  the   arrow keys to select a number to edit. Press ENTER or CLEAR to return to the previous  menu.2.2. Gateway.    To configure the unit’s IP Gateway Address for the J4 | MGMT (Ethernet M&C) port: First.  Press ENTER to save the setting.

 All trailing spaces are removed from the Write  Community string upon entry.    Press ENTER once you compose this string.     Note that only the first 20 characters on the bottom line are available. use the   arrow keys to select the  alphanumeric character to edit.8. All printable ASCII  characters are available with the exception of the backslash ‘/’ (ASCII code 92) and tilde ‘~’  (ASCII code 126). All printable ASCII  characters are available with the exception of the backslash ‘/’ (ASCII code 92) and tilde ‘~’  (ASCII code 126).2 (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP SNMP: Communities Traps ()   Use the   arrow keys  to select Communities or Traps.  (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP  Communities  Read SNMP Read Community: Public (20 chars) ()   To edit the SNMP Read Community string: First. and then press ENTER.2.  (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP  Communities  Write SNMP Write Community: Private (20 chars) ()   To edit the SNMP Write Community string: First. and then use the   arrow keys to edit that character.2. use the   arrow keys to select the  alphanumeric character to edit.     Note that only the first 20 characters on the bottom line are available.   (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP  Communities SNMP Communities: Read Write ()   Use the   arrow keys to select the Read or Write community.    Press ENTER once you compose this string.  5–38 . and then use the   arrow keys to edit that character. and then press ENTER.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. All trailing spaces are removed from the Read  Community string upon entry.

000 ()   To edit the SNMP Trap Destination IP Address (where X designates the submenu as Trap IP  Address #1 or Trap IP Address #2): First.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP Traps Traps: Community Version IP-Addr#1 IP-Addr#2 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select Community.000. IP‐Addr#1. and then press  ENTER. use the   arrow keys to select the alpha‐ numeric character to edit.000. Press ENTER  to save the setting.  (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP  Traps  Community SNMP Traps Community: Comtech (20 chars) ()   To edit the SNMP Traps Community string: First.ver2) ()   Use the ◄ ► arrow keys to select SNMP‐ver1 or SNMP‐ver2.  (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP  Traps  IP-Addr#X Trap IP addr #X: 000.    5–39 .  (CONFIG) IP Config: SNMP  Traps  Version SNMP Traps Version: SNMP-ver1 (ver1. it means Trap is disabled. and then use the   arrow keys to edit that character. and then press ENTER. All trailing spaces are removed from the Traps  Community string upon entry.000.    Press ENTER once you compose this string. Version.     Note that only the first 20 characters on the bottom line are available. and  then use the  arrow keys to edit that number. use the   arrow keys to select a number to edit.  If both Trap IP Addresses are 000. or IP‐Addr#2.000.000. All printable ASCII  characters are available with the exception of the backslash ‘/’ (ASCII code 92) and tilde ‘~’  (ASCII code 126).

Faults cause: 5.). and then press ENTER to accept the  selection and return to the previous menu. Faults can be viewed in the Monitor: Stored-Events log (Sect. Internal+O/P. Note the following:    Mask Type Alarm Fault Description Alarms can be viewed from the Monitor: Live Alarms menu (Sect.06 ppm  10 MHz internal oscillator. Note the following:     Selection of Internal mode frequency‐locks the modem to the high stability ±0. Ext 1MHz. or  Mask.1 (CONFIG) Ref: Modem Reference   Use the  arrow keys to select Internal. plus an addition masking option.10. Fault. Ext 5MHz. or Ext  10MHz. Ext 2MHz.2. are available:    Mask Type Fault-Tx On Description Faults can be viewed in the Monitor: Stored-Events log (Sect. Alarms cause the Unit Status LED to turn AMBER. Faults cause:  The Unit Status LED to turn RED  The J1 Alarm Connector to show a Fault Masking the event has the effect of ignoring the event – it can no longer be logged and is not seen in any menu.    Use the   arrow keys to select Alarm. EsNo. Alarm.    5–40 . Error! Reference source not  found. Error! Reference source not found.9 CONFIG: Mask Masks: RxAGC:Fault Ref:Fault EsNo:Fault LNB:Alarm DeCompInv:Alarm   Use the   arrow keys to select RxAGC.2. LNB.2. Ref or  DeCompInv and then press ENTER. Error! Reference source not   The Unit Status LED to turn RED  The J1 Alarm Connector to show a Fault found.2.2.). and then press ENTER. Mask   For the Reference and DeCompInv masking option selections.2. and Mask (as  previously described). Fault.).Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.10 (CONFIG) Ref: Modem Reference: Internal Internal Ref Fine Adjust:-001 ( )   5.

1 Monitor: Live-Alarms Live Alarms: Unit Receive Transmit ( )   Use the   arrow keys to select select between Unit.10. use the   arrow keys to select a number to edit. normally used as input. This mode is useful when  you desire to use a single frequency reference for both the modem and another piece of  equipment in the system.  5.1 Monitor: Live-Alarms: Unit. ACM. When selecting this mode.   5.3 SELECT: Monitor Monitor: Live-Alarms Stored-Events Rx-Params CnC Stats Buffer ACM ()   Use the   arrow keys to select Live‐Alarms.     First. Press ENTER to save the setting. Ext 5 MHz.    5.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760    In the Internal+O/P (Internal with Output) mode. The adjustment value is retained in EEPROM memory. Press ENTER to  save the setting. Receive and Transmit. and is therefore  not lost when the NVRAM is cleared.3.2.1. Ext 2 MHz.  and then press ENTER. not after the ENTER  key is pressed. Stored‐Events.2. the 10 MHz internal reference is used  as an output on the rear panel J8 | Ext Ref BNC connector.2. Receive and Transmit Live Press <Enter> for Details Unit:---+---+------------------( )   5–41 .2 (CONFIG) Ref: Internal Ref Fine Adjust With the Internal 10 MHz Reference selected.    5.2.  Selection of the Ext 1 MHz. and then use the  arrow keys to  change that number. or StatsP. Rx‐Params. or Ext 10 MHz modes will frequency  lock the modem to an injected external reference on the rear panel J8 | Ext Ref BNC  connector.3.2. CnC. now  has an output signal present.    Changes made to the adjustment value take effect immediately. a green LED adjacent to the  connector illuminates to alert the user that the connector. very fine adjustment of the Internal 10 MHz  Reference is possible.

X Unit Pwr Cal FPGA Load Ref Unlock Unit Temp Unit Fault Tx (Transmit) Input Data Tx PLL Demod Lock AGC Alarm Rx (Receive) CnC Lock OutputData EsNo Rx PLL State Main Board Power Supply Fault (3. 1.5V. Similarly.    Note that.    Type Alarm MainPs X. For enabled optional synchronous interfaces this alarm indicates a problem with input data. Receive and Transmit section shown above. An FPGA could not be configured. Demodulator is not locked to a signal. 2.    A list of the possible alarms is shown below.3V.8V. Not applicable to Ethernet Interfaces.3V. 1.2.25V) Modem Board Power Supply Fault (5. 5.2V) Transmit power is not factory calibrated. Contact factory.8V. 1. 3.  and then stored in the event log. For enabled optional synchronous interfaces this alarm indicates a problem with output data.1.5V.   A “+” indicates the element is in an alarm condition. Carrier-in-Carrier is enabled but not locked.  When an event condition occurs. Receive EsNo is below configured alarm point.  5–42 . 2. Receive Power Level has tripped AGC alarm point. the log shows the date in DAY‐MONTH‐ YEAR format.3.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Press Enter and use the <> arrow keys to move across the “‐“ symbols and “+” symbols.  An “‐“ indicates the element in question is NOT in alarm. Unit could not lock to external reference clock input. 3.2V. Use the use the  arrow keys to scroll  between event 1 and event 255. it is time‐ and date‐stamped.  Each  character represents a possible alarm. Use the   arrow keys to navigate  between the Event number and the Clr: option. Receive Phase-Lock Loop fault. Unit has exceeded operating temperature. Time is displayed in military (24‐hour) format.3V.9V.8V.    The Stored Event conditions follow the same symbol indications and meaning as those listed in  the Monitor: Live‐Alarms: Unit.    The event log can store up to 255 entries (events). 1. this is also recorded. 1.5V. when the fault condition clears.2 Monitor: Stored-Events Event 255:255 16:21:58 Rx: +--------------01/03/13 Clr:N   An example of a Stored Events screen is shown here. Transmit Phase-Lock Loop fault. A general unit fault. 1. Not applicable to Ethernet Interfaces. in accordance with European convention. 1.X MdmBdPs X.

4 Monitor: Rx-Params (Rx Parameters) When the demodulator is not locked. this read‐only screen appears as follows:    Demodulator Unlocked   Otherwise:    RxLevel= dBM Rx-Params: EsNo=>23.9 db   This read‐only screen provides the active ACM mode information:    Parameter Tx Modcod RemEsNo Rx Modcod LocEsNo Description Displays the Tx ModCod.3. Then. and new log entries will be generated. However.3. Displays the Rx ModCod.0 kHz MODCOD: QPSK ½ RxLevel= -31dBM   Parameter Description The value of the Es/No calculated by the demodulator.1. with a displayed resolution of 100 Hz. Es/No F Rx-Level 5–43 .5dB.1. Displays the EsNo of the local unit.2. use the arrow keys to select Yes. non-distorted carrier is being received. Displays the EsNo reported by the remote modem.  To flush the event log buffer use the    arrow keys to select Clr. The frequency offset of the received carrier. especially when demodulating 16APSk and 32APSK carriers. if there are faults present on the unit at this time. and then returns the user directly to the previous  menu. Resolution: 0.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Press ENTER or CLEAR to return to the previous menu.  5. Note that the Es/No reading assumes that a linear.3 Monitor: ACM Tx Modcod=8PSK Rx Modcod=8PSK 8/9 8/9 RemEsNo:+20.    Press ENTER to save the setting. in kHz. the Es/No reading may be inaccurate.0 db LocEsNo:+19. they will be time‐stamped  once again. If a carrier is operating at or near saturation and there are nonlinear distortions. Es/No is the energy per Symbol received (Es) divided by the noise spectral density (No). A dBm reading indicating the signal level of the desired receive carrier.2.5 dB ⌂F=+005. Clr clears the event log. 5.      When Yes is selected.

 Ratios beyond ±7 dB may cause complete  unlock of circuit.8 DoubleTalkTM  Carrier‐in‐Carrier® (CnC). 5.1 Monitor: Stats  IP IPstats: WAN Bytes to WAN Total 0.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 ModCod The current ModCod. on the top line: Use the  arrow keys to select the desired IPstats port:   5–44 . or Compression. BasebandFraming. or to select  the operational statistics or CLR (clear statistics) function on the bottom line.0E+00 () Clr:N   Typical for each display.4kHz Ratio:+1dB Delay=230.2.    First. the tally of Bytes or Packets sent/received is presented in scientific  notation in two columns – Total and Last10s:     Total – The total number of Bytes or Packets sent/received since the statistics log was  last cleared. Note the  following:     The Monitor: CnC screen refreshes once every second.1.3.4ms   When enabled and locked. this read‐only screen displays the CnC performance data.    Use the   arrow keys to select between the IPstats port selection on the top line. 1.     Last10s – Total number of Bytes or Packets sent/received in the last 10 seconds.5 Monitor: CnC (Carrier-in-Carrier Parameters) CnC-Params: Freq-offset=-123.2 Monitor: Stats (Statistics) IP BasebandFraming Compression ()   Use the   arrow keys to select IP.0E+00 Last10s 0. Ratios that are higher or lower –  approaching ±7 dB – will cause degradation.  5.2.2.2. Delay  when bench‐testing CnC operation is typically less than 100 µs.     CnC parameters need to be within the tolerances specified in Sect.     Ideal operation occurs when the CnC Ratio is 0 db.  5.3.3. and then press ENTER.4.     The Delay in a properly working CnC link is typically between 230 ms and 290 ms.

3.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   IPstats Port Selection GbE 1 GbE 2 WAN M&C Opt Ref Rear Panel Connector J5 | DATA port J6 | DATA port N/A J4 | MGMT M&C 10/100 port J7 | OPTICAL port   Next. 2 and Opt (does not count packets from J4 | MGMT) Total number of Ethernet Packets sent from M&C to WAN and to GbE 1. if you are in Network Spec: DVB‐S2‐EB1 more MODCOD selections will be shown. use the   arrow keys to navigate to the bottom line. use the   arrow keys on the bottom line to navigate to the Clr:  setting. GbE 2. 2 and Opt (does not count packets to J4 | MGMT)   After viewing the desired statistics screen(s). Total number of Ethernet Packets received on WAN destined for GbE 1. and then either press ENTER (to wipe the  buffer) or press CLEAR (to back out of the command and return to the previous menu). GbE 2. Typical for each parameter display. use the  arrow keys to  browse the available operational statistics for the selected port:    IPstats Port Selection (top line) Statistic (bottom GbE 1 GbE 2 WAN M&C Opt line) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Packets from LAN Packets to LAN Bytes from LAN Bytes to LAN Bytes to WAN Packets from WAN Bytes from WAN Packets to WAN Packets to M&C Packets from M&C Description Number of acceptable Ethernet Packets received on selected port from the LAN Number of Ethernet Packets sent to LAN from selected port Number of acceptable Bytes received on selected port from LAN Number of Bytes sent to LAN from selected Port Total number of Bytes sent to WAN from GbE 1. There.    You may then use the  arrow keys to browse through the desired operational statistics:   Note. GbE 2. and Opt. should it be desired to clear the statistics log and  re‐initialize this screen. M&C. Opt and M&C. and M&C Total number of Ethernet Packets sent to M&C from WAN and from GbE 1.2 Monitor: Stats  BasebandFraming Baseband Framing: Tx Count (QPSK 3/5) 0.2.2.    Tx Count Rx Count RxErrFrms Rx Frames Drppd 5–45 . GbE 2.  5. This is post compression (if enabled) and includes encapsulation and compression overhead. Opt. and Opt Total number of Bytes received on WAN destined for GbE 1.0E+00 () Clr:N   On the bottom line: Use the   arrow keys to select between the available operational  statistics. Total number of Ethernet Packets sent to WAN from GbE 1. Use the  arrow keys to select Y or N. the tally of frames is depicted in scientific notation  on the bottom line of the display. This is prior to decompression (if enabled) and includes encapsulation and compression overhead. M&C.

The total number of Baseband Frames received with this Modulation and Coding since the last clear.2.2. The screen  for either selection is read‐only:  5–46 . and then press ENTER. should it be desired to clear the statistics buffer  and re‐initialize this screen.3 Monitor: Stats  Compression LanToWan WanToLan   Use the   arrow keys to select LanToWan or WanToLan.3. and then either press ENTER (to wipe the  buffer). use the   arrow keys on the bottom line to navigate to the Clr:  setting. The total number of Baseband Frames received that contained errors with this Modulation and Coding since the last clear. Use the  arrow keys to select Y or N.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Tx Count Tx Count (QPSK 1/2) Tx Count (QPSK 3/5) Tx Count (QPSK 2/3) Tx Count (QPSK 3/4) Tx Count (QPSK 4/5) Tx Count (QPSK 5/6) Tx Count (QPSK 8/9) Tx Count (QPSK 9/10) Tx Count (8PSK 3/5) Tx Count (8PSK 2/3) Tx Count (8PSK 3/4) Tx Count (8PSK 5/6) Tx Count (8PSK 8/9) Tx Count (8PSK 9/10) Tx Count (16APSK 2/3) Tx Count (16APSK 3/4) Tx Count (16APSK 4/5) Tx Count (16APSK 5/6) Tx Count (16APSK 8/9) Tx Count (16APSK 9/10) Tx Count (32APSK 3/4) Tx Count (32APSK 4/5) Tx Count (32APSK 5/6) Tx Count (32APSK 8/9) Tx Count (32APSK 9/10) Rx Count Rx Count (QPSK 1/2) Rx Count (QPSK 3/5) Rx Count (QPSK 2/3) Rx Count (QPSK 3/4) Rx Count (QPSK 4/5) Rx Count (QPSK 5/6) Rx Count (QPSK 8/9) Rx Count (QPSK 9/10) Rx Count (8PSK 3/5) Rx Count (8PSK 2/3) Rx Count (8PSK 3/4) Rx Count (8PSK 5/6) Rx Count (8PSK 8/9) Rx Count (8PSK 9/10) Rx Count (16APSK 2/3) Rx Count (16APSK 3/4) Rx Count (16APSK 4/5) Rx Count (16APSK 5/6) Rx Count (16APSK 8/9) Rx Count (16APSK 9/10) Rx Count (32APSK 3/4) Rx Count (32APSK 4/5) Rx Count (32APSK 5/6) Rx Count (32APSK 8/9) Rx Count (32APSK 9/10) RxErrFrms RxErrFrms (QPSK 1/2) RxErrFrms (QPSK 3/5) RxErrFrms (QPSK 2/3) RxErrFrms (QPSK 3/4) RxErrFrms (QPSK 4/5) RxErrFrms (QPSK 5/6) RxErrFrms (QPSK 8/9) RxErrFrms (QPSK 9/10) RxErrFrms (8PSK 3/5) RxErrFrms (8PSK 2/3) RxErrFrms (8PSK 3/4) RxErrFrms (8PSK 5/6) RxErrFrms (8PSK 8/9) RxErrFrms (8PSK 9/10) RxErrFrms (16APSK 2/3) RxErrFrms (16APSK 3/4) RxErrFrms (16APSK 4/5) RxErrFrms (16APSK 5/6) RxErrFrms (16APSK 8/9) RxErrFrms (16APSK 9/10) RxErrFrms (32APSK 3/4) RxErrFrms (32APSK 4/5) RxErrFrms (32APSK 5/6) RxErrFrms (32APSK 8/9) RxErrFrms (32APSK 9/10) Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Rx Frames Drppd 16APSK Rx Frames Drppd 32APSK Rx Frames Drppd   Parameter Tx Count Rx Count RxErrFrms Rx Frames Drpped Description The total number of Baseband Frames transmitted with this Modulation and Coding since the last clear. or press CLEAR (to back out of the command and return to the previous menu).  5.   After viewing the desired statistics screen(s). The total number of Baseband Frames received at 16APSK or 32APSK but dropped because the FAST Access Code for 16APSK or 32APSK is not enabled (since the last clear).

 Error! Reference source not found. Bytes  Out is the same as Bytes to WAN (see Sect.(Bytes Out/Bytes In))       Last 10s – Calculated is calculated using the exact same formula as Savings XX% but uses  the Bytes In and Bytes Out for the past 10 seconds so an operator can see what  compression is being accomplished on current data.XE+XX value represents the total number of bytes including compression and encapsulation overhead sent to the decompressor.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   Bytes In 0.XE+XX value equals the total number of bytes output from the decompressor.     Savings – XX% (percentage) value is calculated using the following formula:   100 * (1.0E+00 Savings 00% Last 10s 00% () CLR:N   Select LanToWan to view the Tx compression statistics of the modulator’s transmission path:     Bytes In – X.    o Bytes Out – X. or press CLEAR to back out of the  command and return to the previous menu.XE+XX value equals the total number of bytes including  compression and encapsulation overhead to be sent over the satellite.  Monitor: Stats → IP).     Then.     Savings – XX% (shown as a percentage) is calculated using the following formula:     100 * (1.XE+XX value represents the total number of bytes sent to the compressor.(Bytes Out/Bytes In))    Last 10s – Calculated using the exact same formula as Savings (XX%).0E+00 Bytes Out 0. either press ENTER to wipe the buffer. This represents all the traffic received by the modem. but uses the Bytes  In and Bytes Out for the past 10 seconds so an operator can see what compression is  being accomplished on current data     Select WanToLan to view the Rx decompression statistics of the demodulator reception path:     Bytes In – X.    After viewing the desired statistics screen(s). use the  arrow keys select the CLR: setting as Y or N (the cursor position  defaults to the CLR: setting on the on the bottom line).      Bytes Out – X.    5–47 . should it be desired to clear the statistics buffer  and re‐initialize this screen:      First.

and phase balance. or Comp.IQPN.  and then press ENTER to execute.2. Pause Frames cease to be sent to the Ethernet Interfaces when the WAN  Buffer Full Status drops below 75% capacity.    Press ENTER or CLEAR to return to the previous menu.Tx-CW. whose frequency difference is equal to the configured Tx symbol rate. this indicates that there is more  satellite capacity than there is user traffic. (Single Side Band) This mode should not be enabled over the satellite.SSB. Error! Reference source not found.2.  5.4 Monitor: Buffer WAN Buffer Fill Status: 100%   This read‐only screen indicates the fill state of the Modem to WAN or Modem to Satellite Buffer. and then press ENTER.F.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.4. Use this to measure spectral SSB IQPN 5–48 .  5. amplitude. offset from the nominal carrier frequency by half of the configured symbol rate. A single carrier on one side of the nominal center Tx frequency. If the figure is decreasing./0)   Use the arrow keys to select Normal modem operation or to select an available Test Mode.2.2.DSB. This mode demonstrates the modulator’s carrier null. Two carriers on both sides of the nominal center Tx Frequency.    When Flow Control is Enabled (see Sect. the modem begins to send Pause Frames to    any device connected to the Ethernet Data Interfaces at approximately 87%  capacity.1 TEST: Mode Modem Test Mode = Normal ( ) (Norm.  When the WAN Buffer Fill Status figure is increasing.IFDig.3.  (CONFIG: INTF) GBEX  FlowControl). (Dual Side Band) This mode should not be enabled over the satellite. and places the unit back into an operational state.4 SELECT: Test TEST: Mode BERT Comp ()   Use the   arrow keys to select Mode. BERT. this indicates that user traffic is exceeding  the capacity of the satellite link. This mode transmits random unframed data to the Nyquist filters. Available selections are as follows:    Selection Norm Tx-CW DSB Description (Normal) This clears any test modes or loopbacks. (Transmit CW) This mode forces the modulator to transmit a pure carrier (unmodulated).

However. whereby data being fed to the transmit data interface is routed directly back out of the receive data interface. See Figure 5-2 for the flow diagram for this test. (RF Loopback) Use this mode to perform a satellite loopback. all receive configuration parameters are temporarily changed to match those of the transmit side. and buffer. except that all of the receive configuration parameters (except Rx Spectrum Invert) are temporarily changed to match those of the transmit side. no internal connection is made. (Numberal Loopback) This mode tests the entire interface. See Figure 5-2 for the flow diagram for this test. It is a particularly useful test in that it permits the user to perform a quick diagnostic test without having to disturb external cabling. It invokes a numberal loopback.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Selection Description mask as there is no correlation due to framing or terrestrial data patterns. When Normal is again selected. IF F IFDig /O       5–49 . Simultaneously. (Inward/Outward Loopback) This mode invokes two distinct loopbacks: The first is the inward loop. (IF Loopback) This mode invokes an internal IF loop. When Normal is again selected. It is almost identical to the IF loop mode. Furthermore. all previous values are restored. which loops data at the output of the framer on the transmit side back into the framer on the receive side. transmit baseband circuits. the outward loop is invoked. See Figure 5-2 for the flow diagram for this test. all previous values are restored. which takes data being received from the satellite direction and passes it directly to the modulator.

Loopback Test Modes 5–50 .Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760     Figure 5-3.

2^23-1 (223-1) 5.4.1 TEST: BERT  Config BERT Tx must selected as ON in order to monitor BERT testing. and then press ENTER. the display appears  as follows:    BER= Restart CTx BERT State is OFF! Press CLEAR to exit.2.2.2 TEST: BERT  Monitor BERT Tx must selected as ON in order to monitor BERT testing.      BERT Tx:On BERT Pattern: 2047 ()   Use the   arrow keys to select the BERT configuration parameters.  5. 2^15-1 (215-1). On 2047. and then use the   arrow keys to edit that parameter setting. and then press ENTER. as this changes the  format of the DVB frame sent and expected DVB frame received.2.   Press CLEAR as prompted to return to the TEST: BERT → Config menu to select BERT Tx: On.0E+00 Restart Insert Error   Press ENTER to start the BERT Monitor.2. use the    arrow keys to select Restart. as this changes the  format of the DVB frame sent and expected DVB frame received.0E+00 Errs=0.    BER=NoSync Count=0.2 TEST: BERT BERT: Config Monitor ()   Use the   arrow keys to select Config or Monitor.Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5. To clear all counts and re‐initiate testing.  5–51 .2. Note the following:    Feature BERT Tx BERT Pattern Selection Off.    If you previously selected BERT Tx: Off and you attempt to access this menu.4.4.

Front Panel Operation CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 5.3 TEST: Comp K4 GZip lossless compression and decompression in an optional feature that requires  installation of the compression card in the modem. Note the following:      With Enable selected.  5–52 . and then press ENTER.    Bypass: Enable      Use the arrow keys to select Enable or Disable.4. this assumes normal modem operation with K4 GZip  compression operable (the TEST MODE front panel LED Indicator is not lit). K4 GZip compression is turned off (bypassed) while running a test  (the TEST MODE front panel LED Indicator is lit).    With Disable selected.2.

 switch.  The CDM‐760 is connected to a user‐supplied.   The PC is running a terminal emulation program (for operation of the CDM‐760  Serial Interface) and a compatible Web browser (for operation of the Web Server  Interface).  assumptions are made that:      The CDM‐760 is operating with the latest version firmware files.        6–1 .  All other users are strongly encouraged to use the Web server interface for monitor    and control of the CDM‐760.    Use of the Ethernet‐based SNMP interface is recommended only for advanced users.  The CDM‐760 Management IP Address has been noted using the CDM‐760 Serial  Interface. Windows‐based PC.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 6.1 Introduction Ethernet‐based Remote Product Management is available through the CDM‐760 rear panel  ‘J4 |  MGMT’ RJ‐45 10/100 BaseT Fast Ethernet M&C port. and:   The PC serial port is connected to the CDM‐760 rear panel ‘J3 | REMOTE’ port with a  user‐supplied serial cable.    To proceed with ETHERNET‐based Remote Product Management (SNMP OR WEB SERVER).   The PC Ethernet port is connected to the CDM‐760 rear panel ‘J4 | MGMT’ 10/100  BaseT Ethernet port with a user‐supplied hub. ETHERNET-BASED REMOTE PRODUCT MANAGEMENT 6. or direct Ethernet cable  connection.

 The CDM‐760 SNMP  Agent supports both SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c. installed on the user PC. This non‐secure interface requires a compatible user‐supplied  Web browser such as Internet Explorer. This non‐secure interface is accessed via Windows Command‐line or a user‐ supplied terminal emulation program.     Web Server (HTTP) Interface.  6.2 Ethernet Management Interface Protocols The user PC facilitates access to Ethernet‐based remote monitor and control (M&C) of the CDM‐ 760 through three separately‐operated protocols:     Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). An SNMP‐managed network consists of three key  components:     The managed device. such as HyperTerminal.3 SNMP Interface The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an Internet‐standard protocol for  managing devices on IP networks.     Telnet Interface. This includes the CDM‐760 Modem.     The user‐supplied Network Management System (NMS).        6–2 . This non‐secure interface requires a user‐ supplied Network Management System (NMS) and a user‐supplied Management Information  Base (MIB) File Browser. This is the software that runs  on the manager. This is the software that runs on the CDM‐760.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.     The SNMP Agent.

mib CDM-760 Traps MIB file 6. The following MIB files are associated with the CDM‐760:    MIB File/Name (where ‘x’ is revision letter) FW10874-2-. Type the SNMP Community String into the  user‐supplied MIB Browser or Network Node Management software.     The CDM‐760 uses Community Strings as a password scheme used to authenticate users and  determine access privileges to the SNMP Agent MIBs.     Refer to the CDM‐760 FW Release Notes for information on the required firmware  and software compatibility. The network administrator must make sure that SNMP packets travel only  over a secure and private network.3.private(4).      6–3 .mib ComtechEFData Root MIB file Description ComtechEFData MIB file gives the root tree for ALL Comtech EF Data products and consists of only the following OID: Name: comtechEFData Type: MODULE-IDENTITY OID: 1.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.    Three Community Strings are defined for SNMP access:      Read Community  default = public     Write Community   default = private     Traps Community  default = comtech      For correct SNMP operation.enterprises(1).6. These MIB files should be compiled in a user‐supplied MIB Browser or SNMP  Network Monitoring System server.2 SNMP Community Strings   In  SNMP v1/v2c.org(3). FW-0000083L . Each OID provides remote management of a  particular function.1.comtechEFDa ta(6247) Module: ComtechEFData MIB file consists of all of the OIDs for management of the modem functions Trap MIB file is provided for SNMPv1 traps common for modem..1.4.3. if security is important.dod(6).6247 Full path: iso(1).1 Management Information Base (MIB) Files MIB files are used for SNMP remote management of a unique device. make sure to use the CDM‐760 MIB files that are  applicable to the version of the CDM‐760 modem M&C. A MIB file consists of a  tree of nodes called Object Identifiers (OIDs).internet(1).mib CDM-760 MIB file FW-0000084.3. the SNMP Community String is sent unencrypted in the SNMP  packets.

2.6.1.2 1.2.3.3.1.1.3.1.1.1.3. Rx faults.6247.5.1. These include unit faults.4.6247.2.55.55.5     6–4 .4.6.  Tx faults.6.1 1.4.55.1.1.6247.1.2.6.1.1.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.1.6247.5    The CDM‐760 supports the following Alarms and Faults SNMPv1 traps:    cdm750UnitAlarmV1 cdm750TxTrafficAlarmV1 cdm750RxTrafficAlarmV1 cdm750TrapStoredEventAlarm cdm750RedundancySwitch 6247600 6247601 6247602 6247603 6247604    The CDM‐760 supports the following Alarms and Faults SNMPv2 notifications:     cdm750UnitAlarm cdm750TxTrafficAlarm cdm750RxTrafficAlarm cdm750TrapStoredEventAlarm cdm750RedundancySwitch 1.3 1.1.1.55.3.4.1.6.1. Which style of traps the  modem sends can be configured by the user using the CDM750SNMPTrapVersion OID:     The CDM‐760 supports the following MIB2 SNMPv1traps / SNMPv2 notifications:    MIB2 SNMPv1 trap: Authentication Failure MIB2 SNMPv2 notifications: Authentication Failure 5 1.2.1.3.6.1. and ODU faults.3. A trap is sent both when a fault occurs and is cleared.1.    The modem supports both SNMPv1 traps and SNMPv2 notifications.3 SNMP Traps The modem has the ability to send out SNMP traps when certain events occur in the modem.55.1.3.1. The  modem sends out traps when an alarm or a fault occurs in the modem.4 1.6.1.4.6247.

 with the latter lines overwriting the  previous lines. the standard Remote Control  interface is operable and accessible as explained in Chapter 7.. An example of the login process is shown here:                Once logged into the Telnet interface as the Administrator.  6–5 .1 Telnet Operation via HyperTerminal There is a disadvantage when using Windows Command‐line as a Telnet client. Ensure that the connection is    made using TCP/IP (Winsock)  instead of COM1 or COM2. and the "Append line  feeds to incoming line ends"  option in the ASCII Receiving  section.g. CR+line feed “LF”) for the  messages coming from Telnet Server.4.    Configure HyperTerminal as follows:  1.     In order to view the full response messages.e. carriage return or “CR”) to a ‘\r\n’ (i. ASCII Setup (File  Properties   Settings  ASCII Setup): Check  the "Send line ends with line  feeds" option in the ASCII Sending  section.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.  6. SERIAL‐BASED REMOTE  PRODUCT MANAGEMENT. The Telnet interface requires login at the Administrator and Read/Write User  Access Levels.e.4 Telnet Interface A Telnet interface is provided for the purpose of Equipment M&C via the standard Remote  Control protocol. Since Command‐ line cannot translate a ‘\r’ (i.  2.. the  response to the FRW? query) will be displayed as one line. any multi‐line Target‐to‐Controller response (e. as  shown at the near right.. configured as a Telnet client. as shown at the far right. Comtech EF Data recommends use of the  HyperTerminal terminal emulation program.

 appear as follows:         6–6 . when using HyperTerminal as the  interface.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Examples of login and remote command/query execution.

1 User Login Type the CDM‐760 Management IP Address (shown here as http://xxx.5. similar to the example shown at  right.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.xxx.xxx) into the  Address area of the user PC Web browser:          Once the valid IP address is entered.5 Web Server (HTTP) Interface A user‐supplied Web browser allows the full monitoring and control (M&C) of the CDM‐760  from its Web Server Interface. Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 7. and  works best with.    Default User name – comtech  Default Password – comtech    Type the User Name and Password. the user is prompted for a user Name and  Password via the Login Window.0 or higher. then click [OK].xxx.  6. This non‐secure embedded Web application is designed for.     HTTP Login Access Levels are defined as follows:  User Login Access Levels Admin User Full Access to all Web Pages Read/Write User No Access to Admin or Encryption Web pages Read Only User No Access to Admin or Encryption Web pages   If the User Name and Password are accepted. the Web Server Interface Home page comes into  view:       6–7 . Before any further access to  the pages are granted.

5.     If you edit a field. After you click a navigation tab. Left‐click the drop‐down button to open  the list.     Refresh the page with current data. Each section can feature  editable fields. The title at the  upper‐left corner of each page or page section provides  indicates its operational features.2.2.  6.4 Drop-down Lists A drop‐down list lets you choose from a list of  selections.1 Web Server Interface – Operational Features Navigation The Web Server Interface features navigation tabs. action buttons.5.    6–8 . make sure to click the action button before you leave the page.    This manual uses a naming format for all Web pages to indicate the depth of navigation needed  to view the subject page: “Navigation Tab | Web Page Tab”. you may  click an available Web page tab. per‐section  basis.2 Page Sections Each page features one or more sections.   6.    For example: “Configuration | Modem” means “first click the ‘Configuration’ navigation tab.2 6.  6.3 Action Buttons Action buttons are important in the Web Server Interface. your changes are  not  saved.5. left‐click on an item to select that  choice.  then.5.     Permanently save changes.2.5. Then. click the ‘Modem’ Web page tab. and read‐only displays that are  specific to that section.    This manual explains the purpose and operation for each Web page on a per‐page. Click an action  button to do one of these tasks:     Reset changed parameters to remove unsaved changes.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. If  you go to another page without first clicking the action button. located at  the top of each page.2.

       ** After the optional or auxiliary equipment is installed and recognized as  operational. make sure to click the action button before you leave the page.2.5. this page  becomes functional.5 Text or Data Entry Text boxes let you type data into a field.3 Web Server Interface – Menu Tree The Web Server Interface has navigation tabs (shown here in blue) at the top of each page.    Click the related action button to save the data.  If you edit a field. your changes are    not saved.5. type the  desired information into that field. left‐click anywhere inside the box. The  primary page tabs (shown here in green) give access to individual Web pages.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. Examples: a Low Noise Block Down  Converter(LNB) or PIIC (Plug‐In Interface Card) Modules      6–9 .     For any text box.       * After the applicable FAST feature has been purchased and activated. this page becomes functional. or a group of text boxes. An action button may be  associated with a single text box.   6. and be sure to press [ENTER]  when done. If  you go to another page without first clicking the action button.

 and then select the Home.1 Home | Home Use this page to identify the product and its current operating firmware version.4. Such operational  restrictions are noted in this chapter.1 Home pages Click the Home navigation tab.  Figure 6-1.4. or Support page tab to  continue.4 Web Server Interface Page Descriptions Access to and availability of certain Web Server Interface pages is dependent upon  the FAST options purchased and the detected presence of auxiliary or optional  products installed and configured for use with the CDM‐760.5.  6. Contact.1.  6.5. CDM-760 Home page 6–10 .Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5. Click the Home  navigation tab and/or the nested page tab to return to this page from anywhere in the Web  Server Interface.

4. or Web/e‐mail hyperlinks) for  Comtech EF Data Sales or Customer Support.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. fax.2 Home | Contact and Home | Support Use either page to see the contact information (phone. Home | Contact and Home | Support pages 6–11 .    Figure 6-2.5.1.

  Session Timeout – This is the number of seconds remaining for an inactive user session on the Web Server Interface (HTTP). etc.   Ping Reply – select Enabled or Disabled.     Figure 6-3.  IP Address/Range – This is the IP address and subnet mask of the CDM-760 M&C card. changing configuration.) will restart the Session Timeout countdown clock. then the CDM‐760 forwards M&C responses to this IP Gateway address.2.1 Admin | Access The Administrator must use this page to manage the Web Server Interface user access settings.4.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4. A setting of Disabled causes the CDM-760 to ignore ping requests and no replies are sent to ping requests.5. and then select the Access or SNMP page tab to continue. A setting of Enabled causes the CDM-760 to IP Gateway – If a response destination IP address is outside of the CMD‐760 M&C  subnet.    6. Any activity (changing tabs.  MAC Address – This is a read-only value and is the MAC address of the M&C card on the CDM-760.  System Account Access Information 6–12 .2 Admin (Administration) pages Use these pages to set up user access.5. Admin | Access page Modem IP Maintenance      reply to ping requests.    The Admin pages are available only to users who have logged in using the  Administrator Name and Password.    Click the Admin navigation tab.

0/0.xxx. The factory default  names/passwords are as follows:  o Read Only  monitor/1234  o Read/Write  opcenter/1234  o Admin    comtech/comtech  Host Access List  IP (#) / Mask – The Host Access List allows a user to define which remote clients can connect  when the Access List is Enabled.  Access List – The Access List allows a user to grant access via HTTP and SNMP to a defined  list of client machines.0/24    For IP 3 / Mask and IP 4 / Mask. Each entry allows a user to specify an IP address and a  subnet mask to define a unique class of machines that are allowed access.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 At the time of publication.     For example. then the Access List would be defined as:    IP 1 / Mask: 10.    6–13 . these SMTP parameters were not operational. A name or password can be  any alphanumeric combination with a maximum length of 10 characters.10.   Enter a Read Only. then  any client machine will be able to connect via HTTP and SNMP.       Click  [Submit Admin] to save these settings.0.0/0  simply means any machine is allowed to access.0.10. If Disabled.10.0. make sure they are not 0.10.10. An entry with 0.10.168. Read/Write. if a user wanted to grant access to a PC with an IP Address of 10.0.168. or Admin Name and Password.1 and  any PC on a subnet of 192.1/32  IP 2 / Mask: 192. Use the drop‐down list to select Enable or Disable.

    Enter a Read Community string.  6–14 .XXX.   Enter a Trap Community String. Each string can be any combination of  characters and a length of 0 to 20 characters. Admin | SNMP page SNMP                 Use the Simple Network Management drop‐down list to select Enabled or Disabled.  Enter an SNMP Contact.2 Admin | SNMP The Administrator must use this page to manage the CDM‐760 SNMP (Simple Network  Management Protocol) settings. The factory default SNMP Write Community string is comtech. in the form XXX. This string can be any combination of characters and a  length of 0 to 20 characters.XXX.2.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5. for the computer  that is to receive the traps generated by the CDM‐760. This string can be any combination of characters and a  length of 0 to 20 characters.     Enter a Write Community string.4.    Figure 6-4. The factory default SNMP Read Community string is public.XXX.  Use the Trap Version drop‐down list to select SNMPv1 or SNMPv2.    Click [Submit Admin] to save these settings. Name.     Use the Enable Authentication Trap drop‐down list to select Enabled or Disabled. This string can be any combination of characters and a  length of 0 to 20 characters. and Location. The factory default SNMP Write Community string is private.  Enter the Trap IP 1 and Trap IP 2 addresses.

Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5. click [Submit] to save  the settings for that section.5. Mask.4.  6.   6–15 . Configuration | Modem page Once the desired configuration settings have been made in each section. Click the Configuration navigation tab.3.      Figure 6-5. Test or LNB page tab to continue. and  then select the Modem.1 Configuration | Modem The Tx / Rx Interface Types and Framing Modes have higher priority than other  parameters. and should be configured before setting other parameters.3 Configuration pages Use these pages to configure all unit parameters. Utilities.4.

    Once the desired configuration settings have been made in each section. When prompted.   6–16 . click [Submit] to save  the settings for that section. Click [Reboot Modem]. Configuration | Utilities page The Firmware Image Config section permits you to reboot the modem:  1.3.5.  3. enter your user name and password.2 Configuration | Utilities    Figure 6-6. continue using the Web Server Interface.  2. After the modem reboots.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4.

 Fault or Mask. Select Alarm. Select Alarm.    Es/No – occurs when the Receive Es/No is at or below the Receive Es/No Alarm point.5. but the  external reference does not meet the expected clock rate. Select  Alarm.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.  Fault‐Tx On or Mask.  6–17 .    DeComp Invalid – occurs when packets are received by the demodulator and its decompression  setting does not match the compression setting for the far side modulator.3. Configuration | Mask page   Ext Reference  – occurs when an external reference is the clock for the modem's TX. Mask Fault-Tx On Applicable to Ext Reference and DeCompInv events only. then click Submit Settings. Mask Type Alarm Fault Description See Alarms from the Monitor: Live Alarms menu. Fault. Alarms cause the Unit Status LED to glow AMBER. Faults cause:  The Unit Status LED to glow RED  The J1 Alarm Connector to show a Fault Masking an event is the same as ignoring the event – it is not logged and is not seen in any menu. Select Alarm. See Faults in the Monitor: Stored-Events log. Fault.     Figure 6-7. then click Submit Settings. Fault or Mask.    LNB – occurs when the high or low current limits for the LNB have been met. Select Alarm.  then click Submit Settings. then click Submit Settings. then click Submit Settings.4. Fault  or Mask.3 Configuration | Mask Use the Configuration | Mask page to set a mask type for each system level event. See the description for the Fault Mask Type. Fault‐Tx On or  Mask.    Rx AGC – occurs when the Receive Automatic Gain Control cannot compensate for the carrier  power level because the carrier has too little or too much power.

3. click [Submit] to save  the settings for that section.4.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4 Configuration | Test   Figure 6-8.   6–18 . Configuration | Test page Once the desired configuration settings have been made in each section.5.

 18V.     LNB Reference Enable – Use the drop‐down list to set LNB Reference operation as  ON or  OFF.  LNB Status This read‐only section provides the LNB Current (in mA) and LNB Voltage (in volts) information.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5 Configuration: LNB (Low Noise Block Down Converter) This page is operational only when an optional LOW‐NOISE BLOCK DOWN CONVERTER  is installed.       6–19 .    Set the desired LNB configurations.     LNB DC Power – Use the drop‐down list to select the power as OFF.     LNB Current Threshold (Low and High) (0‐500) – Enter a value (in mA) for either function.4.    Use this page to configure Low‐Noise Block Down Converter parameters. 13V.      Figure 6-9. or 24V. This interface displays both values as 0 when no LNB is  connected or is otherwise available for reporting. Click [Submit LNB Controls] to save these settings.5. and to view the LNB  status for L‐Band operation. Configuration | LNB page LNB Control The acceptable/valid operating range for each item in this section is provided in parentheses.  The report updates every five seconds.3.

 and operational statistics windows. and then select the Status. Firmware.4.1 Status | Status Use this read‐only page to review and monitor information pertaining to:      Alarms Status     Rx Parameters     ACM Status     CnC (Carrier‐in‐Carrier) information (including Fractional CnC Counters)     General Operating Status (Redundancy and Unit Temperature)      Figure 6-10.4. ACM. or BB Statistics page tab to continue. event logging.5.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5. Status | Status page     6–20 . Info.  6. IP  Statistics. Logs.  Click the Status navigation tab.4.4 Status pages The Status pages provide you with status.

 You may also to configure Alarm Masks for the unit with this  page. or Mask (plus Fault (Tx On) for Decompression). sorted by order of occurrence in blocks of five. alarms.5. and to control how faults. As stored event groups are displayed. and stored  statistics are processed by the unit. Click  [Submit Settings] to execute update of the unit’s handling of faults and alarms.2 Status | Logs Use this page to view logged faults and alarms.4. Note the following:     Read Next Five Events – Select to buffer the next group of five stored events into the  scrollable Events window     Clear Events Log – Select to purge the stored events log     Initialize Events Pointer – Select to reset the log’s internal pointer     Unread Events – Displays the total number of unread stored events in the Events  window.    Figure 6-11. Status | Logs page Events Log The scrollable window in this section provides a visual records of stored events. Fault.  6–21 .4.  Alarm Mask Set an available alarm as Alarm.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. this number decrements accordingly.    Click [Submit] to execute update of the scrollable window contents. Up to 255  events may be displayed.

5. including:      General Information     Equipment ID     The scrollable Installed Options window lists the installed and activated hardware and  FAST Options     The scrollable Uninstalled Options window lists the available but uninstalled hardware  and FAST Options      Figure 6-12.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. which updates automatically every 10 seconds.4. Status | Info page   6–22 .4.3 Status | Info Use this read‐only page. to review identifying  information about the modem in its current configuration.

5. Status | Firmware Info page     6–23 .4 Status | Firmware Use this read‐only page to review status windows pertaining to the unit’s operational firmware  loads:     The scrollable Boot section provides information about the currently loaded Bootrom     The scrollable Image 1 and Image 2 windows provide information for boot Image 1 and  boot Image 2      Figure 6-13.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4.4.

Status | ACM Status page 6–24 .Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5.4.4.5 Status | ACM   Use this scrollable read‐only page to view ACM operating statistics.    Figure 6-14.

Monitor and  Control (J4 | MGMT) ports.4.6 Status | IP Statistics   Use this read‐only page. Status | IP Statistics page IP Statistics Click [Clear IP Statistics] to clear/reset the IP‐related section statistics buffers. GIGE 2 (J6 | DATA).Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. This page also provides statistics pertaining to the WAN interface and the  optional K4 GZip Lossless Compression / Decompression features. to view IP operating  statistics as processed via the standard GIGE 1 (J5 | DATA).    Figure 6-15.5.    Click [Clear All Statistics] to clear/reset all statistics buffers on this page.4. which updates automatically every 10 seconds.    Click [Clear Comp/Decomp Stats] to clear/reset the Compression Statistics (LAN to WAN) and  Decompression Statistics (WAN to LAN) section statistics buffers. and the optional Optical (J7 | OPTICAL) port located on the CDM‐ 760 rear panel.    6–25 .

4.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4.5.7 Status | BB Statistics Use this scrollable read‐only page to view Modem Baseband operating statistics. Status | BB Statistics page Baseband Statistics Click [Clear Baseband Statistics] to clear/reset this page’s statistics buffers.    Figure 6-16.  6–26 .

 MultiStream Mode Operation in  Chapter 5.703 E3/T3/STS‐1.5.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.5 Interfaces pages Be sure to read about the Single Stream Mode vs.     The GBEI 2 (J6 | DATA) port. and then select the Ethernet or PIIC page tab to continue. used with the optional Optical Ethernet SFP (Small Form Factor  Pluggable) Module.    Click the Interfaces navigation tab. and STM‐1 Copper PIIC modules.     PIIC (Plug‐In Interface Card) Slot 1 (PIIC1) and Slot 2 (PIIC2). which accept the optional  G.     The J7 | OPTICAL port. These pages refer to the connectors and optional data  interface modules that are available at the CDM‐760 rear panel:     The GBEI 1 (J5 | DATA) port. FRONT PANEL OPERATION before you attempt to use either of the    Interfaces pages.4.      6–27 .    The Interfaces pages permit you to configure and monitor the available standard and optional  Ethernet and traffic data interfaces. OC‐3 Single / Multi Mode.

5.4.1 Interfaces | Ethernet   Figure 6-17.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.    6–28 .    Click [Submit] to save these settings. Multi‐ stream Mode operation is also identified here as Enabled or Disabled. the optional Optical Ethernet SFP Module.5. Interfaces | Ethernet page GBEI Common Use the drop‐down lists to select Flow Control or Learning as Enabled or Disabled.  GBEI Interfaces (Disable PIIC Interfaces Before Configuring Ethernet Ports)   Use the drop‐down lists to select the appropriate mode of operation or the GBEI 1. or  when installed.    Click [Submit] to save these settings. GBEI 2.  Tx Data Rates (Read Only) Interfaces (Read Only) This section identifies the operating status for all Gigabit Ethernet and PIIC interfaces.

703 Configuration   Interface Type – Use the drop‐down list to select None.  Comtech EF Data strongly recommends that you select Tx Clock unless a high  stability External Clock is present and timing of the network requires all devices    to be locked to the External Clock. E3. or Int Clock. or STS1. and STM‐1  Copper PIIC modules.2 Interfaces | PIIC (Plug-In Interface Card) Use this page to configure the optional G. Rx Sat.     Rx Clock Source – Use the drop‐down list to select Tx Clock. OC‐3 Single / Multi Mode.5.703 E3/T3/STS‐1.    6–29 . Ext Clock.4.     Figure 6-18. T3. Ext Clock.5. if installed. or Rx Sat. Interfaces | PIIC page Typical for the Slot1 and Slot2 page sections.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6. in PIIC slots 1 and/or 2. when a PIIC module is present in either or both  slots: G.  Comtech EF Data strongly recommends that you select Rx Sat unless a high  stability External Clock is present and timing of the network requires all devices    to be locked to the External Clock.     Tx Clock Source – Use the drop‐down list to select Tx Clock.

 Fault.  Comtech EF Data strongly recommends that you select Rx Sat unless a high  stability External Clock is present and timing of the network requires all devices    to be locked to the External Clock. 5 MHz.  Comtech EF Data strongly recommends that you select Tx Clock unless a high  stability External Clock is present and timing of the network requires all devices    to be locked to the External Clock. ranging from 2 ms to 75 ms.     Rx Clock Source – Use the drop‐down list to select Tx Clock. Fault. or Fault (Tx On).    Input Signal Loss – Use the drop‐down list to select Alarm. but the clock rate on J8 | EXT REF does not meet the expected rate  by the CDM‐760.  Rx Buffer Clock PLL – Use the drop‐down list to select Alarm.     Tx Clock Source – Use the drop‐down list to select Tx Clock or Rx Sat. Mask.736 MHz. ranging from 2 ms to 75 ms.  OC3 Configuration   Interface Type – Use the drop‐down list to select None or OC3. 2 MHz. Fault.  External Clock – Use the drop‐down list to set the expected clock rate for the External Clock  source (via the CDM‐760 rear panel J8 | EXT REF connector) as 1 MHz.    Ext Clock Activity (G. 10  MHz. Mask or Fault (Tx On). or Mask.368 MHz. Fault.703 PIIC only) –  (Indicates that the External Clock is selected by either  the TxClock or RxClock. or Mask.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760     Click [Configure PIIC] to save these settings.  Alarm Settings          Tx Symbol Clock PLL – Use the drop‐down list to select Alarm. 20 MHz. or Rx Sat. Mask or Fault (Tx On). Mask. in 0.   6–30 . in 0.    Ext Clock In Range (G.  Rx Buffer Overflow / Underflow – Use the drop‐down list to select Alarm.     Rx Buffer Size (ms) – Enter a buffer size. 44.    Rx Buffer Size (ms) – Enter a buffer size.5 ms steps.) Use the drop‐down list to select Alarm. Fault. 34.5 ms steps.85 MHz. Int Clk. or 51. or Fault (Tx On).703 PIIC only) – (Indicates that the External Clock is selected by either  the TxClock or RxClock but no clock is present on J8 | EXT REF.) Use the drop‐down list to  select Alarm. Fault.

TxGraph pages (TxMinutes page shown) 6–31 .5.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4.6 TxGraph pages (Minutes / Hours / Days)   Figure 6-19.

 Click the desired tab to view  any other nested graphing page to continue.    o Used means Capacity Used. TxMinutes.. then re‐center in the browser  window. the ‘TxGraph’ pages provide  a live graphical representation of the trending characteristics that are available while using this  feature. Refer to Appendix E. Tx Percent Compression is calculated using the following formula:    100 * (1-(Bytes Out/Bytes In))       Tx WAN Capacity (Avail/Used) – The following information is logged into the Tx WAN  Capacity graph:    o Avail means Available Capacity.3 Monitor: Stats Compression  LanToWan.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 When the presence of the optional K4 GZip Compression is detected.    On each page. The function of each graph on each page is  identical.    Once any graph page is selected.e.     6–32 . and Normal or  Short Block being used. TxHours.3. Pilots On or Off.2. or TxDays – to view the  pertinent performance graph sets. or the data rate of all traffic sent over the satellite  after compression (if enabled). a set of four graphs is provided. the nested  TxHours page. The Capacity Used is  taken directly from the “Bytes to WAN” Monitor Statistics.     The time interval afforded each nested page is self‐explanatory. TxHours.     Click the appropriate time interval page tab – TxMinutes.2. and including any overhead the modem asserts  due to encapsulation or overhead due to compression. Figure 6‐19 shows.6. the page view defaults to the TxMinutes page. for the purpose of example. the capacity used may be substantially less than the  terrestrial rate of the user traffic due to the effect of the compression card. or TxDays). If the browser window is resized. as averaged over the  appropriately graphed time period (i. When the top‐level TxGraph  menu tab is selected. When  compression is enabled. allow some time for the performance statistics to  be compiled. Note the following:     Tx Percent Compression (% Comp) – This graph represents the LAN to WAN  compression statistic as described in Sect. then graphed. or what the satellite link is capable of  transmitting at any given moment. allow approximately 5    to 10 seconds for the graph set to regenerate. Es/No MEASUREMENT for  detailed information about and reference tables pertaining to Spectral  Efficiency. 5. Available Capacity is calculated using the  following formula:    (Tx Symbol Rate)(Tx Spectral Efficiency)      Spectral Efficiency is a function of ModCod.

    Note that the Remote Es/No is the “reported” Es/No of the far end modem as seen by  the local modem.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760    Tx ModCod and Remote Es/No (ModCod / Rem Es/No) –  This graph is particularly  useful when the modem is running is ACM mode as it maps the remote Es/No of the far  end modem synchronously along with the near side (local) Tx ModCod used.      6–33 .    o The right side of the graph has a vertical key of Remote Es/No (red). Note that  two pieces of data are graphed in time synchronous manner:    o The left side of the graph has a vertical key of Tx ModCod (blue). This reported Remote Es/No data can be 250ms to 400ms old as this is  the amount of time it can take for this data to traverse the satellite link for processing  by the local modem. the most common ModCod used in that time interval is displayed. and typically do not  change:    o Pilots On or Off    o Normal Block or Short Block    o Symbol Rate  These parameters are shown to provide you with a more complete representation of user  capacity.  In this format. when looked at in conjunction with the other graphs provided on these pages.     When more than one ModCod is used in the smallest interval period allowable by the  graph. the graph depicts changes in ModCod that occur when the reported  Remote Es/No meets the Es/No trigger points to switch up or down.     Tx Capacity Configuration Parameters – This is a graphical representation of some of  the common configuration settings that can affect user data rate.

7 RxGraph pages (Minutes / Hours / Days)   Figure 6-20. RxGraph pages (RxMinutes page shown) 6–34 .Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 6.4.5.

 then re‐center in the browser  window. or RxDays).    o Used means Capacity Used.3 Monitor: Stats  Compression WanToLan.  as averaged over the appropriately graphed time period (i.  Once any graph page is selected. allow some time for the performance statistics to  be compiled.     Click the appropriate time interval page tab – RxMinutes. If the browser window is resized.3. or what the satellite link is capable of receiving  at any given moment.    The time interval afforded each nested page is self‐explanatory.. the ‘RxGraph’ pages provide  a live graphical representation of the trending characteristics that are available while using this  feature.6. 5.e. Click the desired tab to view  any other nested graphing page to continue. or the data rate of all traffic sent over the satellite  before decompression (if enabled). for the purpose of example. Available Capacity is calculated using the following  formula:    (Rx Symbol Rate)(Rx Spectral Efficiency)      Spectral Efficiency is a function of ModCod. the page view defaults to the RxMinutes page. a set of four graphs is provided. then graphed. Refer to Appendix E. Pilots On or Off.2. RxMinutes. When decompression is enabled. RxHours. The function of each graph on each page is  identical. The  Capacity Used is taken directly from the “Bytes from WAN” Monitor Statistics. the capacity used may be  6–35 . or RxDays – to view the  pertinent performance graph sets. the nested  RxHours page. When the top‐level RxGraph  menu tab is selected.2.    On each page. allow approximately 5    to 10 seconds for the graph set to regenerate. Note the following:     Rx Percent Decompression (% DeComp) – This graph represents the WAN to LAN  decompression statistic as described in Sect.  RxHours. Figure 6‐20 shows. and including any overhead the far end  modem asserts due to encapsulation or overhead due to compression. and Normal or  Short Block being used. Es/No MEASUREMENT for  detailed information about and reference tables pertaining to Spectral  Efficiency.Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760   When the presence of the optional K4 GZip Compression is detected. Rx Percent Decompression is calculated using the following  formula:    100 * (1-(Bytes Out/Bytes In))       Rx WAN Capacity – (Avail/Used) – The following information is logged into the Rx WAN  Capacity graph:    o Avail means Available Capacity.

     Rx ModCod and Local Es/No (ModCod / Local Es/No) –  Two pieces of data are graphed  in time synchronous manner:    o The left side of the graph has a vertical key of Rx ModCod (blue). when looked at in conjunction with the other graphs provided on these pages. and typically do not  change:    o Pilots On or Off    o Normal Block or Short Block  o   These parameters are shown to provide you with a more complete representation of user  capacity. the most common  ModCod received in that time interval is displayed.    Symbol Rate    6–36 .Ethernet-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760  substantially less than the terrestrial rate of the user traffic due to the effect of  the compression card.    o The right side of the graph has a vertical key of Local Es/No (red).  The Local Es/No is the Es/No of the local modem.       Rx Capacity Configuration Parameters – This is a graphical representation of some of  the common configuration settings that can affect user data rate. When more than one ModCod is  received in the smallest interval period allowable by the graph.

The CDM-760 Management IP Address has been noted using the CDM-760 Serial Interface. and a compatible Web browser (for operation of the CDM-760 Web Server Interface). Front Panel Operation or Chapter 6. Use of the serial-based remote product management interface is recommended only for advanced users. transmitted in packets of variable length in accordance with the structure and protocol explained later in this chapter. The CDM-760 is connected to a user-supplied. See Chapter 5.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Chapter 7. or direct Ethernet cable connection. This data consists of control and status information. using ASCII characters. assumptions are made that: The CDM-760 is operating with the latest version firmware files. All other users are strongly encouraged to use the CDM-760 front panel or CDM-760 Web server interface for monitor and control (M&C) of the CDM-760. switch.1 • • Introduction To proceed with Serial-based Remote Product Management. • The PC is running a terminal emulation program (for operation of the CDM-760 Serial or Telnet Interface). • The PC Ethernet port is connected to the CDM-760 rear panel J4 | MGMT 10/100 BaseT Ethernet port with a user-supplied hub. • 7–1 . SERIAL-BASED REMOTE PRODUCT MANAGEMENT 7. The CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem serial remote product management interface is an electrical interface that is either an EIA485 multi-drop bus (for the control of multiple devices) or an EIA-232 connection (for the control of a single device). The interface transmits data in asynchronous serial form. Windows-based PC. Ethernet-based Remote Product Management. and: • The PC serial port is connected to the CDM-760 rear panel REMOTE port using a user-supplied serial cable.

via EIA-232 electrical levels on one conductor. but is not preferred. a full-duplex (or 4-wire plus ground) EIA-485 is preferred. no parity. suitable for transmission and reception by a Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART). In full-duplex EIA-485 communication. All the line drivers are held in high-impedance mode until one (and only one) Target transmits back to the Controller. and all simultaneously receive data from the Controller.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7. All of the Targets receive the packet. and Target-to-Controller data is carried in the other direction on the other conductor. 1 stop bit). but only one (the intended) will reply. Controller-to-Target pair has one line driver (Controller).4 7. and all Targets have line-receivers. Multiple 'Target' devices are connected to this pair. and each time the Controller transmits. 7. differential-mode twisted pairs. Halfduplex (2-wire plus ground) EIA-485 is possible.2 EIA-485 For applications where multiple devices are to be monitored and controlled. Each Target has a unique address. independent. all data is transmitted as asynchronous serial characters.3 EIA-232 This is a much simpler configuration in which the Controller device is connected directly to the Target via a two-wire-plus-ground connection. Target-to-Controller pair has one line receiver (Controller).4. In the other direction. The asynchronous character in the form 8-N-1 (8 data bits. The Controller is the only device with a line-driver connected to this pair – the Target devices have only line-receivers connected. EIA-485 (full duplex) summary: • • • Two differential pairs – one pair for Controller-to-Target. the address of the intended recipient Target is included in a framed 'packet' of data. It is assumed that a 'Controller' device (a PC or dumb terminal) transmits data in a broadcast mode via one of the pairs. each handling serial data in different directions. 7. one pair for Target-to-Controller. there are two separate. 7–2 . on the physically separate pair. and all Targets have Tri-State drivers. on the other pair each Target has a tri-state line driver connected. Controller-to-Target data is carried. isolated. The Target enables its output line driver and transmits its return data packet back to the Controller in the other direction. The baud rate may vary from 1200 to 38400 baud. and the Controller has a line-receiver connected.1 Remote Commands and Queries Overview Basic Protocol Whether in EIA-232 or EIA-485 mode.

Controller-to-Target and Target-to-Controller. when the Target is set to EIA-485 mode. in packets. With one exception.4. with one exception: This will be either to return data that has been requested by the Controller.2 Packet Structure The exchange of information is transmitted. Targets are only permitted to transmit when they have been specifically instructed to do so by the Controller. the transmission of data. and is the only device that is permitted to initiate. The Controller is in charge of the process of monitor and control.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 All data is transmitted in framed packets. excluding ASCII code 127 (DELETE). or to acknowledge reception of an instruction to change the configuration of the Target. all messages from Controller-to-Target require a response – this will be either to return data that has been requested by the Controller. All messages from Controller-to-Target require a response. 7. In this context. The exception to this is when the Controller broadcasts a message (such as Set Time/Date) using Address 0. at will. or to acknowledge reception of an instruction to change the configuration of the Target. Each packet contains a finite number of bytes consisting of printable ASCII characters. Controller-to-Target (Issued Command or Query) Start of Packet < ASCII code 60 (1 character) Target Address 0000 (default) (4 characters) Address Delimiter / ASCII code 47 (1 character) (3 characters) Instruction Code Code Qualifier = or ? ASCII codes 61 or 63 (1 character) (n characters) Optional Arguments End of Packet Carriage Return ASCII code 13 (1 character) Packet Example: <0000/TMC=10[cr] Target-to-Controller (Response to Command or Query) Start of Packet > ASCII code 62 (1 character) Target Address 0000 (default) (4 characters) Address Delimiter / ASCII code 47 (1 character) Instruction Code Code Qualifier = or ? ASCII codes 61 or 63 Optional Arguments End of Packet Carriage Return ASCII code 13 (3 characters) (1 character) (n characters) (1 character) Packet Example: >0000/TMC=[cr][lf] Detailed description of the packet components follow. the Carriage Return and Line Feed characters are considered printable. 7–3 .

2. the Target responds to the Controller.2 • • Target Address In EIA-232 applications.4.” 7–4 . Wherever possible. using this same address. TFQ=0070.4. Code Qualifiers obey these rules: Controller-to-Target. The instruction set that follows serves to assign the Target’s new parameter setting or operational value. It establishes that the Instruction Code that precedes it is to be used as a command to assign or configure operation.. This is a three-character alphabetic sequence that identifies the message subject. should it be shown in its raw ASCII form.0000 means “set the Transmit frequency to 70 MHz. They may not appear anywhere else within the body of the message. TFQ for Transmit Frequency. For example: In a message from Controller-to-Target.2.90).2. Only uppercase alphabetic characters are permitted (‘A’ to ‘Z’. this value is set to 0000. This helps you read the message.1 • • Start of Packet Controller-to-Target: This is the character ‘<’ (ASCII code 60). 7.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7. Target-to-Controller: This is the character ‘>’ (ASCII code 62).g.4.4. After the Controller sends a packet with the designated Target Address. The Controller does not have its own address.5 Instruction Code Qualifier This is a single character that further qualifies the preceding instruction code.4 Address Delimiter Instruction Code This is the “forward slash” character '/ ' (ASCII code 47).4. the permissible range of values is 0001 to 9999. 7. to indicate the source of the packet. The ‘<’ and ‘>’ characters indicate the start of packet.3 7. the only permitted characters are: = (ASCII code 61) This character is used as the Assignment Operator (AO). RMD for Receive Modulation Type. each instruction code is named to serve as a mnemonic for its intended operation – e. The Target Address designates the packet destination.2. etc. ASCII codes 65 . 7.2. In EIA-485 applications.

7–5 . For example: From Controller-to-Target. and the value sent is valid BUT the modem will not permit that particular parameter to be changed at present. # (ASCII code 35) If the Controller sends a correctly formatted command. with TFQ#. and the value sent is valid. ? (ASCII code 63) If the Controller sends an instruction to set a parameter to a particular value. the only permitted characters are: = (ASCII code 61) This character is used in two ways: a) If the Controller sends a query to the Target. TFQ? means “what is the current value of the transmit frequency?”. it does not allow reconfiguration and responds. This indicates that there was an error in the message sent by the Controller. For example: 0001/RET~ indicates that it has finished waiting for a response and is now ready for further communications. TFQ? (with no message arguments). It establishes that the Instruction Code that precedes it is to be used as a query that returns the Target’s current configured parameter setting or operational value. TFQ* (with message arguments). For example: TFQ? (meaning “what is the current value of the transmit frequency?”) – the Target responds with TFQ=xxxx. ! (ASCII code 33) If the Controller sends an instruction code that the Target does not recognize. the value for that queried parameter. the Target acknowledges the message and responds with. the Target acknowledges the message and responds with TFQ= (with no message arguments). the Target then acknowledges the message and responds with. b) If the Controller sends an instruction to set a parameter to a particular value. and the value sent is not valid.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 ? (ASCII code 63) This character is used as the Query Operator (QO). for example. BUT the unit is not in Remote Mode. the Target responds by echoing the invalid instruction. for example. ∼ (ASCII Code 126) If a message was sent via a local modem to a distant end device or ODU. for example. In the event of the distant-end device not responding. the local modem would generate a response.xxxx. the message was transmitted transparently through the local modem. Target-to-Controller. followed by ! For example: ABC! * (ASCII code 42) If the Controller sends the command to set a parameter to a particular value.

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

7.4.2.6

Optional Message Arguments

Arguments are not required for all messages. Arguments are ASCII codes for these characters: ‘0’ to ‘9’ (ASCII codes 48 to 57) ‘A’ to ‘Z’ (ASCII codes 65 to 90) period ‘.’ (ASCII code 46) comma ‘,’ (ASCII code 44)

7.4.2.7
• •

End of Packet
Controller-to-Target: This is the ‘Carriage Return’ ([CR]) character (ASCII code 13). Target-to-Controller: This is the two-character sequence ‘Carriage Return’, ‘Line Feed’ ([cr][lf]) (ASCII codes 13 and 10). Both indicate the valid termination of a packet.

7–6

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

7.5 7.5.1
= ? COMMAND QUERY

Remote Commands and Queries Section and Page Index
CDS= 7–15 WBL 7–15 WBL? 7–15 ST1? 7–15
7.5.4 UNIT PARAMETERS

TFQ= 7–8 TFQ? 7–8 TFM= 7–8 TFM? 7–8 TMC= 7–8 TMC? 7–8 TSR= 7–9 TSR? 7–9 TDR= 7–9 TDR? 7–9 TSI= 7–9 TSI? 7–9 TAR= 7–10 TAR? 7–10 TGS= 7–10 TGS? 7–10 TPI= 7–10 TPI? 7–10 TPL= 7–10 TPL? 7–10 TXO= 7–10 TXO? 7–10
7.5.2 RX PARAMETERS

RFQ= 7–11 RSR= 7–12 RGS= 7–13 EBA= 7–13 EPC= 7–14 EPC? 7–14 CSA? 7–14 DSA? 7–14 CCS= 7–14

7.5.3 IP PACKET PARAMETERS

LRS= 7–16 LRS? 7–16 SBS= 7–17 SBS? 7–17 IMG? 7–17 CID= 7–17 CID? 7–17 DAY= 7–17 DAY? 7–17 TIM= 7–17 TIM? 7–17 EFR= 7–17 EFR? 7–17 ADJ= 7–18 ADJ? 7–18 TST= 7–18 TST? 7–18 MSK= 7–19 MSK? 7–19 RNE? 7–20 CAE= 7–20 IEP= 7–20 IPA= 7–20 IPA? 7–20 IPG= 7–21 IPG? 7–21 MAC? 7–21 LC1= 7–21 LC1? 7–21 LC2= 7–21 LC2? 7–21 LC3= 7–21

LC3? 7–21 SLC= 7–21 SLC? 7–21 GFC= 7–21 GFC? 7–21 LRN= 7–22 LRN? 7–22 SRC= 7–22 SRC? 7–22 SWC= 7–22 SWC? 7–22 STA= 7–22 STA? 7–22 STB= 7–22 STB? 7–22 SSC= 7–22 SSC? 7–22 SSN= 7–22 SSN? 7–22 SSL= 7–22 SSL? 7–22 STV= 7–23 STV? 7–23 CNM= 7–23 CNM? 7–23 CSD= 7–23 CSD? 7–23
7.5.5 ACM PARAMETERS

RCK?S 7–25 TCK= 7–25 TCK?S 7–25 EFI= 7–25 EFI?S 7–25 ETS= 7–26 ETS?S 7–26 RBS= 7–27 RBS?S 7–27 RCB=S 7–27
7.5.7 BULK CONFIGURATION STRINGS

FCF? 7–34 DMT? 7–34
7.5.10 MODEM PERFORMANCE

MGC= 7–28 MGC? 7–28 CST= 7–29 CLD= 7–29 LNR= 7–30 LNR? 7–30 LPS= 7–30 LPS? 7–30 LNL= 7–30 LNL? 7–30 LNH= 7–30 LNH? 7–30 N/A 7–30 LNC? 7–30 LVO? 7–30

7.5.8 ODU PARAMETERS

RSL? 7–35 RFO? 7–35 TMP? 7–35 FLT? 7–36 CRM? 7–37 CDM? 7–37 CFM? 7–37 RBP= 7–38 RBP? 7–38 TBP= 7–38 TBP? 7–38 BKE= 7–38 BRM= 7–38 BRA? 7–38 BTX= 7–38 BTX? 7–38 RPS? 7–38 ST2? 7–39 ST3? 7–39 ST4? 7–39 ST5? 7–39 ASW 7–40 ASW? 7–40 FSW= 7–40 FSW? 7–40 RED? 7–40 R1N= 7–40 R1N? 7–40 R11? 7–40

7.5.11 REDUNDANCY CONTROL

ACM= 7–24 ACM? 7–24 ADC= 7–24 ADC? 7–24 RES? 7–24 LES? 7–24 RCK= 7–25

7.5.9 MODEM INFORMATION

7.5.6 PIIC INTERFACE PARAMETERS

HRV? 7–31 SWR? 7–31 FRW?1 7–31 FRW?2 7–31 FRW?B 7–31 SNO? 7–31 EID? 7–32 FCC? 7–34

7–7

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

7.5.2

Tx Parameters
# ~ Message ok, but unit is not in Remote mode. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU

The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok, but invalid arguments were found. Command codes: ^ Message ok, but unit is in Ethernet mode.

Parameter Command Type Tx Frequency TFQ=

Number of Arguments 9 bytes

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return Tx Frequency in MHz, Resolution=100Hz, in the form xxxx.xxxx where the range is: 50 MHz to 180 MHz, and 950 MHz to 1950 MHz (L-Band – FAST option) NOTE: The CDM-760 supports 70,140 MHz bands and L-Band.

Response to Command TFQ= TFQ? TFQ* TFQ#

Query TFQ?

Response to Query TFQ=xxxx.xxxx

Tx Framing Mode

TFM=

1 byte, 0 or 1

Example: TFQ=0950.9872 Command or Query. Set or return Tx Framing mode in the form x, where: 0 = DVB-S2 Normal 1 = DVB-S2 Short Block Example: TFM=1 (selects DVB-S2 Short Block mode) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Modulation (NetSpec=0), in the form xx, where: 00 = ACM 01 = reserved (QPSK 1/4) 02 = reserved (QPSK 1/3) 03 = reserved (QPSK 2/5) 04 = QPSK 1/2 05 = QPSK 3/5 06 = QPSK 2/3 07 = QPSK 3/4 08 = QPSK 4/5 09 = QPSK 5/6 10 = QPSK 8/9 11 = QPSK 9/10 12 = 8PSK 3/5 13 = 8PSK 2/3 14 = 8PSK 3/4 15 = 8PSK 5/6 16 = 8PSK 8/9 17 = 8PSK 9/10 18 = 16-APSK 2/3 19 = 16-APSK 3/4 20 = 16-APSK 4/5 21 = 16-APSK 5/6 22 = 16-APSK 8/9 23 = 16-APSK 9/10 24 = 32-APSK 3/4 25 = 32-APSK 4/5 26 = 32-APSK 5/6 27 = 32-APSK 8/9 28 = 32-APSK 9/10

TFM= TFM? TFM* TFM# TMC= TMC? TMC* TMC#

TFM?

TFM=x (see Description of Arguments)

Tx MODCOD TMC=

2 bytes, value of 1 to 47

TMC?

TMC=xx (see Description of Arguments)

7–8

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem
Parameter Type Number of Arguments 00 = ACM 01 = reserved (QPSK 1/4) 02 = reserved (QPSK 53/180) 03 = reserved (QPSK 1/3) 04 = reserved (QPSK 11/30) 05 = reserved (QPSK 2/5) 06 = reserved (QPSK 77/180) 07 = reserved (QPSK 83/180) 08 = QPSK 1/2 09 = QPSK 8/15 10 = QPSK 17/30 11 = QPSK 3/5 12 = QPSK 19/30 13 = QPSK 2/3 14 = QPSK 127/180 15 = QPSK 3/4 All other codes are invalid. Tx Symbol Rate TSR= 10 bytes, numeric Example: TMC=04 (selectes QPSK 1/2 when NetSpec=0) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Symbol Rate, in ksps, in the form dddddd.ddd where the valid range is: QPSK: .1 to 150000 ksps 8PSK: .1 to 120000 ksps 16-APSK: .1 to 90000 ksps 32-APSK: .1 to 72000 ksps NOTE: If the Symbol Rate is set, then the Data Rate rate will be automatically calculated and updated. Tx Data Rate TDR= 10 bytes Example: TSR=150000.000 (150 Msps) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Data rate in kbps, Resolution=1 bps in the form xxxxxx.xxx. NOTE: If the Data Rate is set, then the Symbol Rate will be automatically calculated and updated. The symbol rate will be limit checked to assure valid ranges. Tx Spectrum Invert TSI= 1 byte, value of 0 or 1 Example: TDR=002047.999 (2047.999 kbps) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Spectrum Invert in the form x, where: 0 = Normal 1 = Tx Spectrum Inverted Example: TSI=0 (selects Normal) TDR= TDR? TDR* TDR# TDR? TSR? TSR= TSR* TSR# TSR? Response to Command 32 = 16-ASK 19/30 33 = 16-APSK 2/3 34 = 16-APSK 128/180 35 = 16-APSK 3/4 36 = 16-APSK 4/5 37 = 16-APSK 5/6 38 = 16-APSK 31/36 39 = 16-APSK 8/9 40 = 16-APSK 9/10 41 = 32-APSK 127/180 42 = 32-APSK 3/4 43 = 32-APSK 4/5 44 = 32-APSK 5/6 45 = 32-APSK 31/36 46 = 32-APSK 8/9 47 = 32-APSK 9/10

Revision 0 MN-CDM760
Response to Query

Command

Description of Arguments Set or return Tx Modulation (NetSpec=1), in the form xx, where: 16 = QPSK 4/5 17 = QPSK 5/6 18 = QPSK 31/36 19 = QPSK 8/9 20 = QPSK 9/10 21 = 8PSK 17/30 22 = 8PSK 3/5 23 = 8PSK 19/30 24 = 8PSK 2/3 25 = 8PSK 127/180 26 = 8PSK 3/4 27 = 8PSK 4/5 28 = 8PSK 5/6 29 = 8PSK 31/36 30 = 8PSK 8/9 31 = 8PSK 9/10

Query

TSR=xxxxxx.xxx (see Description of Arguments)

TDR=xxxxxx.xxx (see Description of Arguments)

TSI= TSI? TSI* TSI#

TSI?

TSI=x (see Description of Arguments)

7–9

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem
Parameter Type Tx Alpha Rolloff Number of Arguments 1 byte, value of 0 thru 5 Response to Command TAR= TAR? TAR* TAR#

Revision 0 MN-CDM760
Response to Query TAR=x

Command TAR=

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return Tx Alpha Rolloff, where: 0 = 20% 1 = 25% 2 = 35% 3 = 5% (only available when NetSpec=1) 4 = 10% (only available when NetSpec=1) 5 = 15% (only available when NetSpec=1) Example: TAR=0 (selects a Tx Alpha Rolloff of 20%) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Gold Code Sequence Index in the form xxxxxx, where: Gold Code Sequence index = 000000 to 262141 Example: TGS=189063 Command or Query. Set or return Tx Pilot in the form x, where: 0 = Off 1 = On NOTE: CEFD recommends that you use Pilots when running any 16-APSK or 32-APSK MODCOD. Additionally, Pilots are recommended when the symbol rate is below 5000 ksps.

Query TAR?

Tx Gold Code TGS= Sequence Index Tx Pilot TPI=

6 bytes

TGS= TGS? TGS* TGS# TPI= TPI? TPI* TPI#

TGS?

TGS=xxxxxx

1 byte, value of 0 or 1

TPI?

TPI=x

Tx Power Level

TPL=

5 bytes

Example: TPI=0 (selects Pilot Off) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Output power level (dBm) in the form sxx.x, where: s = sign (+ or -) xx.x = power level (dBm) in 0.1 db steps: L-Band: 0 to -40 dBm 70/140 MHz: 0 to -25 dBm Example: TPL=-13.4 Command or Query. Set or return Tx Carrier State in the form x, where: 0 = OFF due to front panel or remote control command 1 = ON Example: TXO=1 (Tx Carrier ON)

TPL= TPL? TPL* TPL#

TPL?

TPL=sxx.x (see Description of Arguments)

Tx Carrier State

TXO=

1 byte, value of 0 or 1

TXO= TXO? TXO* TXO#

TXO?

TXO=x (see Description of Arguments)

7–10

Resolution=100Hz. Response to Command RFQ= RFQ? RFQ* RFQ# Query RFQ? Response to Query RFQ=xxxx.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7. but unit is not in Remote mode. where: 0 = Normal Block 1 = Short Block NOTE: Not all Network Specs will support both Framing Modes. value of 0 or 1 Example: RFQ=0950. in the form xx. and 950 MHz to 2150 MHz NOTE: The CDM-760 supports 70.xxxx (see Description of Arguments) Rx Framing Mode N/A 1 byte. Set or return Rx Frequency ranges in MHz. Returns Rx Framing mode in the form x.3 Rx Parameters # ~ Message ok.9872 Query only. but unit is in Ethernet mode. Returns Rx Modulation (NetSpec=0). but invalid arguments were found. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok. Parameter Type Rx Frequency Command RFQ= Number of Arguments 9 bytes Description of Arguments Command or Query.5. in the form xxxx. RFM? RFM* RFM# RFM? RFM=x (see Description of Arguments) Rx MODCOD N/A 2 bytes Example: RFM=1 (selects Short Block mode) Command or Query. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers.xxxx where the range is: 50 MHz to 180 MHz. Command codes: ^ Message ok.140 MHz bands and L-Band. where: 00 = ACM 10 = QPSK 8/9 01 = reserved (QPSK 1/4) 11 = QPSK 9/10 02 = reserved (QPSK 1/3) 12 = 8PSK 3/5 03 = reserved (QPSK 2/5) 13 = 8PSK 2/3 04 = QPSK 1/2 14 = 8PSK 3/4 05 = QPSK 3/5 15 = 8PSK 5/6 06 = QPSK 2/3 16 = 8PSK 8/9 07 = QPSK 3/4 17 = 8PSK 9/10 08 = QPSK 4/5 18 = 16-APSK 2/3 09 = QPSK 5/6 19 = 16-APSK 3/4 20 = 16-APSK 4/5 21 = 16-APSK 5/6 22 = 16-APSK 8/9 23 = 16-APSK 9/10 24 = 32-APSK 3/4 25 = 32-APSK 4/5 26 = 32-APSK 5/6 27 = 32-APSK 8/9 28 = 32-APSK 9/10 RMC? RMC* RMC# RMC? RMC=xx (see Description of Arguments) 7–11 .

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Number of Arguments 00 = ACM 01 = reserved (QPSK 1/4) 02 = reserved (QPSK 53/180) 03 = reserved (QPSK 1/3) 04 = reserved (QPSK 11/30) 05 = reserved (QPSK 2/5) 06 = reserved (QPSK 77/180) 07 = reserved (QPSK 83/180) 08 = QPSK 1/2 09 = QPSK 8/15 10 = QPSK 17/30 11 = QPSK 3/5 12 = QPSK 19/30 13 = QPSK 2/3 14 = QPSK 127/180 15 = QPSK 3/4 Rx Symbol Rate RSR= 10 bytes. in the form xxxxxx. Command or Query.xxx Example: RDR=002047.in kbps. in the form xx. Set or return Rx Symbol Rate.1 to 120000 ksps 16APSK: .999 (In kbps) Query only. where: 0 = Normal 1 = Rx Spectrum Inverted Example: RSI=0 (selects Normal) RDR? RDR* RDR# RSI? RSI* RSI# RDR? RDR=xxxxxx.1 to 90000 ksps 32APSK: . where: 16 = QPSK 4/5 17 = QPSK 5/6 18 = QPSK 31/36 19 = QPSK 8/9 20 = QPSK 9/10 21 = 8PSK 17/30 22 = 8PSK 3/5 23 = 8PSK 19/30 24 = 8PSK 2/3 25 = 8PSK 127/180 26 = 8PSK 3/4 27 = 8PSK 4/5 28 = 8PSK 5/6 29 = 8PSK 31/36 30 = 8PSK 8/9 31 = 8PSK 9/10 Query All other codes are invalid.1 to 150000 ksps 8PSK: . then the Data Rate rate will be automatically calculated and updated. value of 0 or 1 RSI? 7–12 .ddd where the valid range is: QPSK: .000 (In ksps) Query only. Returns Rx Data Rate. RSR=dddddd. in ksps.1 to 72000 ksps NOTE: If the Symbol Rate is set. Returns Rx Spectrum Invert in the form x. in the form dddddd.xxx (see Description of Arguments) RSI=x (see Description of Arguments) Rx Spectrum Invert N/A 1 byte.ddd (see Description of Arguments) Rx Data Rate N/A 10 bytes Example: RSR=150000. numeric Response to Command 32 = 16-ASK 19/30 33 = 16-APSK 2/3 34 = 16-APSK 128/180 35 = 16-APSK 3/4 36 = 16-APSK 4/5 37 = 16-APSK 5/6 38 = 16-APSK 31/36 39 = 16-APSK 8/9 40 = 16-APSK 9/10 41 = 32-APSK 127/180 42 = 32-APSK 3/4 43 = 32-APSK 4/5 44 = 32-APSK 5/6 45 = 32-APSK 31/36 46 = 32-APSK 8/9 47 = 32-APSK 9/10 RSR= RSR? RSR* RSR# RSR? Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query Command Description of Arguments Returns Rx Modulation (NetSpec=1).

Command or Query. in the form sxxx. Example: EBA=+123 (set alarm point = +12.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Rx Alpha Rolloff Number of Arguments 1 byte.3 dB) Query RAR? Rx Gold Code RGS= Sequence Index Rx Pilot N/A 6 bytes RGS= RGS? RGS* RGS# RPI? RPI* RPI# RGS? RGS=xxxxxx 1 byte. Set or return Es/No alarm point in dB. where: 0 = 20% 1 = 25% 2 = 35% 3 = 5% (only available when NetSpec=1) 4 = 10% (only available when NetSpec=1) 5 = 15% (only available when NetSpec=1) Example: RAR=0 (reports Rx Alpha Rolloff of 20%) Command or Query. where: s = sign (+ or -) xxx = alarm point * 10. Returns Rx Pilot status in the form x. value of 0 thru 5 Response to Command RAR? RAR* RAR# Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query RAR=x Command N/A Description of Arguments Query only. value of 0 or 1 RPI? RPI=x Es/No Alarm Point EBA= 4 bytes EBA= EBA? EBA* EBA# EBA? EBA=xx. the query returns ‘x’. but if the unit is not locked. Returns Rx Alpha Rolloff in the form x. where: 0 = Off 1 = On NOTE: This is automatically detected on demod acquisition.1 dB. Set or return Rx Gold Code Sequence Index in the form xxxxxx. where: Gold Code Sequence index = 000000 to 262141 Example: RGS=189063 Query only. Resolution=0.x (see Description of Arguments) 7–13 .

= Message ok Response to ? Received ok. Disable Compression 1 = Disable Decompression. where: x.XE+XX:XX:XX (Indicates card not present) Query only.xE+xx:x. Parameter Type Payload Compression Command EPC= Number of Arguments 1 byte.xE+xx:xx:xx. Example: CSA=2.0E+03:1.xE+xx:xx: xx Clear Compression Statistics CCS= None CCS= CCS? CCS* CCS# N/A N/A 7–14 .xE+xx = The total number of bytes out of the compressor xx = 00-99 The percent savings or compression efficiency xx = 00-99 The last 10 seconds percent savings or compression efficiency Each parameter is separated by a colon.5. Enable or Disable Payload Compression and Decompression in the form x.xE+xx:x.4 IP Packet Parameters # ~ Message ok.0E+03:1.xE+xx = The total number of bytes into the decompressor x. Returns all decompression statistics in the form x. value of 0 thru 3 Description of Arguments Command or Query.XE+XX:X.xE+xx:x.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7.XE+XX:X.XE+XX:XX:XX (Indicates card not present) Command only.xE+xx = The total number of bytes into the compressor x. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers. but invalid arguments were found. but unit is not in Remote mode. Disable Compression 3 = Enable Decompression.xE+xx:xx:xx. Returns all compression statistics in the form x.xE+xx:x. where: 0 = Disable Decompression. Clear Compression Statistics.0E+03:50:50 NOTE: If the Compression Option Card is not present then all numeric fields display "X" Response to Command EPC= EPC? EPC* EPC# Query EPC? Response to Query EPC=x (see Description of Arguments) Compression Stats All N/A 21 bytes N/A CSA? CSA= x. Example: DSA=2. Enable Compression Example: EPC=1 (selects decompression off and compression on) Query only.xE+xx:xx: xx DeComp Stats All N/A 21 bytes Example: CSA=X. but unit is in Ethernet mode. Enable Compression 2 = Enable Decompression. where: x. Example: CCS= N/A DSA? DSA= x.xE+xx = The total number of bytes out of the decompressor xx = 00-99 The percent savings or decompression efficiency xx = 00-99 The last 10 second percent savings or decompression efficiency Each parameter is separated by a colon. Command codes: ^ Message ok.0E+03:50:50 If the Decompression Option Card is not present then all numeric fields display "X" Example: DSA=X.

Example: WBL=100 Query only. Return format for each parameter is x. where: xxx = 20 to 400ms. Set or return WAN Buffer Length in the form xxx. in 20ms steps. Example: CDS= Command or Query.xE+xx with each parameter separated by a colon: GigE 1 Parameters Packets from LAN Packets to LAN Bytes from LAN Bytes to LAN GigE 2 Parameters Packets from LAN Packets to LAN Bytes from LAN Bytes to LAN WAN Parameters Packets to WAN Bytes to WAN Packets from WAN Bytes from WAN M&C Parameters Packets from M&C Packets to M&C Optical Parameters Packets from LAN Packets to LAN Bytes from LAN Bytes to LAN Query N/A WBL 3 bytes WBL? WBL=xxx (see Description of Arguments) ST1=(see Description of Arguments) IP Statistics N/A 143 bytes ST1? 7–15 .Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Clear Decompression Statistics WAN Buffer Length Number of Arguments None Response to Command CDS= CDS? CDS* CDS# WBL= WBL? WBL* WBL# N/A Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query N/A Command CDS= Description of Arguments Command Only. Returns all IP Statistics. Clear Decompression Statistics.

Returns the Ethernet data rate of the modem in the form xxxxxx. value of 0 thru 4 LRS= LRS? LRS* LRS# LRS? LRS=x (see Description of Arguments) 7–16 . In MultiStream mode. In MultiStream mode. In non-MultiStream mode (G703-E3): EDR=00000.xxx (see Description of Arguments) Ethernet Data Rate (Multi-Stream Mode) Total or Aggregate Data Rate (Multi-Stream Mode) N/A 10 bytes N/A EDR? EDR=xxxxxx.xxx.MDR In non-Multistream mode (Ethernet only): EDR = ADR. Set or return the user’s Local/Remote status in the form x.015 for Normal Frames MDR = (PIIC1 + PIIC2) * 1.05 for Short Frames In non-MultiStream mode (Ethernet Only): MDR = ADR In non-MultiStream mode (Assume PIIC 1 G703-E3): MDR = ADR Query only.000 kbps Command or Query.5. In non-MultiStream mode (G703-E3): EDR=00000. where: 0 = Local 1 = Serial Remote (RS-232/RS-485) 2 = reserved 3 = Ethernet Remote 4 = Ethernet plus Serial LRS defaults to Ethernet plus Serial (LRS=4) Example: LRS=0 (selects Local) Response to Command N/A Query MDR? Response to Query MDR=xxxxxx. the Ethernet data rate calc is EDR = ADR . the aggregate data rate calc is ADR = EDR+ MDR In non-Multistream mode (Ethernet only): ADR = EDR.xxx (see Description of Arguments) N/A 10 bytes N/A ADR? ADR=xxxxxx. but unit is in Ethernet mode. In MultiStream mode. Command codes: ^ Message ok. Applies to MultiStream Mode. Parameter Type Minimum Data Rate (MultiStream Mode) Command N/A Number of Arguments 10 bytes Description of Arguments Query only. but unit is not in Remote mode.xxx.xxx (see Description of Arguments) Local/Remote LRS= Status 1 byte.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7.5 Unit Parameters # ~ Message ok. the minimum data rate calc is EDR + MDR = ADR where: MDR = (PIIC1 + PIIC2) * 1. Applies to MultiStream Mode.000 kbps Query only. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers. in the form xxxxxx. Returns the total or aggregate data rate of the modem (which is the same as the Tx Data Rate) in the form xxxxxx. but invalid arguments were found.xxx. Returns the minimum data rate of the modem. Applies to MultiStream Mode.

selects 4 to 32 characters in length. value of 1 or 2 4 to 32 bytes IMG? IMG=x (see Description of Arguments) CID=x (see Description of Arguments) DAY=ddmmyy (see Description of Arguments) CID= DAY= 6 bytes CID= CID? CID* CID# DAY= DAY? DAY* DAY# CID? DAY? Time TIM= 6 bytes TIM= TIM? TIM* TIM# TIM? TIM=hhmmss (see Description of Arguments) External Frequency Reference EFR= 1 byte. Return the active software image in the form x. in the form x. where dd = day of the month (01 to 31) mm = month (01 to 12) yy = year (00 to 99) Example: DAY=240457 (April 24.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Network Specification Number of Arguments 1 byte. value of 0 thru 5 EFR= EFR? EFR* EFR# EFR? EFR=x (see Description of Arguments) 7–17 . in the form x. indicating the time from midnight. Set or return a date in the form ddmmyy (European format). Set or return the time in the form hhmmss. Example: EFR=1 (selects External 1MHz) Query NET? Software Boot SBS= From Image 1 byte. where: 1 = Firmware is Image #1 2 = Firmware is Image #2 Example: SBS=1 (selects Image 1 Firmware) Query only. value of 0 or 1 Response to Command NET= NET? NET* NET# SBS= SBS? SBS* SBS# N/A Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query NET=x (see Description of Arguments) Command NET= Description of Arguments Command or Query. Select or return the modem’s NetSpec. where: 0 = DVB-S2 1 = DVB-S2-EB1 Example: NET=0 (selects DVB-S2) Command or Query. where: hh = hours (00 to 23) mm = minutes (00 to 59) ss = seconds (00 to 59) Example: TIM=231259 (23 hours:12 minutes:59 seconds) Command or Query. 2057) Command or Query. Select or return which bulk firmware image to boot from. Valid characters include: [Space] ( ) * + – . / 0 thru 9 and A thru Z Command or Query. where: 1 = Bulk Image #1 currently active 2 = Bulk Image #2 currently active Command or Query. Set or return the user-defined Circuit ID string. value of 1 or 2 SBS? SBS=x (see Description of Arguments) Current Software Image Circuit ID String Date N/A 1 byte. where: 0 = Internal 10MHz (default) 1 = External 1 MHz 2 = External 2 MHz 3 = External 5 MHz 4 = External 10 MHz 5 = Internal 10MHz plus output (this means that the Reference is available on the “Ext Ref” rear connector (small rear-panel LED indicates when ON). Set or return the External Frequency Reference in the form x.

numeric Response to Command ADJ= ADJ? ADJ* ADJ# TST= TST? TST* TST# Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query ADJ=sddd (see Description of Arguments) Command ADJ= Description of Arguments Command or Query.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Adjustment for the Internal 10MHz Highstability Reference Unit Test Mode Number of Arguments 4 bytes. 0-999. Set or return fine adjustment of the Internal 10MHz Reference on the High-Stability Frequency Reference module in the form sddd. value of 0 thru 8 TST? TST=x (see Description of Arguments) 7–18 . where: s = sign (+ or –) ddd = value. Set or return Unit Test Mode in the form x. where: 0 = Normal Mode (no test) 1 = Tx CW 2 = Reserved 3 = Single Side Band 4 = IQ PN Sequence 5 = RF Loopback (auto configures Rx to match Tx) 6 = IF Loopback 7 = Digital Loopback 8 = I/O Loopback Example: TST=5 (RF Loopback) Query ADJ? TST= 1 byte. Command or Query.

Example: MSK=110010100000000000000000000000000000 Query MSK? 7–19 .Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Unit Alarm Mask Number of Arguments 36 bytes Response to Command MSK= MSK? MSK* MSK# Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query MSK= abcdefgxxxxxxxxx hijklmxxxx nopqrsxxxx (see Description of Arguments) Command MSK= Description of Arguments Command or Query. causes redundant switch) 2 = Masked (Ignore alarm or fault) All other masks are 4 state masks where 0 = Unmasked Alarm (will not cause a redundant switch) 1 = Unmasked Fault (default. in form nopqrs. where: Unit Alarm mask conditions. Set or return unit alarm masks in the form abcdefgxxxxxxxxxhijklmxxxxnopqrsxxxx. where: h = Rx Buf PLL Alarm*** i = Rx Buf OverFlow Alarm*** j = rx Buf UnderFlow Alarm*** k = Ext Clk Act Alarm l = Ext Clk In Range Alarm m = input signal loss Alarm n = Tx Symbol Clock PLL Alarm xxx (3 spares) PIIC2 Alarm mask conditions. in form hijklm. where: n = Rx Buf PLL Alarm*** o = Rx Buf OverFlow Alarm*** p = rx Buf UnderFlow Alarm*** q = Ext Clk Act Alarm r = Ext Clk In Range Alarm s = input signal loss Alarm t = Tx Symbol Clock PLL Alarm xxx (3 spares) For PIIC1 And PIIC2 U = Uninstalled X = Installed/Spare Value of each mask: *** indicates a 3 state mask where 0 = Unmasked Alarm (will not cause a redundant switch) 1 = Unmasked Fault (default. in form abcdefg. causes redundant switch) 2 = Masked (Ignore alarm or fault) 3 = Unmasked Fault Tx On (causes redundant switch but leaves Transmit output power on) NOTE: Masks for alarms that are not applicable to various interface types (such as external clocks for OC3) are reserved as placeholders and will not have any affect on operation. where: a = Rx AGC Alarm*** b = Es/No Alarm*** c= d = LNB e = Reference alarm f = Reserved g = Rx decompression mismatch alarm*** xxxxxxxxx (9 spares) PIIC1 Alarm mask conditions.

001.24 Query RNE? Clear All CAE= Stored Events Initialize the IEP= Stored Events Pointer Management IPA= IP Address None None 18 bytes numerical CAE= CAE? CAE* CAE# IEP= IEP? IEP# IPA= IPA? IPA* IPA# N/A N/A N/A IPA? N/A IPA=xxx. If there are less than five events to be retrieved.yy (see Description of Arguments) 7–20 . where Sub-body=Axxxxxxxxddmmyyhhmmss: A is the fault type where: 1 = Unit 2 = Rx Traffic 3 = Tx Traffic 4 = Info xxxxxxxx is the Fault Code number. as in FLT? or Info Code. the remaining positions are padded with zeros. Command only. Set or return the IP Address and network prefix for the 10/100 Base-T Ethernet management port. which may be: 00000000 = Power Off 00000001 = Power On 00000002 = Log Cleared 00000003 = Global Config Change 00000004 = Redundancy Config Change 00000005 = Fractional CnC On 00000006 = Demo Mode is On 00000007 = Watch Dog Reset 00000008 = RFD Reset 00000009 = FRB Reset 0000000A = NVRAM Reset ddmmyy = date stamp.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Command Type Retrieve next N/A 5 unread Stored Events Number of Arguments 110 bytes Response to Command N/A Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query RNE=[CR]ABCCdd mmyyhhmmss[CR] ABCCddmmyyhhm mss[CR]ABCCddm myyhhmmss[CR]AB CCddmmyyhhmmss [CR]ABCCddmmyy hhmmss (see description for details of arguments) Description of Arguments Query only.xxx. the response is RNE*. Resets internal pointer to allow RNE? queries to start at the beginning of the stored events log. Forces the software to clear the events log. Command or Query. Return the oldest 5 Stored Events which have not yet been read over the remote control in the form [CR]subbody[CR]sub-body[CR]sub-body[CR]sub-body[CR]sub-body. where: aaa = 000-223 bbb = 000-255 ccc = 000-255 ddd = 000-255 yy = network prefix (range: 8 to 31) Example: IPA=010.006. Example: CAE= Command only.xx x.ccc. in the format: aaa.yy. If there are no new events.030. hhmmss = time stamp.xxx.ddd.bbb.

006. value of 0 or 1 SLC? SLC=x (see Description of Arguments) GFC=x (see Description of Arguments) GFC= 1 byte. Example: MAC=0006B00001C2 Command or Query. where: 0 = Disable GBEI Flow Control 1 = Enable GBEI Flow Control Query IPG? Management N/A MAC Address GE1 Link Configuration LC1= 12 bytes.xxx. Set or return the IP Gateway Address for the Ethernet management port in the form aaa. value of 0 or 1 LC3= LC3? LC3* LC3# SLC= SLC? SLC* SLC# GFC= GFC* GFC# LC3? LC3=x (see descriptor arguments) Inband Communications GBEI Flow Control SLC= 1 byte. Set or return isolation (opening) or connection of the SERDES link between the management Ethernet port and the data Ethernet ports. value of 0 thru 6 N/A MAC? MAC=aabbccddeeff (see Description of Arguments) LC1=x (see Description of Arguments) LC1= LC1? LC1* LC1# LC1? GE2 Link Configuration LC2= 1 byte. Set or return the GE1 Interface mode in the form x. where x may be: 0 = Off 1 = On NOTE: Option must be purchased and SFP module installed! Command or Query. value of 0 thru 6 LC2= LC2? LC2* LC2# LC2? LC2=x (see Description of Arguments) Gig Optical Ethernet Interface LC3= 1 byte.ddd where: aaa = 000-223 bbb = 000-255 ccc = 000-255 ddd = 001-255 Example: IPG=010. hexadecimal 1 byte.001 Query only. Return the unique MAC Address for the modem in the form aabbccddeeff.bbb.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Management Default IP Gateway Number of Arguments 15 bytes Response to Command IPG= IPG? IPG* IPG# Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query IPG=xxx. Set or return the GE2 Interface mode in the form x. where: 0 = Inband Disabled 1 = Inband Enabled Command or Query.ccc. Enable or disable flow control (applies to all ports) in the form x. where: 0 = Auto Negotiate (default) 1 = 1000Mbps Full Duplex 2 = 100Mbps Full Duplex 3 = 100Mbps Half Duplex 4 = 10Mbps Full Duplex 5 = 10Mbps Half Duplex 6 = Off Command or Query.xx x (see Description of Arguments) Command IPG= Description of Arguments Command or Query. GigE Optical Ethernet Interface mode. where: 0 = Auto Negotiate (default) 1 = 1000Mbps Full Duplex 2 = 100Mbps Full Duplex 3 = 100Mbps Half Duplex 4 = 10Mbps Full Duplex 5 = 10Mbps Half Duplex 6 = Off Command or Query. value of 0 or 1 GFC? 7–21 . in the form x.030.xxx.

Empty string is not allowed spaces Example: <1/STC=comtech 15 bytes Command or Query. Example: <1/SSL=Upstairs back right If not configured it returns empty string: <1/SSL= SSL = SSL! SSL? 7–22 . Empty string is not allowed spaces Example: <1/SWC=private 1 to 20 bytes. characters.xxx. characters. Set or return SNMP System Contact string. SSC = SSC! SSC? SSN= SSN = SSN! SSN? SNMP System Location SSL= Example: <1/SSN=Remote1 If not configured it returns empty string: <1/SSC= 0 to 255 bytes Command or Query.000 When not configured. value of 0 or 1 Response to Command LRN= LRN? SRC = SRC! SWC = SWC! STC = STC! STA = STA! Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query LRN=x (see Description of Arguments) SRC =x (see description of arguments) SWC =x (see description of arguments) STC=x (see description of arguments) STA = xxx. characters.xxx.000 when not configured.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type GBEI MAC Learning SNMP Read Community SNMP Write Community SNMP Trap Community Number of Arguments 1 byte. Set or return the IP address of the SNMP Trap destination IP Address 2 where traps will be sent. Example: <1/STB=010.xxx.xxx (see description of arguments) SSC=x (see description of arguments) SSN=x (see description of arguments) SSL=x (see description of arguments) SNMP System Contact SNMP Unit Name SSC= 0 to 255 bytes.xxx. no Set or return SNMP traps community string. Command or Query.000.001 Returns >0001/STB=000. Empty string is not allowed spaces Example: <1/SRC=public 16bytes. Example: <1/SSC=Joe Net Admin If not configured it returns empty string: <1/SSC= Command or Query.006. 16 bytes. in the form xxx. Example: <1/STA=010.030. Set or return SNMP System Name string. SRC? SWC? STC? STA? SNMP Trap STB= Destination IP Address 2 15 bytes STB = STB! STB? STB = xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address). Enable or disable MAC address learning (applies to all ports) in the form x. Set or return the IP address of the first SNMP Trap destination IP Address 1 where traps will be sent.001 Returns >0001/STA=000. characters.000. in the form xxx. Command or Query. no Set or return SNMP read community string. no Set or return SNMP write community string. Set or return SNMP System Location string.xxx (the IP address).000. where: 0 = Disable MAC learning 1 = Enable MAC learning 16 bytes.030. Command or Query.xxx (see description of arguments) Command LRN= Description of Arguments Query LRN? SRC= SWC= STC= SNMP Trap STA= Destination IP Address 1 Command or Query.xxx.xxx.000. Command or Query.xxx. Command or Query. characters.006.

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem
Parameter Type SNMP Trap Version Number of Arguments 1 byte, value of 1 or 2 Response to Command STV = STV!

Revision 0 MN-CDM760
Response to Query STV =x (see description of arguments)

Command STV=

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return SNMP Trap Version that will be used to send traps in the form x, where: 1 = SNMP Trap Version 1 2 = SNMP Trap Version 2 Example: <1/STV=0 Command or Query. Enable or Disable CnC in the form x, where: 0 = Off 1 = On Notes: 1. CnC may be enabled only if the optional plug-in hardware CnC card has been installed AND a CnC FAST option is unlocked. 2. The range of permitted data rates is controlled by a FAST feature code. (Read EID to decode the installed options for the modem.) Command or Query. (CnC parameter) Set or return CnC min/max delay value, in ms, in the form xxxyyy where: xxx = minimum delay yyy = maximum delay Maximum allowable value is 300ms. Example: CSD=010300

Query STV?

DoubleTalk® Carrier-inCarrier® (CnC) Mode

CNM=

1 byte, value of 0 or 1

CNM= CNM? CNM* CNM#

CNM?

CNM=x (see Description of Arguments)

CnC Min/Max Search Delay

CSD=

6 bytes

CSD= CSD? CSD* CSD#

CSD?

CSD=xxxyyy (see Description of Arguments)

7–23

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

7.5.6

ACM Parameters
# ~ Message ok, but unit is not in Remote mode. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU

The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok, but invalid arguments were found. Command codes: ^ Message ok, but unit is in Ethernet mode.

Parameter Type ACM Operating Parameters

Command ACM=

Number of Arguments 7 bytes

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return ACM operating parameters in the form mmMMATT, where: mm = Minimum ModCod, range is 1 to 28 (NetSpec=0) or 1 to 47 (NetSpec=1) MM = Maximum ModCod, range is 1 to 28 A = Defines action on remote demod unlock (0=go to minimum Tx ModCod, 1=maintain Tx ModCod) TT = Target EsNo Margin, from 0 to 45 that is ten times the EsNo in dB (from 0.0dB to 4.5dB). Example: ACM=0121010 (Sets min ModCod=1, max ModCod=21, Go to minimum Tx ModCod when remote demod unlocks, sets Target Es/No at 1.0dB.) Command or Query. Set or return ACM configuration parameters in the form qqeesstt, where: qq = QPSK degradation in dB from 0.0 to 9.9 ee = 8PSK degradation in dB from 0.0 to 9.9 ss = 16APSK degradation in dB from 0.0 to 9.9 tt = 32APSK degradation in dB from 0.0 to 9.9 Example: ADC=03050717 (Sets QPSK degradation to 0.3 dB, 8PSK degradation to 0.5 dB, 16APSK degradation to 0.7 dB, 32APSK degradation to 1.7 dB – these are the factory default parameters) Query only. Returns the value of the remote demod Es/No, in dB, resolution 0.1 dB, in the form sxx.x. Responds +99.9 = demod is unlocked or >23.5 if Es/No value is out of range. Example: RES=+12.4 (Es/No = 12.4 dB) Query only. Returns the value of Local Es/No, resolution 0.1 dB, in the form sxx.x. Responds +99.9 = demod is unlocked or > 23.5 if Es/No value is out of range. Example: LES=+12.3 (Es/No = 12.3 dB)

Response to Command ACM ACM? ACM* ACM#

Query ACM?

Response to Query ACM=mmMMATT (see Description of Arguments)

ACM Degradation Configuration

ADC=

8 bytes

ADC= ADC? ADC* ACC#

ADC?

ADC=qqeesstt (see Description of Arguments)

Remote Signal to Noise Ratio Local Signal to Noise Ratio

N/A

5 bytes

N/A

RES?

RES=xx.x (see Description of Arguments) LES=xx.x (see Description of Arguments)

N/A

5 bytes

N/A

LES?

7–24

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

7.5.7

PIIC Interface Parameters
# ~ Message ok, but unit is not in Remote mode. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU

The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok, but invalid arguments were found. Command codes: ^ Message ok, but unit is in Ethernet mode.

Parameter Type Rx Interface Clock source

Command RCK=

Number of Arguments 2 bytes

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return Rx Clock Source (For Data Rate Accuracy) in the form sx, where: s = Defines which Interface Slot (1 or 2) x = Rx Clock Source, where: 0 = Tx Clock 1 = External Clock (not valid for OC3 interface) 2 = Rx Sat 3 = Internal Clock NOTE: In MultiStream Mode, RCK is forced to internal clock.

Response to Command RCK = RCK? RCK * RCK #

Query RCK?s

Response to Query RCK=sx (see Description of Arguments)

Tx Interface Clock source

TCK=

2 bytes

Example: RCK=12 ( Slot 1, Rx Sat Clock is selected) Command or Query. Set or return Tx Clock Source (For Data Rate Accuracy), where: s = Defines which Interface Slot (1 or 2) x = Rx Clock Source, where: 0 =Tx Clock 1 = External Clock (not valid for OC3 interface) 2 = Rx Sat Example: TCK=10 ( Slot 1, Tx Clock is selected) Command or Query. (G.703 interface only) Set or return External Clock (Interface) in the form sx, where: s = Defines which Interface Slot (1 or 2) x = EXT CLK (Data Rate Accuracy), where: 0 = 1 MHz 1 = 2 MHz 2 = 5 MHz 3 = 10 MHz 4 = 20 MHz 5 = 34.368 MHz 6 = 44.736 MHz 7 = 51.840 MHz NOTE: For selections 5-7, the PIIC must be set to the corresponding interface type – i.e., 5 is valid when PIIC is in E3 mode, 6 is valid when PIIC is in T3 mode, and 7 is valid when PIIC is in STS1 mode. Example: EFI=14 (Selects 10MHz on Slot 1)

TCK = TCK? TCK * TCK #

TCK?s

TCK=sx (see Description of Arguments)

Interface Reference Clock

EFI=

2 bytes

EFI = EFI? EFI * EFI #

EFI?s

EFI=sx (see Description of Arguments)

7–25

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem
Parameter Type PIIC Mode Select Number of Arguments 2 bytes Response to Command ETS = ETS? ETS * ETS #

Revision 0 MN-CDM760
Response to Query ETS=sm (see Description of Arguments)

Command ETS=

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return the PIIC interface card mode in the form sm, where: s = Interface Slot, where: 1 = Slot 1 2 = Slot 2 m = Mode, where: For G.703 PIIC module: 0 = NONE 1 = E3 2 = T3 3 = STS1 G703 PIIC settings other than none will also set the selected G.703 data rate. The unit will adjust the symbol rate based on the modulation type, code rate, framing, and pilots to keep the selected data rate For OC3 PIIC module: 0 = NONE 1 = OC3/STM-1 OC3 PIIC settings other than none will also set the modem data rate to 155.52 Mbps. The unit will adjust the symbol rate based on the modulation type, code rate, framing, and pilots to keep the selected data rate. NOTE: Commands are valid only with the appropriate PIIC interface as indicated above. In addition, the following is true for various cards. Example: ETS=11 sets G.703 PIIC module in Slot 1 to E3 mode sets OC3 PIIC module in Slot 1 to OC3/STM-1 mode MultiStream and Single Stream Modes: To enable MultiStream Mode: 1. Disable all PIIC Interfaces. 2. Enable one or more Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces. 3. Set the SR, ModCod, etc. to meet your requirements. 4. Enable PIIC 1 or PIIC 2 or both interfaces. To enable PIIC1 or PIIC2 in synchronous interface mode: 1. Disable all PIIC Interfaces. 2. Disable all Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces. 3. Enable PIIC1 or PIIC2. GBEI 1, GBEI 2 and Optical Ethernet must all be disabled before a PIIC can operate in a synchronous mode.

Query ETS?s

7–26

Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem
Parameter Type PIIC Rx Buffer Size Number of Arguments 6 bytes Response to Command RBS = RBS? RBS * RBS #

Revision 0 MN-CDM760
Response to Query RBS=sxxx.x (see Description of Arguments)

Command RBS=

Description of Arguments Command or Query. Set or return Rx Buffer Size (in ms), in the form sxxx.x where: s = Interface Slot, where: 1 = Slot 1 2 = Slot 2 xxx.x = Rx Buffer Size, in 0.5 ms steps, from 2.0 to 75.0 ms Example: RBS=1032.5 (selects 32.5 ms for Slot 1) Command only. Force the software to recenter the receive buffer. s = Interface Slot, where: 1 = Slot 1 2 = Slot 2 Example: RCB=2 (re-centers the buffer on the Slot 2 interface card)

Query RBS?s

Re Center Buffer

RCB=s

1 byte

RCB= RCB? RCB# RCB*

N/A

N/A

7–27

sss mmbvaggggggee.uuvvv.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7.SSSMMBV AGGGGGGTLsPP.e=Es/No Alarm Point bbb=WAN Buffer Length r=External Reference Frequency Selection c=Enable Payload Compression d=Learning and Aging f=Flow Control 1=GigE Port 1 Control 2=GigE Port 2 Control i=in band signaling control r=LNB Reference Enable p=LNB DC Power Supply Control 3=Opt Eth Port Control n=Network Specification (NetSpec) w=CnC mode BBBCCC=CnC search delays CCC=LNB High Current Limit Value xx=(spare) DDddEee=ACM Operating Parameters HHhhJJjj=ACM Degradation Configuration III=LNB Low Current Limit Value same as TFQ same as TSR same as TMC same as TFM same as TSI same as TAR same as TGS same as TPI same as TLP same as TPL same as TXO same as RFQ same as RSR same as RMC same as RFM same as RSI same as RAR same as RGS same as EBA same as WBL same as EFR same as EPC same as LRN same as GFC same as LC1 same as LC2 same as SLC same as LNR same as LPS same as LC3 same as NET same as CNM same as CSD same as LNH – same as ACM same as ADC same as LNL Response to Command MGC= MGC? MGC* MGC# Query MGC? Response to Query MGC=FFFF. numerical entries.FFFF=Tx Frequency SSSSSS. fixed values and delimiters Description of Arguments Command or Query.vvv.vvvGHxxxx x111111111111111 1111122222222222 222222222 (see Description of Arguments for details) 7–28 .ffff=Rx Frequency ssssss. in the form shown in the ‘Response to Query’ column. PXffff.uuu.SSS=TX Symbol Rate MM=Tx MODCOD B=Tx Framing Mode V=Tx Spectrum Inversion A=Tx Alpha Rolloff GGGGGG=Tx Gold Code T=Tx Pilot L=Tx Pilot Location sPP. vvv. uuu. where: FFFF.e bbbrcdf12irp3nwBB BCCCCCCxxDDdd EeeHHhhJJjjlllxxTe eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eeexxxxxxxxxxuuu.5.ffffssssss.8 Parameter Type Global Configuration MGC= Bulk Configuration Strings Command Number of Arguments 245 bytes.sss=Rx Symbol Rate mm=Rx MODCOD b=Rx Framing Mode v=Rx Spectrum Inversion a=Rx Alpha Rolloff gggggg=Rx Gold Code ee. Set or return Global Configuration of CDM-760.FFFFS SSSSS.P=Tx Power Level X=Tx Carrier State ffff.uuu.

The first bit of each 20 bit field determines the PIIC interface type. where: 2 means G.) xx=(spare) T=Unit Test Mode eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee=Unit Alarm Mask xxxxxxxxxx=(spare) uuu. There are several possible types of PIIC interfaces available. CLD* CLD# Example: CLD=4 (load modem configuration from location 4 to be the active configuration) Configuration Save CST= 1 byte. value of 0 thru 9 N/A N/A 7–29 . then the following bits will be returned: 0UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU 3. value of 0 thru 9 N/A N/A Configuration Load CLD= 1 byte. 2.vvv.703 interface detected 0 means NONE selected so i is disabled.vvv. non zero means an interface type was detected. 0 means no interface detected. then the following bits will be returned: 20xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. CST= Store the current modem configuration in Configuration Memory location defined by the one-byte argument (0 CST? to 9). If an interface is detected but the interface type is set to NONE.vvv=IP gateway address G=Tx/Rx BERT State H=Tx/Rx BERT Pattern xxxxx (spares) 11111111111111111111=PIIC Card 1 Configuration 22222222222222222222=PIIC Card 2 Configuration END OF MGC COMMAND/QUERY STRING – same as TST same as MSK – same as IPA same as IPG same as BTX same as TBP – Notes 1-3 Notes 1-3 Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Notes: 1. CLD= Retrieve a previously stored modem configuration from Configuration Memory location defined by the oneCLD? byte argument (0 to 9).Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Global Configuration (cont.uuu. If no interface is present. CST* CST# Example: CST=4 (store the current configuration in location 4) Command only.uuu.uuu.uu=IP address vvv.703 interface detected 3 = OC3 interface detected B=PIIC Mode C=Tx Intf Clock Source D=Rx Intf Clock Source E=Intf Reference Clock FGHIJ=Rx Buffer Size ssssssssss = spares Command only. Description Of PIIC Interface Types: ABCDEFGHIJ ssssssssss A=type of interface detected 0 = no interface detected 1 = reserved 2 = G.

value of 0 or 1 1 byte. Example: LVO=12.x (see Description of Arguments) LNH= 3 bytes LNH? N/A 4 bytes LNC? LNB Voltage N/A 4 bytes LVO# LVO? 7–30 . but unit is not in Remote mode. Example: LNC=0500 Query only. Command codes: ^ Message ok. where: xx.x. where: 0 = OFF 1 = 13V LNB Voltage 2 = 18V LNB Voltage 3 = 24V LNB Voltage Command or Query. value of 0 thru 3 Description of Arguments Command or Query.5. but unit is in Ethernet mode. Parameter Type LNB 10MHz Reference Enable LNB DC Power Control Command LNR= Number of Arguments 1 byte. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers.9 ODU Parameters # ~ Message ok.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7.x = value in volts. where: 0 = Disable LNB Reference 1 = Enable LNB Reference Command or Query. Set or return Low Current Limit in the form xxx.0 LPS= Response to Command LNR = LNR? LNR * LNR # LPS = LPS? LPS * LPS # LNL = LNL? LNL * LNL # LNH = LNH? LNH * LNH # LNC# Query LNR? Response to Query LNR =x (see Description of Arguments) LPS =x (see Description of Arguments) LPS? LNB Low Current Limit LNB High Current Limit LNB Current LNL= 3 bytes LNL? LNL =xxx (see Description of Arguments) LNH =xxx (see Description of Arguments) LNC =xxxx (see Description of Arguments) LVO =xx. Query only. Return LNB Current Limit in the form xxxx. but invalid arguments were found. where: xxxx = value in mA. where: xxx = value between 0 and 500 mA. Set or return High Current Limit in the form xxx. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok. Set or return LNB DC Power Supply Control in the form x. where: xxx = value between 0 and 500 mA. Return LNB Voltage in the form xx. Command or Query. Enable or disable LNB 10MHz Reference Enable in the form x.

yy (see Description of Arguments) SWR=Boot:xx.01.01.1.1 10/24/12<CR> FW-0020639.1 03/22/13<CR> FW-0020638. but unit is not in Remote mode.2 02/19/13<CR> FW-0020309B 1.1. Example: SWR? SWR=Boot:01. Query only.1.xx. Returns the modem 9 digit serial number.xx.1.1.3.01.1.10 Modem Information # ~ Message ok.1. Example: SNO=176500143 FRW? FRW# FRW?1 FRW?2 FRW?B Serial Number N/A 9 bytes SNO# SNO? SNO=xxxxxxxxx (see Description of Arguments) 7–31 .1 01/09/13<CR> FW-0020641.01 Response to Command HRV# Query HRV? Response to Query HRV=xx.1.1. see example below.3.1.1 02/28/13<CR> FW-0020637.1 02/08/13<CR> Query only.4 02/26/13<CR> Example: FRW?B FRW=B:Boot: FW-0020640.1.1 01/09/13<CR> FW-0020531.1.01 Bulk2:01.1 02/13/13<CR> App Loader: FW-0020629.1 12/18/12<CR> FW-0020649.1. but unit is in Ethernet mode.1 03/20/13<CR> FW-0020307C 1.xx.1. Returns firmware information for image 1 or 2 or the boot loader in the form xxxxxx.yy where: xx = the main (bottom) card yy = the top (modem) card. Command codes: ^ Message ok. where: Example: FRW?1 FRW=1:FW-0020627.1.1 12/17/12<CR> FW-0020530.1.xx (see description of arguments) FRW= (see Description of Arguments) N/A 62 bytes SWR# SWR? Firmware information N/A 434 or 74 bytes Query only.xx.1 01/21/13<CR> FW-0020532.1. Parameter Type Hardware Revision Software Revision Command N/A Number of Arguments 4 bytes Description of Arguments Query only.3 02/14/13<CR> FW-0020468C 1.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7.1.1.1. but invalid arguments were found.01.xx AppLoader:xx.1 03/22/13<CR> FW-0020628.1.xx Bulk2:xx. Returns the value of the internal software revisions installed in the unit. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers.1.1.1.2.1.01 AppLoader:01.1.1 01/28/13<CR> FW-0020529.4 08/26/11<CR> FW-0020308B 1.5.1. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok.01 Bulk1:01. Return hardware revision level of both main circuit cards in the form xx.xx Bulk1:xx.2 01/31/13<CR> FW-0020372D 1.1.

1=present E=Reserved F=CnC 0 = not present. 1=present G=PIIC11 H=PIIC21 I=Optical Present 0 = not present.703 3=OC3 4+=reserved Software FAST options: K=CnC Data Rate 0 = None/Off 1 = 5 Mbps 2 = 10 Mbps 3 = 15 Mbps 4 = 20 Mbps 5 = 25 Mbps 6 = 30 Mbps 7 = 40 Mbps 8 = 52 Mbps 9 = 75 Mbps A = 100 Mbps B = 125 Mbps C = 160 Mbps D = 225 Mbps E = 275 Mbps L=Fractional CnC 0 = Not Installed. 1 = Installed 7–32 . 1=present J=Reserved 1PIIC Query EID? cards will be reported as: 0=not present 1=reserved 2=G.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Equipment ID Number of Arguments 29 bytes Response to Command EID# Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query EID=AAAABCDEF GHIJKLMNOPQUS TUVWXYZ (see Description of Arguments) Command N/A Description of Arguments Query only Returns the equipment ID and installed options in the form shown in the ‘Response to Query’ column. where: AAAA=0760 . 1=present C=Demodulator 0 = not present. 1=present D=Gzip 0 = not present. the modem model number Installed hardware: B=Modulator 0 = not present.

1=installed W=GZIP Tx Symbol Rate 0 = None 1 = 5 Msps 2 = 18 Msps 3 = 36 Msps 4 = 54 Msps 5 = 72 Msps 6 = 110 Msps 7 = 150 Msps X=Reserved Y=Network Specification 0 = None 1 = DVB-S2 2 = DVB-S2 + DVB-S2-EB1 Z=Spare (reserved and indicated with an X) Example: EID=xxxx indicates all software options and FAST codes Query 7–33 . 1 = installed U=Reserved V=Optical 0= not installed.) Number of Arguments Response to Command Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query Command Description of Arguments M=ACM 0=None 1=ACM Point to Point N=Tx Symbol Rate2 O=Rx Symbol Rate2 20 = None 1 = 5 Msps 2 = 18 Msps 3 = 36 Msps 4 = 54 Msps 5 = 72 Msps 6 = 110 Msps 7 = 150 Msps P=Tx Modulation3 Q=Rx Modulation3 30 = None 1 = QPSK+8PSK 2 = QPSK+8PSK+16-APSK 3 = QPSK+8PSK+16-APSK+32-APSK R=Modulator 0 = not installed. 1=installed T=Gzip 0 = not installed. 1=installed S=Demodulator 0 = not installed.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Equipment ID (cont.

it will automatically reset to and begin counting down again. where: DD=The number of days HH=The number of hours MM=The number of minutes SS=The number seconds IMPORTANT NOTE! The Demo Mode timer cannot be reset. where: DD=The number of days HH=The number of hours MM=The number of minutes SS= The number of seconds NOTE: This timer is only active when fractional CnC is purchased and CnC is enabled and running. the fractional timer will automatically reset to 90 days. where: DD=The number of days HH=The number of hours MM=The number of minutes SS=The number seconds NOTE: When the timer hits zero. When the current 365 day period expiers. When the timer hits zero. CnC will be disabled until the current 365 day period expires. Query FCC? CnC Fractional N/A Time Remaining 11 byte N/A FCC=DD:HH:MM:SS (see Description of Arguments) Time N/A remaining in 365 day period 12 bytes Query only Returns the time remaining in the current 365 day period. N/A FCF? FCF=DD:HH:MM:SS (see Description of Arguments) Demo Time remaining N/A 11 byte N/A DMT? DMT=DD:HH:MM:SS (see Description of Arguments) 7–34 .Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Number of Arguments Response to Command Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query Command Description of Arguments Query only Returns the fractional CnC time remaining in the current 365 day period in the form DD:HH:MM:SS. in the form DD:HH:MM:SS. Query only Returns the Demo time remaining in the form DD:HH:MM:SS. Demo Mode is permanently disabled. When the timer hits zero. This timer is active only when Demo Mode is enabled.

where: xxxxx = value. but unit is in Ethernet mode. Returns 999999 if the demodulator is unlocked.11 Modem Performance # ~ Message ok. Command codes: ^ Message ok.5. returns RSL=GT-20 (GT = ‘greater than’) If <-90 dBm. in dBm. in the form xxx.3 kHz) Query only.3 (selects + 2. Value of the internal temperature sensor. in 100 Hz resolution. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok. Example: RFO=+002. but invalid arguments were found.x. but unit is not in Remote mode.x (see description of arguments) Temperature N/A 3 bytes N/A TMP? TMP=xxx (see Description of Arguments) 7–35 . Returns the highest of 4 temperature sensors. where: xxx = degrees C Example: TMP=+26 N/A RFO? RFO=sxxx.x = value ranging from 0 to 200 kHz. in the form sxxx. If >-20dBm. between –20 and –90 dBm. Returns value of Rx signal level in the form xxxxx. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7. Parameter Type Rx Signal Level Command N/A Number of Arguments 5 bytes Description of Arguments Query only. where: s = sign (+ or -) xxx. returns RSL=LT-90 (LT = ‘less than’) If <-20 and >-90 returns RSL=EQ-XX (EQ = ‘equal to’) Response to Command N/A Query RSL? Response to Query RSL=xxxxx (see description of arguments) Rx Frequency N/A Offset 6 bytes Example: RSL=EQ-45 (indicating –45 dBm) Query only. Returns value of measured frequency offset of the carrier being demodulated.

9V 04000000=Main Board Power Supply 2.5V 00800000=Modem Board Power Supply 3.3V 00100000=Modem Board Power Supply 1.2V 00040000=Tx Power Cal 00020000=FPGA Load Fail 00010000=Reference Unlocked 00008000=Temperature Exceeded 00004000=Unit Fault 00002000=PIIC1 External Clock Activity 00001000=PIIC1 External Clock In Range 00000800=PIIC2 External Clock Activity 00000400=PIIC2 External Clock In Range 00000200=Log File Fault NOTE: External clocks are not valid with OC3 interface bbbbbbbb = Tx status: 00000000=No Faults 80000000=Input Data 40000000=Tx PLL 20000000=PIIC1 Symbol Clock PLL 10000000=PIIC2 Symbol Clock PLL 08000000=PIIC1 Input Signal Loss 04000000=PIIC2 Input Signal Loss 02000000=Ethernet Buffer Clear cccccccc = Rx status: 00000000=No Fault 80000000=Demodulator unlocked Query FLT? 7–36 .8V 00080000=Modem Board Power Supply 1.8V 08000000=Main Board Power Supply 1.8V 00200000=Modem Board Power Supply 3.3V 40000000=Main Board Power Supply 1. TX Traffic.5V 02000000=Main Board Power Supply 1. and ODUs in the form aaaaaaaabbbbbbbbccccccccdexx.25V 01000000=Modem Board Power Supply 5. RX Traffic. where: aaaaaaaa = Unit status: 00000000=No faults 80000000=Main Board Power Supply 3.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Faults and Status Number of Arguments 9 bytes Response to Command N/A Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query FLT=aabccdexx (see Description of Arguments) Command N/A Description of Arguments Query only. Returns the current highest-priority fault and status codes for the Unit (hardware).8V 00400000=Modem Board Power Supply 2.5V 20000000=Main Board Power Supply 1.2V 10000000=Main Board Power Supply 1.

9 (not locked or CnC not enabled) Query only. of the interferer. it monitors the ratio between the interferer and the desired power. Example 1: CDM=229500 (returns 229. Example 1: CRM==+02 (interferer > desired) (format: =sdd) Example 2: CRM=LT11 (less than –11 dB) Example 3: CRM=GT11 (greater than +11 dB) Example 4: CRM=99. When CnC is enabled and the modem is locked.0 (1 kHz) Example 2: CFM=9999. Frequency offset is returned in the form xxxx.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Faults and Status (cont.x.x (see Description of Arguments) 7–37 . an estimated frequency offset. in the form xxxx. in microseconds (µs).5 ms) Example 2: CDM=999999 (not locked or CnC not enabled) Query only. it monitors the delay. Ratio is returned.500 µs or 229. When CnC is enabled.9 (not locked or CnC not enabled) Query CnC Ratio Monitor N/A 4 bytes N/A CRM? CRM=xxxx (see Description of Arguments) CnC N/A Delay Monitor 6 bytes N/A CDM? CDM=xxxxxx (see Description of Arguments) CnC Freq Offset Monitor N/A 6 bytes N/A CFM? CFM=xxxx. will be calculated between desired and interferer. Example 1: CFM=+001. Delay is returned in the form xxxxxx. in kHz. When CnC is enabled and the modem is locked. in dB.) Number of Arguments Response to Command Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query Command Description of Arguments 40000000=AGC Signal Level 20000000=CnC Lock 10000000=Output Data 08000000=Es/No 04000000=PLL 02000000= PIIC1 Buffer Overflow 0100000= PIIC1 Buffer Underflow 00800000= PIIC1 Buffer PLL 00400000= PIIC2 Buffer Overflow 00200000= PIIC2 Buffer Underflow 00100000= PIIC2 Buffer PLL 00080000= DeComp Inv 00040000=LNB Current 00020000=LNB Voltage d = Change in modem fault status since last poll 0=unchanged 1=changed e = Change in modem configuration since last poll 0=unchanged 1=changed xx=spares Query only.

2E+06:1.2E+06 (No Sync) Command or Query. value of 0 thru 6 TBP = TBP? TBP * TBP # TBP? TBP= (see Description of Arguments) BERT Error Insert BERT Clear BER Counters BKE= BRM= None None BERT Results N/A All: Total Bit Errors. value of 0 or 1 BTX = BTX? BTX * BTX # N/A BTX? BTX=x (see Description of Arguments) BERT Pattern N/A Sync 1 byte.xEx = total number of bit errors yEy = total number of bits z.xEx:y.xEx:y. Set or return Tx BERT state in the form of x.zEz = value of the average BER or “No Sync” if no demod lock. Query RBP? Tx BERT Pattern TBP= 1 byte. Returns the BER Test Pattern Sync Status in the form x.0E+03 (No Demod Lock) Example 2: BRA=1. in the form x. where: 1 = pattern sync 2 = no pattern sync BKE = BKE? BKE # BRM = BRM? BRM * BRM # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A BRA? BRA=x. where: 0 = 2^23-1 1 = Reserved 2 = Reserved 3 = Reserved 4 = Reserved 5 = 2047 6 = 2^15-1 Example: TBP=0 (default 2^23-1) Command only. value of 0 thru 6 Response to Command RBP = RBP? RBP * RBP # Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query RBP= (see Description of Arguments) Command RBP= Description of Arguments Command or Query.0E+03:2. zEz (see Description of Arguments) 1 byte. Command only Clears the BER counters. where: 0 = off 1 = on Example: BTX=1 (BERT On) Query only.yEy:z. Inserts a single error. with each parameter is separated by a colon. Returns 3 values.yEy:z. Example 1: BRA=1. Total Number Of Bits and average BER Tx BERT State BTX= 23 or 15 bytes Query only. value of 1 or 2 RPS? RPS=X 7–38 .zEz where: x. Initialises the PN loopback functionality and sets the pattern type in the form x.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Rx BERT Pattern Number of Arguments 1 byte. where: 0 = 2^23-1 1 = Reserved 2 = Reserved 3 = Reserved 4 = Reserved 5 = 2047 6 = 2^15-1 Example: RBP=0 (default 2^23-1) Command or Query. Set or return the PN loopback pattern type in the form x.0E+03:2.

Return format for each modcod entry is x. These are baseband frames that are received without errors but are discarded due to the required feature code not having been purchased.xE+xx with each entry separated by a colon. There are 28 total entries when NetSpec=0 and 47 total entries when NetSpec=1. Query only. There are 28 total entries when NetSpec=0 and 47 total entries when NetSpec=1.xE+xx with each entry separated by a colon. Return format for each modcod entry is x. Query only. The first entry is for 16 APSK frames discarded and the second is for 32 APSK frames discarded.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Parameter Type Tx Baseband Frames per Modcod Rx Baseband Frames per Modcod Rx Baseband Frames received with errors per Modcod Rx Baseband Frames discarded Number of Arguments Response to Command N/A N/A N/A Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Response to Query ST2=(see Description of Arguments) ST3=(see Description of Arguments) ST4=(see Description of Arguments) ST5=(see Description of Arguments) Command N/A N/A N/A Description of Arguments Query only. Currently there are two entries separated by a colon. Return format for each modcod entry is x. Query ST2? ST3? ST4? N/A N/A ST5? 7–39 .xE+xx with each entry separated by a colon. Query only. There are 28 total entries when NetSpec=0 and 47 total entries when NetSpec=1.

where: 0 = Unit is not enabled for 1:N switch operation. Parameter Type 1:1 Operational Mode Command ASW Number of Arguments 1 byte. then no action is taken. Time out of a pass-through messageto a local ODU The Command and Query columns include the instructions and qualifiers. then the command will return FSW? 4. where: 0 = Unit is offline 1 = Unit is online Example: RED=1 (indicating the unit is online) Command or Query.Serial-based Remote Product Management CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 7. Response to Command ASW= ASW? ASW * ASW # Query ASW? Response to Query ASW=x (see description of arguments) 1:1 Force Unit FSW= Offline 1 Note: In Manual Mode. where: 0 = Unit is not connected to a 1:1 switch 1 = Unit is connected to a 1:1 switch Example: R11?0 (indicating the unit is not connected to a 1:1 switch) N/A RED? RED=x 1 byte. Both online and offline units must be in Manual Mode for this command to function. If the unit is offline. but unit is in Ethernet mode. Return 1:1 online/offline status in the form x. FSW= There are no parameters associated with this command. but unit is not in Remote mode. If the 1:1 redundancy system is not installed. = Message ok Response to ? Received ok. This allows an online unit to be configured without undesired switchover to a backup unit (Changing Rx frequency would normally cause the online unit to unlock and a switchover to the backup modem would occur). Sets or returns 1:N operational mode in the form x. 1 = Unit is enabled for 1:N switch operation. Set or return 1:1 operational mode in the form x. value of 0 or 1 R11? R11=x 7–40 . then the command will return FSW? FSW? FSW= 1:1 N/A Redundancy Unit online or offline 1:N Redundancy Enable R1N= 0 Example: FSW= Query only.12 Redundancy Control # ~ Message ok. where: 0 = Unit is in Manual mode 1 = Unit is in Auto mode.5. Example: R1N=1 (indicating the unit is enabled for 1:N) Query only. In a 1:1 switch environment. Returns 1:1 switch status in the form x. If the unit is offline. Notes: 1. all fault relays are forced to the non-faulted condition. The 1:1 redundancy system must be installed! 2. Command only. 3. this command FSW? forces an online unit offline. but invalid arguments were found. value of 0 or 1 R1N= R1N? R1N * R1N # N/A R1N? R1N=x (see description of arguments) 1:1 Redundancy Switch Available N/A 1 byte. Command codes: ^ Message ok. value of 0 or 1 Description of Arguments Command or Query.

FAST OPTIONS and ACTIVATION PROCEDURE A. Register 2 is for Modulation and Demodulation types. A.FAST Options and Activation Procedure CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix A. All FAST options are available through the basic platform unit at the time of order – FAST allows immediate activation of available options. This accelerated upgrade can be accomplished because of FAST’s extensive use of the programmable logic devices incorporated into Comtech EF Data products. after confirmation by Comtech EF Data. ACM. which permits the purchase and installation of options through special authorization codes. Comtech EF Data provides Fully Accessible System Topology (FAST). through the Web Server Interface. Depending on the current hardware configuration of the unit. If you wish to upgrade the functionality of a unit at a later date. FAST System Theory: FAST facilitates on-location upgrade of the operating feature set without removing a unit from the setup. When your service requirements change. and then load these codes into the unit using the CDM-760 Front Panel. FAST technology allows you to order a unit precisely tailored for the initial application. The FAST Access Code that is purchased from Comtech EF Data enables configuration of the available hardware. and CnC options. you can upgrade the topology of the unit to meet these requirements within minutes. FAST Accessible Options: Hardware options can be ordered and installed either at the factory or in the field.1 FAST System Overview The CDM-760 Modem incorporates a number of optional features. A–1 . you can select options that can be easily activated on-site. FAST Implementation: Comtech EF Data’s FAST system is factory-implemented in the unit.2 FAST Activation Procedure The FAST options are linked to three option registers: • • • Register 1 is for Data Rate. Register 3 is for the K4 GZip lossless compression and decompression option. and Interface options. In order to permit a lower initial cost. you may purchase the unit enabled with only the desired features. You may purchase these unique Fast Access Codes from Comtech EF Data during normal business hours.

and then press ENTER. The serial number is provided in the General Information section of this page: 2 To view currently installed FAST features. the serial number may be obtained using the CDM-760 Web Server Interface.1 Step 1 FAST Activation via the CDM-760 Front Panel Task Before contacting Comtech EF Data to order FAST feature upgrades. and open the Status | Info page. Use the ▲▼arrow keys to scroll through the list of available FAST options. Log in to the Web Server Interface.FAST Options and Activation Procedure CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Note the following: • • When a FAST Access Code is obtained from Comtech EF Data. proceed as follows from the top-level SELECT: FAST menu: b) Use the ◄►arrows keys to select OPTIONS. and open the Status | Info page. Any that are ‘Not Installed’ may be purchased as a FAST upgrade. the roster of installed vs. The FAST information is provided in the Installed Options and Uninstalled Options sections of this page: A–2 . Alternately. Log in to the Web Server Interface. A. obtain and record the modem’s baseboard serial number: a) a) Use the front panel◄►arrows keys to navigate to the SELECT: FAST menu. Options are identified as ‘Installed’ or ‘Not Installed’. and then then press ENTER. uninstalled FAST Options may be obtained using the CDM-760 Web Server Interface.## b) Record Serial Number: ______________________________________ Alternately. and then press ENTER: FAST options: 1: Set 3: Set View a) b) View 2: Set View (◄ ►▲▼) Use the ◄►arrows keys to select View for the desired register #. as shown in this example: FAST: Options Demo-Mode CnC (◄ ►) Baseboard S/N 123456789 Hw Rev##. it will be for a specific register. The modem’s 9-digit “Baseboard S/N” is displayed on the left hand side of the bottom line. The CnC and K4 GZip FAST options require installation of the respective option card into the internal modem board.2.

4 Enter the FAST access code(s): c) d) Press CLEAR to return to the SELECT: FAST  Options  (Register #) Set menu. the following message displays: Failure to configure. FAST: Set register1: Enter code below 88888888888888888888 then [ENTER] (◄ ►▲▼) e) Press ENTER to execute the FAST upgrade. 88888888888888888888 then [ENTER] (◄ ►▲▼) Repeat the FAST access code entry procedure. However. Use the arrow keys (◄ ►▲▼) to carefully enter each register-specific 20-character FAST access code. Should the code entry error persist. and the FAST option activation instructions.FAST Options and Activation Procedure CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Step 3 Task Contact a Comtech EF Data sales representative during normal business hours to order features: • • • Provide the modem’s 9-digit Baseboard Serial Number to the representative.2. contact Comtech EF Data Customer Support for further assistance. A–3 . Identify and purchase the desired FAST option(s). the register-specific 20-digit FAST Access Code(s). When a FAST access code is obtained from Comtech EF Data. The modem responds with “Configured Successfully” if the FAST upgrade is accepted. The FAST options are linked to the three option registers explained in Sect. Re-enter code. the modem then resets to its newly-incorporated default configuration. Obtain the invoice. if an invalid code is entered. A. it will be for a specific option register.

FAST Options and Activation Procedure CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 BLANK PAGE A–4 .

B.) will become available upon request. one or both PIIC modules are active AND at least one Gigibit Ethernet interfiace is active. etc. and reference to their pertinent section in this appendix.2. HSSI.3 Additional PIIC module data options (ASI.2 B. the CDM-760 provides physical and electrical connection between the external terrestrial device and the internal circuitry of the modulator or demodulator. The available PIIC modules. By convention.1 Introduction The CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Satellite Modem rear panel features two slots that accommodate optional PIIC (Plug-in Interface Card) data modules. These modules plug into either or both of the Interface Option slots located on the rear panel of the CDM-760 chassis (Figure B-1). are as follows: CEFD Kit / Assembly PL-0000795 KT-0000255 KT-0000256 KT-0000257 Description G. PIIC (PLUG-IN INTERFACE CARD) MODULES B.2.PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix B. In Single Stream Mode. While the CDM-760’s available optional PIIC modules are usually ordered with the modem. a single PIIC module is active and no other interfaces are active. In MultiStream Mode.703 ‘BNC’ E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module SFP STM-1 Copper ‘BNC’ PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Single Mode PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Multi Mode PIIC Module For Details See Appendix B Sect. B–1 . a modem is Data Communications Equipment (DCE) where Tx data enters the data interface and Rx data exits. Any PIIC module supported by the CDM-760 can be used in any slot.2.1 B. they are easily field-installed. The CDM-760 acts as a multiplexor/demultiplexor in MultiStream Mode. Via the chassis’ PIIC module connections.

Typical PIIC Module Installation Follow these steps to install the optional PIIC module(s) (Figure B-1): Step 1 2 Task Remove the PIIC slot blank panel(s) by loosening the captive thumbscrews. Slide the module straight back into the chassis until the module is firmly plugged into the mating receptacle(s).1.1 Typical PIIC Module Installation Figure B-1. 3 B–2 . Install the PIIC module(s) into position using the chassis’ internal card guides.PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 B. Secure the captive thumbscrews of the module(s).

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 BLANK PAGE B–3 .

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

B.2 B.2.1

Optional PIIC Modules G.703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module (CEFD P/N PL-0000795)

Figure B-2. G.703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module

Figure B-3. G.703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module Block Diagram
Name TX-IN TX-OUT CLK-IN Connector Type BNC BNC BNC Description Data In Data Out External Clock Input Direction (I/O) I O I

Figure B-4. G.703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module Panel Connectors

B–4

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

B.2.1.1 B.2.1.1.1
Item

G.703 E3/T3/STS-1 PIIC Module Summary of Specifications General Specifications
Description 1 - Tx G.703 port, E3, T3, STS-1 Input 1 - Rx G.703 port, E3, T3, STS-1 Output 1 – External Clock Input BNC female 75 Ω ± 5% 0.5 to 5.0 V peak to peak 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 34.368 (E3), 44.736 (T3), and 51.840 (STS-1) MHz Sine wave or square with duty cycle of 50 ± 10% 75 ms max for Doppler, 20 Mbit for ISSY Tx Clock = Tx, Rx (satellite) , or External Rx Clock = Tx, Rx (satellite), Internal, or External Programmed Tx rate +/- 100 ppm Baseband Loopback (at interface) Interface Loopback (through interface card) 2047 test pattern generator Yes

Interfaces

External Clock Input Connector Type Impedance Input Amplitude Input Frequency Signal Characteristics Maximum Buffer Size Clock Options Acquisition Range Test

Hot Swap Capability

B.2.1.1.2
Interface

Interface Specifications
Description Channel supports G.703 E3,T3, and STS-1. BNC female ITU-T-G.703 SD, RD (E3) 34.368, (T3) 44.736 Mbps, (STS-1) 51.84 Mbps Tx and Rx data rates are programmed the same HDB3 (for E3), B3ZS (for DS3), AMI (Common) ITU-T-G.703 Telcordia GR-499-CORE For T3 and STS-1, G.823 for E3 75 Ω Per ITU-T-G.703 Loss of signal, All 1's

G.703 Unbalanced: Connector Type Signals Supported Data Rate Tx and Rx Data Rates Line Coding Pulse Mask Jitter Impedance Alarms

B–5

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

B.2.2

STM-1 Copper PIIC Module Kit (CEFD P/N KT-0000255)

KT-000255 STM-1 Copper PIIC Module Kit ITEM 1 2 3 QTY 1 1 1 CEFD P/N PL-0001067 IC-0000686 CA-0000967 DESCRIPTION PIIC Module SFP STM-1 155 Mbps Copper Transceiver Module Cable Assembly (NOT SHOWN)

Figure B-5. STM-1 Copper PIIC Module Kit (CEFD P/N KT-0000255)

Figure B-6. STM-1 Copper PIIC Module – SFP Installation Use the STM-1 Copper PIIC module in either of the CDM-760 rear panel interface option slots. The PIIC module features an SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) docking cage that accepts the Comtech EF Data SFP STM-1 transceiver module (Figure B-6). User-supplied standard modules (SFP Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) SFF-8074i and SFF8472 Rev. 9.3) may be used, but Comtech EF Data does not guarantee interoperability. See Figure B-1 for installation of a PIIC module into an available PIIC interface slot.

B–6

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

B.2.2.1
Item

STM-1 Copper PIIC Module Summary of Specifications
Description 155.52 Mbps ±20 ppm G.703/GR-253, CMI G.825 Full duplex, allowing Tx/Rx only operation BNC-F, 75Ω 1 Vpp Typical 0.5 Vpp to 1.1 Vpp • Baseband Loopback (at interface) • Interface Loopback (through interface module) 0.5 to 75 ms in 0.1 ms steps

Data Rate Framing and Signaling Jitter Direction Connectors Output Level Input Level Diagnostics Rx Buffer

B–7

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

B.2.3

OC-3 Single/Multi Mode PIIC Module Kits (CEFD P/N KT-000025X)

KT-00025X OC-3 Single Mode or Multi Mode PIIC Module Kits Item 1 2 Quantity KT-0000256 1 1 – KT-0000257 1 – 1 CEFD Part Number PL-0001067 IC-0000687 IC-0000690 Description PIIC Module SFP OC-3 Single Mode Optical Transceiver Module SFP OC-3 Multi Mode Optical Transceiver Module

Figure B-7. OC-3 Single Mode or Multi Mode PIIC Module Kit (CEFD P/N KT-000025X)

Figure B-8. OC-3 Single Mode or Multi Mode PIIC Module – SFP Installation Use the OC-3 Single or Multi Mode PIIC module in either of the CDM-760 rear panel interface option slots. The PIIC module features an SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) docking cage that accepts either the Comtech EF Data OC-3 Single Mode or Multi Mode SFP transceiver module (Figure B-8). User-supplied standard modules (SFP Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) SFF-8074i and SFF8472 Rev. 9.3) may be used, but Comtech EF Data does not guarantee interoperability. See Figure B-1 for installation of a PIIC module into an available PIIC interface slot.

B–8

spectral width 7.3.52 Mbps ±20 ppm SONET OC-3 SDH STM-1 Full Duplex. spectral width 63 nm rms • Single Mode: Up to 15 Km • Multi Mode: Up to 500 m • Single Mode: -12 dBm Typical • Multi Mode: -14 dBm Typical • Single Mode: -31 dBm to -8 dBm • Multi Mode: -35 dBm to -30 dBm G.1 ms steps Interfaces Data Rate Framing and Signaling Direction Connectors Fiber Typical Distance Output Power Input Power Jitter Diagnostics Rx Buffer B–9 . 62.PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 B.2.5 to 75 ms in 0.5/125 µm.1 Item OC-3 Single/Multi Mode PIIC Module Summary of Specifications Description • OC-3 Single Mode (CEFD Kit KT-0000256) • OC-3 Multi Mode (CEFD Kit KT-0000257) 155.7 nm rms • Multi Mode: 1300 nm.825 • Baseband Loopback (at interface) • Interface Loopback (through interface module) 0. allowing Tx/Rx only operation Duplex LC • Single Mode: 1300 nm.

PIIC Plug-In Interface Card Modules CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 BLANK PAGE B–10 .

ACM maximizes throughput regardless of link conditions (noise. rain fade. the benefits of CnC and ACM are available simultaneously. severe rain fading can cause the total loss of the link – the result being zero throughput. This is accomplished by automatically adapting the modulation type and FEC code rate to give highest possible throughput. The ModCods are selected to span a range of Es/No (Energy per Symbol to Noise density ratio) so that if a system detects a change in link margin – e. inclined orbit. • • • C–1 . albeit at a different user throughput rate. As Comtech EF Data’s DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC) operates in conjunction with ACM in the CDM-760. clear sky. With a CCM system. ACM operation is a FAST-enabled option in the CDM-760 Modem. antenna pointing error. and can yield much higher system availability. ACM can keep the link active during heavy fades with lower throughput. When enabled with ACM. or other impairments). the CDM760 offers significant operational enhancements: • ACM turns fade margin into increased link capacity – gains of 100% or more are possible. An ACM system is set up using a constant physical layer symbol rate – and therefore occupied bandwidth – and power. so does the user data rate.1 Introduction Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) is a technique that allows for automatic change in modulation and FEC Code Rate in response to changing link conditions. but with a varying assortment of modulation and coding combinations called ModCods..g. Initial setup is easy and requires no further user intervention. Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option C. compared to traditional Constant Coding and Modulation (CCM). in an ACM system. The basic goal of ACM is to capture historically unused satellite system link margin and convert this margin into additional data throughput. as Es/No increases or decreases. fading – it can use a different ModCod to preserve the link. Therefore. ACM may be used in packet-based satellite links (as when using the CDM-760 with Ethernet Interface) to boost system throughput.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix C.

04 30.31 23.31 34.7244 1. The CDM-760 supports duplex ACM operation between a pair of modems in a point-to-point link. control parameters between modems are transferred over the satellite link along with user traffic in what is usually referred to as Inband Signaling. ACM takes advantage of this link margin by increasing the ModCod during unfaded conditions allowing the link to operate at a higher data rates during these periods. The DVB standardized a suite of 28 ModCods that work over an Es/No range of -2.1600 1. A simplified example illustrates the point.6 6.0 dB fade is commonly referred to as link margin . the modem’s physical layer.4 3. While point-to-multipoint operation is not currently supported.4 4. During ACM operation. When fade conditions are not present. and Es/No for the CDM760 assuming Normal FEC Frame (64. In ACM mode. and overall architecture are designed to allow future expansion. They have also defined much of the system for both ACM and a related feature called Variable Coding and Modulation (VCM)1. DVB-S2 did not specify the means of passing necessary information between system components.7 6. DVB-S2 also describes an ACM method using “out-of-band” ACM controllers (per EN 302 307 Annex D.7dB.2908 1.0 dB margin = new Es/No of 6.6153 1. ACM Example for Standard FECFrame (64.800 bits) ModCod # 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ModCod QPSK 1/2 QPSK 3/5 QPSK 2/3 QPSK 3/4 QPSK 4/5 QPSK 5/6 QPSK 8/9 QPSK 9/10 Spectral Efficiency Pilots ON 0.7 dB during a 3. Depending on the geographical region and link budget criteria.99 32. Table C-1.7460 Guaranteed Es/No (dB) 1. software.7 3. the link margin is directly converted into a higher link Es/No: 3.5494 1. In such as case the operating Es/No of the link is higher than needed for more than 99% of the year.49 34.9653 1. and the modulation and coding (ModCod in DVB-S2 terms) changes to preserve the data integrity.8 Data Rate (Mbps) at 20 Msps 19. the Spectral Efficiency (SE). faded conditions can occur less than 1% of the time.1) that is not supported with the CDM-760.7 dB + 3.2 Background The CDM-760 system is based on DVB-S2 standards. the 3.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. the symbol rate remains constant. Table C-1 shows the several ModCods.82 29.0 dB fade.6 5.3 dB to 16.20 25.49 Example: If a link is designed to operate at an Es/No of 3.0 dB (ideal).1 5.4521 1.800 bits). so the ACM schemes adopted by different manufacturers are generally not interoperable. This non faded Es/No 1 VCM operation does not provide any advantage in a point to point link and therefore is not supported C–2 . Most links are designed with enough Es/No margin to provide error free performance under faded conditions when there is higher attenuation in the uplink or downlink path to/from the satellite.

7244. Ethernet is a suitable data stream because the packet nature of this interface accommodates changing data rates.368 Mbps). In ACM mode. offering a higher Spectral Efficiency. Table C-2.2% of the year the link will be down or at a DR that does not meet the minimum guaranteed figure.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 of 6. It is understood that although the availability is less than desirable. as measured by the far side demod Es/No reading. • • • o C–3 . Relaxed Availability: A link availability below typical thresholds (ex: 97%) is used to calculate a worst case fade condition at a desired data rate.20 Mbps only when the link is faded. There are generally two types of scenarios where ACM operation is run: o Minimum Guaranteed DR: A link budget is run using worst case fade conditions and a fixed availability (ex.20 Mbps.7 dB allows for a much higher ModCod to be used. The ModCod chosen must always operate at or above the minimum threshold for reliable communications for any given ModCod. The Data Rate (DR) and Symbol Rate are related by the symbol rate as follows: DR (Data Rate) = SR (Symbol Rate) x SE (Spectral Efficiency) For a 20 Msps link. This is essentially a tradeoff between minimum DR contracted and effective DR averaged over the course of a year.20 23. In CCM mode the link must remain in its worst case condition at 23.7 ACM ModCod QPSK 8/9 QPSK 3/5 ACM Data Rate 34. ModCod Comparison: ACM vs.49 Mbps and drops back to 23.1600 to 1.7 3. Table C-2 compares the ACM link with its CCM counterpart. For most of the year the DR will exceed the minimum guaranteed figure.20 CCM ModCod QPSK 3/5 QPSK 3/5 CCM Data Rate 23. this corresponds to the data rates listed in Table C-1.49 23.8%).703 T3/E3 interfaces.8% of the year the data rate of the link will be at or greater than this minimum data rate. The ModCod selected in this link budget is considered to be the lowest acceptable ModCod that meets the DR and availability of the link budget. The corresponding Spectral Efficiencies in this example range from 1. This excludes synchronous interfaces such as G. which operate at a fixed data rates (44. 99. 0. The bit rate is not allowed to change arbitrarily.768 / 34. the link operates most of the time with clear sky conditions at 34. CCM Condition Clear Sky Faded Es/No (dB) 6. Link conditions determine the operational ModCod.20 There are a few important factors to consider for ACM operation: • The digital communication system must tolerate a change in data rate. 99. for the majority of the year the DR will exceed the customer contracted DR and justify the lower throughput for a larger percentage of the year.

Figure C-1 plots the amount of downlink fade margin versus availability for this link. the link has margin above the minimum during the majority of the time. Still later. Later. the link is unfaded and operates at 64 Mbps.2 dB fade occurs and the ModCod is adjusted to preserve data integrity. Once designed. So the question arises: What additional throughput will ACM provide? An answer is shown in Figure C-2. Table C-3 summarizes the capacity.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. Since worst case conditions occur only a very small part of the time. where user throughput is plotted versus time. the link recovers to 64 Mbps.5 dB 5 dB 0 dB Average Availability (Over 1 Year) Figure C-1.9 dB that throttles throughput down to 31 Mbps.2. Average Link Availability At 99. 25 dB Downlink Fade Margin Required 20 dB 15 dB 10 dB 2. a 2.8% availability. Downlink Margin vs. C–4 . The modem takes advantage of the margin and ACM operation provides a higher than contracted level of throughput. the link will provide this level of SLA for all but 17. For example. causing an adjustment of the data rate to 51 Mbps.1 ACM Operational Link Example Most links are designed to deliver a level of link availability based on worst case conditions. Initially.8% availability there are over 364 days when the downlink margin is higher than the minimum to support 25 Mbps. ACM shatters this limitation and operates at higher data rates when conditions are good.5 hours of the year. which is substantially above the SLA of 25 Mbps. followed by a deep fade of 6. consider a link with a 25 Mbps service level agreement (SLA) between Nigeria and Germany that requires 99.

Time and Fades Table C-3.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Figure C-2.2 dB Fade 51 Mbps 16-APSK 2/3 6.9 dB Fade 31 Mbps QPSK 4/5 C–5 . User Throughput vs. Turning Margin into Additional Capacity Parameter Data Rate ModCod SLA 25 Mbps QPSK 3/5 Clear 64 Mbps 16-APSK 5/6 2.

The near side modulator needs to process the link quality metric from the far side demodulator and. and then communicate this estimate. • • • • C–6 . based purely on the value of ModCod seen at the start of each Frame. adapt the data rate and change the ModCod sent to the far side receiver.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. The ModCod must remain fixed throughout an entire frame and may change to any other ModCod on the next frame. when commanded. via a return channel. The near side modulator is required to send the value of ModCod at the start of each frame to inform the far side demodulator/decoder how to configure for the correct ModCod. There are a number of essential requirements to enable this scheme: • A near side modulator and FEC encoder that can instantaneously. This needs to be accomplished without the corruption of data anywhere in the path. back to the near side modulator. change either modulation type. A far side demodulator/decoder must be capable of demodulating and decoding the signal transmitted by the near side modulator without any prior knowledge of when a change has taken place.3 ACM System Description A generic example of ACM-over-Satellite is shown in Figure C-3. This closes the loop and maximizes the data rate for the current link conditions. this needs to be accomplished without the corruption of data anywhere in the path. based upon a pre-determined algorithm. the received Es/No. FEC encoder rate or both. Again. The far side receiver needs to derive an estimate of the link quality.

ACM-over-Satellite – Generic Example C–7 .Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Figure C-3.

Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 BLANK PAGE C–8 .

4 CDM-760 ACM Scheme The description of ACM operation in this section serves as the prelude to configuring the CDM760 for ACM operation. if a 1.7 dB) plus the Target Margin (1.7 dB. due to the distance traveled over satellite and the symbol rate of the link. Example: A 10 Msps link is run and has a maximum rain fade of 1 dB per second. So.0 dB would mean that the minimum Es/No required to run at ModCod (5) QPSK 3/5 would be the guaranteed Es/No (2. rain fade) is 1. The Target Es/No Margin can and should also be used as a way to dial in a maximum fade slope.. In the worst case scenario. When ACM is enabled.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. the Target Es/No Margin provides this.4. At 10 Msps there will be a single hop latency of 300ms and an additional maximum ACM message gap of 250 ms. a method is needed to add margin to the guaranteed Es/No specification so the modem will switch to the next ModCod in a way that maintains a level of performance.0 dB) = 3. Example: An Es/No Margin of 1. This Es/No margin is added to the published guaranteed Es/No specification per ModCod for ACM operation – the value of Target Es/No ranges from 0 to 4. Links normally include margin to meet performance criteria. The key items discussed are: • • • • • • Target Es/No Margin Distortion – allowing for degradation by modulation type Pilots – ON/OFF Standard and Short Frames Monotonic operation ModCod selection C. the ACM message is sent four (4) times per second. ACM messages sent from the far side demod to the near side modulator contain the Es/No estimate that the demod was seeing at that particular time.0 dB rain fade began just after an ACM message was sent it would be C–9 .5 dB. generally near the QEF point (PER ≈ 10-7). If the maximum slope of a fade (e.0 dB/s it would desirable to minimally set the Target Es/No to a figure that would be greater than the maximum possible fade. Figure C-4 depicts a graph of ACM messaging delay (including satellite delay).g. there can be 300-400 ms of path delay AND a 250 ms (1/4 second) messaging gap from the last time the Es/No is measured by the far side demod to the time the near side modulator can act on this measurement. To help choose the Es/No Margin.1 Target Es/No Margin The Target Es/No Margin adds a fixed amount of margin to all of the modem’s specified Es/No values.

Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 300+250=550ms before an updated ACM message with the reduced Es/No is received and acted upon by the near side modulator. C–10 . Single Hop Latency C. the Target Es/No should not be less than (1.55 dB. you may enter additional impairments by modulation type.2 Distortion Adaptation / Modulation Type Impairment Distortion is a very serious impairment. degradation should be minimal and can be left at 0. This distortion also penalizes higher-order ModCods (16APSK and 32APSK) much more than QPSK/8PSK.0 dB. Figure C-4. The default for all degradation values is 0.4. These higher order modulations rely on amplitude modulation (AM) and phase modulation (PM) compared to ‘phase only’ modulations such as QPSK/8PSK. The amplitude modulation gives rise to AM/AM and AM/PM distortion when operating near the satellite amplifier compression limit. The default Target Es/No Margin is 1. These impairments apply to the forward (transmit) link. To compensate.0 dB – when operating in the linear portion of the ground amplifier and satellite amplifier segment. The additional impairment allows programming of an offset for each DVB-S2 constellation type. particularly for ModCods using 16APSK and 32APSK. this allows correct parameter adjustment in cases of additional degradation when a transponder is operated close to saturation.0 dB for most applications.0 dB/s) * (550ms) = 0. In this example. which will ideally match the estimated satellite link distortion. The factors are added to CDM-760 specified Es/No for a given constellation. Table C-4 describes the impairment entry.

Scanning down the table.0 Note: Impairment Setting – QPSK ≤ 8PSK ≤ 16APSK ≤ 32APSK C.0 0. Here. and does not support mixing frame types. increasing the risk of cycle slips.0 0. In ACM mode. based on 188 byte packets. the DVB advises that there are ModCod cases that are simply more reliable with Pilots on. C. There are several ModCods where DVB-S2 advised using Pilots to avoid cycle slips: • 8PSK 3/5 and 2/3 • 16APSK 3/4 • 32APSK 3/5 The use of Pilots was also recommended by DVB-S2 for ACM operation to guarantee continuous receiver synchronization.4.4 Long and Short Frames It is possible to process a mix of Normal and short frames.5 Monotonic Operation Table C-5 shows the ideal Es/No at QEF for each DVB-S2 ModCod along with spectral efficiency and ModCod #. The CDM-760 can be configured for either Normal or short frames. although is not believed to be very valuable for high speed point to point trunking applications. the CDM-760 modem always enables Pilots ON for all ModCods whenever ACM mode is selected. even in the case of reasonable phase noise. where the Spectral Efficiency does not change monotonically.3 Pilots DVB-S2 originally introduced Pilots as a means to combat phase noise.0 to 9. 9/10 ModCod is not allowed for short frames. When operating in ACM mode. ModCods #12 and #18.4.0 0. C. C–11 . the table is resorted by Spectral Efficiency to assure monotonic behavior and system stability. and it is not selectable in short frame mode.4.9 dB 0. An additional concern arose because the very powerful Low Density Parity-Check Forward Error Correction (LDPC FEC) reduced the conventional operating point of a demodulator much closer to the noise floor than was done historically.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table C-4. In addition. there are two entries. For the purpose of data integrity and maximum ModCod selection. ALWAYS use Normal frames at both ends of the link. The QEF or Quasi Error Free point corresponds to a Packet Error Rate (PER) = 10-7. Modulation Type Impairment Additional Impairment QPSK Degradation 8PSK Degradation 16APSK Degradation 32APSK Degradation Variable Name QPSK_DEG 8PSK_DEG 16APSK_DEG 32APSK_DEG dB (Factory Default Shown) Adjustable 0.

89 13.770627 0.618365 2.68 5.35 10.10 4.69 16.98 8.18 6.73 13.866247 4.896320 3.030589 4.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table C-5.724416 1.356875 DVB-S2 Ideal Es/No (dB) @ QEF -2.574613 2.28 15.69 10.42 5. Spectral Efficiency and Ideal Es/No by ModCod ModCod # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ModCod QPSK 1/4 QPSK 1/3 QPSK 2/5 QPSK 1/2 QPSK 3/5 QPSK 2/3 QPSK 3/4 QPSK 4/5 QPSK 5/6 QPSK 8/9 QPSK 9/10 8PSK 3/5 8PSK 2/3 8PSK 3/4 8PSK 5/6 8PSK 8/9 8PSK 9/10 16APSK 2/3 16APSK 3/4 16APSK 4/5 16APSK 5/6 16APSK 8/9 16APSK 9/10 32APSK 3/4 32APSK 4/5 32APSK 5/6 32APSK 8/9 32APSK 9/10 Spectral Efficiency Normal FECFrame Pilots ON 0.549426 1.935658 2.302894 4.61 12.21 11.090495 3.739569 1.422276 2.177525 2.03 4.640827 0.746049 1.91 9.585924 2.97 10.452076 1.623332 3.13 12.221863 3.64 14.23 3.62 7.35 -1.482680 3.05 C–12 .615288 1.478577 0.965327 1.50 6.20 6.290788 1.30 1.03 11.24 -0.160026 1.00 2.439530 3.

As this would result in an unstable system. hysteresis. Target Es/No Margin. During parameter configuration. without dropping some of the ModCods.6 ModCod Selection Figure C-5 shows considerable overlap of ModCod combinations. there is a non-monotonic change of Bits/Hz with changing Es/No. re-sorting the DVB-S2 table resolves this. modulation type impairment and monotonic behavior suggests a practical way to select the Es/No thresholds for switching ModCods. The minimum distance between adjacent ModCods must be at least the amount of hysteresis – the figure used for hysteresis is fixed in the CDM-760 at 0. Figure C-5. therefore.5 dB. Taking into account the ModCod spacing. The overlap depicted in this figure implies omitting some of the ModCods.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. the modem selects the usable ModCods. not the DVB-S2 ideal Es/No figures. a practical system needs some hysteresis to provide orderly transition to adjacent ModCods and avoid dithering. Spectral Efficiency vs. Also.4. and a way to prune ModCods from the list. The actual Es/No values used are based on the guaranteed Es/No values + Target Es/No Margin + modulation type impairment. Ideal Es/No @ QEF C–13 .

0 11.5 4. Modem Es/No @ QEF (Pruned ModCods) C–14 . the Target Es/No Margin and Modulation Impairment are zero.5 Spectral Efficiency (Bps/Hz) 3.0 6.5 1.0 13.0 4.0 Pruned ModCods Appear On Baseline 0.5 dB) + modulation impairment (user selected).0 32APSK 1.0 16. 4.0 15. In the example.5 2.0 3.0 18.5 16APSK 8PSK QPSK 1.0 17.0 7.0 5.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Figure C-6 presents a practical set of ModCods based on ModCod selection.0 14.0 2. The pruned or inactive ModCods are shown along the baseline of the plot. Spectral Efficiency vs.0 12.0 3.0 Es/No (dB) Figure C-6.0 10.0 2. while a step down is the Es/No (spec) + Es/No Target Margin + modulation impairment.0 9. The transition to the next higher ModCod is the Es/No (spec) + Es/No Target Margin (user selected) + hysteresis (0.0 8.

Actual user data rate throughput will be at least 99% of the maximum satellite data rate capacity when running in GSE Ethernet encapsulated mode.800 bit) frames with pilots ON. QPSK and 8PSK operate to 63 Msps. QPSK / 8PSK /16APSK 32APSK (FAST-enabled option). 54. Tx and Rx Symbol Rates can be set to any rate desired up to the maximum purchased symbol rate in 1 sps steps: • • • • Symbol rate options are: 5 Msps (standard). ACM mode is only suggested to run in Normal (64. QPSK / 8PSK /16APSK (FAST-enabled option). With ACM operation enabled. 36. and 63 Msps.5 Configuring ACM in the CDM-760 ACM operation is a FAST option that must first be ordered. the following modulation types are available: • • • QPSK / 8PSK (standard). Table C-6 shows the maximum satellite data rate capacity for the symbol rate option when used in ACM mode. 18. 32APSK to 38 Msps. and then activated in the CDM-760 High Speed Trunking Modem. Additionally. 16APSK to 47 Msps. If this option is not enabled in the modem. contact your Comtech EF Data Sales Representative to upgrade the modem to support the desired level of ACM operation.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. C–15 .

800 FECFrame Pilots ON 0.73 8.48 97.76 108.95 137.36 48.68 10.20 17.67 68.66 163.13 145.24 24.40 19.478577 0.94 118.33 51.06 121.41 18.549426 1.91 164.51 21.090495 3.36 87.16 163.48 15.51 165.87 26.47 105.37 52.69 146.85 121.69 137.160026 1.59 52.06 81.13 Maximum Data Rate at 47 Msps 45.26 7.302894 4.25 72.11 17.36 21.92 89.66 36.356875 Maximum Data Rate at 5 Msps 4.45 137.623332 3.69 146. Data Rate by Option Symbol Rate ModCod # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ModCod Spectral Efficiency 64.15 21.56 QPSK 1/4 QPSK 1/3 QPSK 2/5 QPSK 1/2 QPSK 3/5 QPSK 2/3 QPSK 3/4 QPSK 4/5 QPSK 5/6 QPSK 8/9 QPSK 9/10 8PSK 3/5 8PSK 2/3 8PSK 3/4 8PSK 5/6 8PSK 8/9 8PSK 9/10 16APSK 2/3 16APSK 3/4 16APSK 4/5 16APSK 5/6 16APSK 8/9 16APSK 9/10 32APSK 3/4 32APSK 4/5 32APSK 5/6 32APSK 8/9 32APSK 9/10 C–16 .68 54.19 131.896320 3.177525 2.33 20.030589 4.09 12.422276 2.25 151.43 161.83 5.37 59.37 54.01 136.640827 0.54 116.30 148.24 54.724416 1.92 58.81 74.52 60.965327 1.221863 3.18 152.03 32.11 12.12 19.574613 2.41 123.98 102.43 161.615288 1.439530 3.33 38.64 110.69 137.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table C-6.09 29.82 75.80 6.66 163.96 121.93 13.51 165.45 7.00 109.63 59.89 12.08 81.76 90.54 98.35 57.618365 2.82 39.25 151.16 163.585924 2.62 8.19 26.02 87.482680 3.935658 2.92 153.45 16.70 9.78 Maximum Data Rate at 15 Msps 14.61 101.04 82.04 146.92 81.35 Maximum Data Rate at 34 Msps 32.54 123.452076 1.23 25.56 Maximum Data Rate at 63 Msps 60.34 113.05 82.32 91.92 153.79 39.44 43.75 8.78 23.46 64.99 60.87 14.59 121.770627 0.08 8.28 38.48 17.44 46.89 49.82 73.866247 4.15 65.746049 1.60 162.13 145.739569 1.01 136.290788 1.54 65.08 109.62 43.

3). See Sects.2. the modem then determines the optimal set of ModCods and prunes non-optimal ModCods.5 and 5.3 dB 16APSK: 0. It provides some help combating compression: QPSK: 0. Modulation Impairment: The amount of degradation for each modulation type is selected (0 dB is the default).2. The Es/No Target Margin is added the specified Es/No for all ModCods to allow the link to maintain error rates. 5.2.2. and Rx frequency (Sect.2.2.2.5: a. Unlock Action: This decides the action taken if the demodulator at the distant end loses lock. 5.” If the distant end demodulator unlocks the modulator will either go to the minimum ModCod allowable as sent in step (a) or maintain the last known ModCod before the distant end was lost. conduct a test to verify both modems are interoperable.2.2.1.2. This selection recognizes that impairments rise as modulation order increases.3.2 dB 8PSK: 0.2.3.2.6 and 5. Enter the operating Tx Power (Sect.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C.1 ACM Configuration via the Front Panel To configure the CDM-760 for ACM operation.2. Select the Tx and Rx modulation types. 5.2).2. See Sect.2.2.3.2. 5.2). Before engaging ACM.5 dB (the default value is 0. proceed as follows: Step 1 2 3 4 5 6 Task Make sure the Gigabit Ethernet interface is selected and enabled. d.2. Tx frequency (Sect.4.5. C–17 . 5. Min/Max-ModCod: Enter the lowest and highest ModCods desired for system operation (default is ModCod-4 QPSK ½ rate is the lowest and ModCod-28 32-APSK 9/10 is the highest).2. Note: The impairment for QPSK ≤ 8PSK ≤ 16APSK ≤ 32APSK 7 Upon completion of Steps 1 through 6. The range is 0 to 4. Select “Min” (recommended) or “Maintain.2. Es/No Target Margin: This allows the addition of margin to overcome the degradation that accompanies real links.4 dB 32APSK: 0. c.2. Program the Tx and Rx symbol rates. See Sects. 5. 5.5.4.2.6 dB b. Configuration via the ACM menus – see Sect.0 dB).

C.1. CDM-760 Web Server Interface – Configuration | Modem page C–18 . Figure C-7.5.5.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C.2 ACM Configuration via the CDM-760 Web Server Interface Use the Configuration | Modem page to carry out the tasks explained in Sect.

or the CDM-760 Web Server interface via the Status | Status and Status | ACM pages. with a resolution of 0. it is not an easy matter to verify BER performance. The BERT can be used to confirm that there are no sync losses or bursts of bit errors when a ModCod changes. if using the CONFIG: TX or CONFIG: RX menus.0 dB and +23. The advantage here is that ModCod changes may be viewed instantaneously. All of these screens update dynamically – if a ModCod changes. • Via the CDM-760 Remote Control and Ethernet Management Interfaces: As described for the CDM-760 Front Panel. Note that you may often see that the RX ModCod is “00”.6 Monitoring ACM Performance and Statistics The CDM-760 provides a number of ways to monitor the ACM system: • Via the CDM-760 Front Panel: Use the MONITOR: ACM front panel menu to view the current Tx and Rx ModCod . as well as the Local and Remote Es/No.1 dB. Furthermore. and by using the Ethernet Remote Product Management Interfaces – SNMP. These Dummy PLFRAMEs are used to keep the demod locked. the modulator should insert a Dummy PLFRAME. The Es/No displays values between –3. modulation.0 dB. Pins #3 and #11 on the CDM-760 rear panel J1 | ALARMS connector provide analog voltages to monitor the constellation. the Es/No will display ‘No Sync’. view these parameters using the INFO: TX or INFO: RX screens. this information is available via remote queries issued over the Remote Control Interface (Serial or Telnet). but contain no user data and have a ModCod value of “00”. DVB-S2 states that when no data is available. Not only will the internal BERT verify BER performance. A way to verify that the ACM link is meeting performance is by using the internal BERT tester. If you wish to see the exact detail of the ModCod (data rate. Via Oscilloscope: If you have access to an Oscilloscope in X-Y mode.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. • • C–19 . the parameters are refreshed on these displays. both the symbol rate and data rate are displayed. This is normal when there is no real data being received. If either the local or remote demodulator is unlocked. code rate). Via Internal BERT Tester: When using the Ethernet IP interface. it is also tolerant of the change in bit rate that accompanies a change in ModCod.

The means to do this is by enabling Flow Control. Conversely. The CDM-760 Ethernet Switch auto-negotiates Pause Frame compatibility Figure C-8. When this WAN buffer cannot accommodate the amount of Ethernet traffic due to the WAN bandwidth. When Flow Control is Enabled. the bandwidth of the WAN link is instantaneously reduced. in order to mitigate packet loss when bandwidth is reduced. In Figure C-8. as the link will adapt to push more packets/second through the link. C–20 . At this point. Devices use the Auto-Negotiation protocol to discover the Pause Frame capabilities of the device at the other end of the link.6. This mechanism has been shown to be very effective at mitigating packet loss when the Ethernet traffic exceeds the WAN capacity. CDM-760 – ACM Congestion Control As shown in Figure C-8.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. A switch supporting 802. when the ACM controller switches from a higher to a lower ModCod. the CDM760 incorporates a WAN buffer. it can be seen that when the WAN buffer reaches a fill state of 87%. it signals the Ethernet Switch to send Pause frames back to the LAN to inhibit the sending of further data. normal operation in resumed by sending a Pause Frame with Pause time set to 0x0000.3x can send a Pause Frame (with Pause time set to 0xFFFF) to force the link partner to stop sending data. the bandwidth of the WAN link is instantaneously increased. the CDM-760 can be configured to initiate a method for congestion control. This is not a problem. The Pause Frames continue to be sent until the FIFO fill state has been reduced to 75%. the WAN buffer produces two control signals that enable and disable the sending of Ethernet Pause Frames – Ethernet frames designed to implement flow control at the MAC layer.1 ACM Congestion Control When the ACM controller switches from a lower to a higher ModCod.

2 Mbps at ModCod 23. • Es/No is the preferred metric for driving the adaptation – this is the value displayed on the monitor screens. the transport delay over the satellite. If you want to convert this to Eb/No then remember that the relationship is simply Eb/No = Es/No – 10log(Spectral Efficiency).2 • Notes and Recommendations CDM-760 ACM operation is designed for point-to-point operation only.6 Mbps. While ACM can do remarkable things. you should therefore check to determine what other FAST codes may be limiting Max ModCod. The recommended setting for Minimum ModCod is 4. It should be remembered that. Example: Suppose the 15 Msps FAST option is installed. may cause demod unlock events or highly degraded BER just prior to the switch to a lower ModCod. and the processing of messages and associated action taken at the near side modulator. in conditions of fast fading. the ACM Max ModCod will be limited to ModCod 18. The value of Max ModCod may be limited by other FAST codes installed in the CDM-760. and the symbol rate is set to 15 Msps. if needed. The demodulator will not run at a 16APSK ModCod if the Es/No instantaneously drops to 0dB – the demodulator will lose lock and the system will recover by switching to ModCod4 (if so configured). ACM operation and purchased option are required on all modems running the link (two in non-redundant mode and four in 1:1 redundant mode). In order to mitigate this.6.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 C. Comtech EF Data also recommends that you set the Unlock Action to ‘Go to minimum ModCod’ – this will give the most robust link availability. However. or 38. directly from ModCod4 to ModCod28 (or vice versa). • • • • • C–21 . if CnC is being used with a 40 Mbps FAST limit. the theoretical maximum data rate would be 52. The ACM controller algorithm that resides in the CDM-760 does not have to switch through ModCods sequentially – it can change. Running the ACM link with the Target Es/No Margin set to 0dB will give the best utilization of link power but. use a increase the target Es/No Margin if the fading events are particularly severe and/or frequent. the speed at which the system can react is governed by a number of factors. including: the time taken to estimate Es/No to the required accuracy at the far side demodulator. like all control systems. the fundamentals still apply. it is not possible to set Max ModCod to the desired value. Future point to multipoint operation will be introduced in a later release of the product. for a given symbol rate. If. ACM constitutes a closed-loop control system similar in concept to Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC).

The default setting is 20ms. rapidly fluctuating impairments. excessive phase noise.3 ACM – Summary of Specifications See the Introduction chapter for the complete table of specifications. However. ACM modes are not compatible with CCM modes.6.Adaptive Coding and Modulation Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 • • • To achieve minimum latency. such as scintillation at low antenna look-angles at C-band. due to differences in frame preambles. ACM is 100% compatible with DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC). will generally not be improved by ACM or will require abnormally large Target Es/No Margin. set the WAN buffer to the smallest practical value. but it also mitigates the effects of other impairments such as antenna pointing error. C–22 . ACM maximizes throughput not only when Es/No varies due to atmospheric conditions. and certain types of interference. • C. and Comtech EF Data recommends keeping it at this level.

Comtech EF Data’s DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier option adds a new dimension to satellite communication optimization. higher order modulation reduces required bandwidth.G. and Comtech EF Data refers to it as DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC) 1. THE USER MUST ENSURE THAT THE LINK IS ROBUST ENOUGH FOR NORMAL OPERATION. A lower order modulation requires less transponder power while using more bandwidth. Carrier-in-Carrier® is a registered trademark of Comtech EF Data. ANTENNA-POINTING. having a direct impact on the viability and profitability of the service. ONLY WHEN THIS HAS BEEN DONE – AND ALL SYSTEM ISSUES (E. and some of the limitations that existed in the prior offerings have been overcome. albeit at a significant increase in power. using patented “Adaptive Cancellation. CnC was first introduced in Comtech EF Data products such as the CDM-Qx Satellite Modem. and CDM-625 Advanced Satellite Modem.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix D. a satellite circuit should be designed for optimal utilization to use a similar share of transponder bandwidth and power. SATELLITE INTERFERENCE. DoubleTalk® is a registered trademark of Raytheon Applied Signal Technology. the leasing costs are determined by bandwidth and power used.1 Introduction Space segment costs are typically the most significant operating expense for any satellite-based service. CABLING. TERRESTRIAL INTERFERENCE.. ETC. CLO-10 Link Optimizer. For a satellite transponder that has finite resources in terms of bandwidth and power. conversely.) HAVE BEEN RESOLVED – SHOULD THE USER ATTEMPT THE USE OF CARRIER-IN-CARRIER. Therefore. D.1. The implementation of DoubleTalk Carrier-inCarrier in the CDM-760 has been further refined. D.1 What is DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier? The CDM-760’s DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC) option uses a patented signal processing algorithm developed by Raytheon Applied Signal Technology that allows both the forward and reverse carriers of a full duplex link to share the same segment of transponder bandwidth. 1 DoubleTalk® is licensed from Raytheon Applied Signal Technology. Doubletalk Carrier-inCarrier (CnC) OPTION BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO COMMISSION A SATELLITE LINK USING CARRIER-IN-CARRIER (CnC). The traditional approach to balancing a satellite circuit – once the satellite and earth station parameters are fixed – involves trade-off between modulation and coding.” Raytheon Applied Signal Technology uses the term DoubleTalk. D–1 .

Increased throughput without using additional transponder resources. The looped back signal is then subtracted. A combination of any of the above to meet different objectives. allowing users to achieve unprecedented savings. The transponder is operated as Loopback. • • Figure D-1 shows a simplified conceptual block diagram of CnC processing. Demodulation/remodulation does not preserve the linear combination of the forward and return signals and the resulting reconstituted waveform prevents recovery of the original constituent signals. which leaves the signal from the distant end of the link. there is a time-varying component due to movement of the satellite. Conclusion: When using the DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC) option. it allows for multi. demodulation.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 CnC technology provides a significant improvement in bandwidth and power utilization. The two ends of the link are denoted 'A' and 'B' and the uplink and downlink are shown. Reduced capital expenditure (CAPEX) – e. regeneration can be employed.g. Normally. Occupied Bandwidth & Transponder Power. beyond what is possible with FEC and modulation alone. each end of the link must be able to see a copy of its own signal in the downlink path from the satellite. This performance is achieved through advanced signal processing algorithms that provide superior cancellation while tracking and compensating for the following common link impairments: 1) Time varying delay: In addition to the static delays of the electronics and the round-trip delay associated with propagation to the satellite and back. A CDM-760 must be used at the end of the link where the cancellation needs to take place. Increased link availability (margin) without using additional transponder resources.g. The CnC module tracks and compensates for this variation. D–2 .dimensional optimization: • • • • • Reduced operating expense (OPEX) – e.. DoubleTalk Carrier-inCarrier cannot be used in spot beam systems. The transponder needs to be “bent-pipe” – meaning no on-board processing. D. Block Up Converter/High-Power Amplifier (BUC/HPA) size and/or antenna size. That is. When combined with advanced modulation and FEC. up to 50% savings in transponder utilization is possible when carriers share common bandwidth.2 Application Requirements The following conditions are necessary in order to operate DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier: • • Link must be full duplex. this is both ends of the link..

and Performance depends upon desired and co-located interfering carrier.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 2) Frequency offset and drift: Common sources are satellite Doppler shift. CnC compensates for the asymmetries. The interfering carrier is canceled. 4) Link Asymmetries: Various asymmetries in the forward and return link can produce differences in the relative power of the two received signal components. leaving the desired carrier for demodulation. D–3 . and exhibit impairments when any of these become too great. phase. Both are exposed to adjacent carriers. CnC additionally operates in an environment where: • • Carriers intentionally occupy the same spectral slot. CnC carriers behave similar to conventional carriers in satellite links. and rain fade. The CnC module tracks and compensates for these atmospheric related impairments. Conceptual Block Diagram In a number of ways. up to a certain extent. These can be both deterministic (static) or random (and time varying). The CnC module tracks and compensates for this frequency offset and drift. 3) Atmospheric effects: Fading and scintillation can affect amplitude. cross-polarization. An example of the former would be the differences resulting from antenna size/gain variations between the two ends of the link. An example of the latter would be transient power differences due to different levels of atmospheric fading in the uplinks. Figure D-1. and spectral composition of the signal and the degree to which it correlates with the original signal. and other drift associated with the electronics in the CDM-760 itself. up and down converter frequency uncertainties.

CnC operates with modems – not modulators only or demodulators only. where 0 ms is used when doing loop-back or bench testing. narrow the search delay range to the nominal reported value +/. For best operation. The ratio of CnC (ratio of interferer power to desired power) is normally within ±7 dB.10 ms. so each sees both carriers. During CnC acquisition. One outbound with multiple return carriers is not allowed. Search delay programmable range is 0-400 ms. Factory default for search delay is 230-290 ms. observe the following: • Keep the search delay range as narrow as possible – once the modem has reported the search delay.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D. if the modem reported delay is 245 ms. CnC carriers are operated in pairs. For example. • D–4 . Use the CDM-760’s Internal BERT Tester when evaluating CnC performance. Asymmetric operation is allowed up to a 3:1 ratio of symbol rate. Only after both modems complete the CnC acquisition process does data flow.3 Operational Details The rules for CnC operation can be summarized thusly: • • • • • • • Both earth stations share the same satellite footprint. narrow the search range to 235-255 ms. neither modem passes data.

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D. The transponder downlinks the composite signal containing both carriers on the same band to the CDM760 which then translates the signal to near baseband where it can be filtered (decimated) and then processed as a complex envelope signal. Figure D-3 shows the same link using CDM-760s equipped with the CnC option. Carrier 1 and Carrier 2 (shown here for reference only) are overlapping. To further illustrate in Figure D-4. as both carriers are occupying the same bandwidth. With CnC. Figure D-2. with CnC used.4 System Functionality and Operational Considerations Figure D-2 illustrates a conventional. full duplex satellite link where two carriers are placed in nonoverlapping channels. The CDM-760 then suppresses the version of the near end carrier on the downlink side and then passes the desired carrier to the demodulator for normal processing. thus sharing the same spectrum. only the composite signal is visible when observed on a spectrum analyzer. Conventional FDMA Link D–5 . without CnC. the two carriers in a typical full duplex satellite link are adjacent to each other. Note now that. only 50% of the bandwidth is being used.

or any other waveform specific parameter is required in order to perform the signal cancellation operation. This means that no prior knowledge of the underlying modulation. Duplex Link Optimization The CDM-760 CnC module operates on the near-zero signal before the demodulator. Same Link Using CDM-760 and DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Traditional Full Duplex Link Duplex Link with DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Figure D-4.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Figure D-3. if the D–6 . Acquisition of the demodulator is improved by minimizing the delay search range. CDM-760 CnC operates from 1 to 63 Msps. The only caveat to this is that the waveform must be sufficiently random. and is waveform agnostic. Interference will compromise CnC links just as they do non-CnC links. FEC. for example.

set the minimum search delay to 230ms and the maximum search delay to 250ms.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 delay is known to be around 240ms. Table D-1 illustrates how QPSK. Spectral Efficiency using DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier As shown here. CAPEX is therefore reduced by allowing the use of a smaller BUC/HPA and/or antenna. CnC allows equivalent spectral efficiency using a lower order modulation and/or FEC Code Rate. D–7 . CnC allows satellite users to achieve spectral efficiencies (bps/Hz) that cannot be achieved with modulation and FEC alone. As advances in modem technologies – including advanced modulation and FEC techniques – approach their theoretical limits of power and bandwidth efficiencies. approaches the bandwidth efficiency of 16APSK. when used with CnC. as CnC can be used to save transponder bandwidth and/or transponder power. it can be successfully deployed in bandwidth-limited as well as power-limited scenarios. And. Table D-1.

When a conventional full duplex satellite connection is established between two sites. However since this interference is produced locally. and retransmits the composite signal. Figure D-5. Referring to Figure D-6: For round trip delay estimation. For the CnC cancellation. The satellite receives. phase and amplitude of the sampled uplink signal. it is necessary to provide each demodulator with a copy of its local modulator’s output. and delay offsets. resulting in excellent cancellation performance. The modem’s returned image of the uplink signal (not including the desired carrier) differs from the originally-transmitted signal primarily in terms of phase. it is possible to estimate and remove its influence prior to demodulation of the data transmitted from the remote location. Through advanced adaptive filtering and phase locked loop implementations. If both directions transmitted on the same channel. frequency.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D. DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Signals Referring to Figure D-5: Modem 1 and Modem 2 transmit signals S1 and S2 respectively. separate satellite channels are allocated for each direction. a search algorithm is utilized that correlates the received satellite signal to a stored copy of the local modulator’s transmitted signal. The composite downlink signal S1* + S2* is received at Modem 1 and Modem 2. The interference cancellation algorithm uses the composite signal and the local copy of S1 to estimate the necessary D–8 . frequency. each side would normally find it impossible to extract the desired signal from the aggregate due to interference originating from its local modulator.4. translates.1 DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Cancellation Process The state-of-the-art signal processing technology employed via CnC continually estimates and tracks all parametric differences between the local uplink signal and its image within the downlink. it dynamically compensates for these differences by appropriately adjusting the delay.

+7 dBc Adjacent Carriers. typical interfering signal cancellation is 28 to 35 dB.3 spacing.4.4. The algorithm continuously tracks changes in these parameters as they are generally time-varying in a satellite link.e.3 dB 0. modulation and power ratios. i. Figure D-6. D–9 . for the CDM760.6 dB 1. The residual interfering signal appears as noise. Measured at IF with AWGN. delay offset and frequency offset. D. 0 dB CnC ratio.3 dB 0. 1. the estimate of the unwanted signal can be extremely accurate. D. In practical applications.0 dB * Equal power and equal symbol rate for the interfering carrier and the desired carrier. Unwanted interfering signal suppression of 30 dB or more has been achieved in commercial products with minimal degradation of the demodulator performance.2 Margin Requirements Depending on the product. causing a slight degradation in received Es/No. Carrier-in-Carrier Signal Processing Block Diagram The resulting estimate of the unwanted interfering signal is then subtracted from the composite signal. To compensate for the residual noise.3 Carrier-in-Carrier Latency DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier has no measurable impact on circuit latency. a small amount of additional link margin is required to improve the Es/No and maintain the QEF performance. these additional margin requirements are as follows: Modulation QPSK 8PSK 16APSK 32APSK Nominal Margin* 0. Margin requirements depend on the product.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 parameters of scaling (complex gain/phase)..

it is recommended that the two carriers have similar symbol rate and power.4. In other words. D–10 .4. as shown in the sections that follow in this chapter.5 Carrier-in-Carrier Link Design CnC link design involves finding the FEC and modulation combination that provides optimal bandwidth utilization. This can be achieved by selecting appropriate ModCods. evaluate the bandwidth and power (or power equivalent bandwidth) tradeoffs with an eye to the future. D. Normally. Just like conventional link design. When sizing the link to transform existing carriers into CnC links. so there are satellite resources recovered that are deployable for additional links and more throughput over the existing capacity. CnC combined with ACM can provide 100 – 200% increase in average throughput.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D. a CnC link results in saving bandwidth and power. also consider how the recovered capacity is best deployed. For optimal CnC performance. it is an iterative process that involves trying different FEC and modulation combinations with CnC until an optimal combination is found.4 Carrier-in-Carrier and Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier is fully compatible with the Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) mode of operation in the CDM-760.

13K/13K Phoenix.368 (E3) The traditional link was based on 8PSK TPC 7/8 and required 36 MHz of leased bandwidth.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D. D–11 .1 m 34.368 (E3) / 34.6 Symmetric Data Rate Link Consider the following example: Satellite & Transponder Earth Station 1 Earth Station 2 Data Rate (Mbps) Galaxy 18 @ 123º W. AZ – 8.1 m Phoenix.4. AZ – 8. The LST 2 summary for the traditional link is as follows: 2 LST is Intelsat’s Lease Transmission Plan Program.

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Link parameters and LST summary for 16APSK 2/3 with Carrier-in-Carrier is as follows: D–12 .

D.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 The link budget summary for the different ModCod combinations is as follows: S. the CnC link was based on 8PSK 3/4 and 8PSK 3/5 and required 19.3 Savings Compared to Original 25% 4% 31% -9.7% PSD Ratio (dB) 0. No.4.9 PEB (MHz) 26.1 38.9 17.3 MHz of leased bandwidth. 22/22 (EH/EH) Africa – 4.3 Leased BW (MHz) 26. it is strongly recommended that the smaller carrier be spread as much as possible using a lower order modulation and/or FEC. Consider the following example: Satellite & Transponder Earth Station 1 Earth Station 2 Data Rate IS-901 @ 342º W.6.0 Based on this analysis. Spreading the smaller carrier using a lower order modulation has multiple benefits: • • • Lower order modulation is always more robust.9 25. and increases available link margin.9 25. 1 2 3 4 Modulation & FEC S2 8PSK 5/6 S2 8PSK 8/9 S2 16APSK 2/3 S2 16APSK 5/6 Allocated BW (MHz) 18.2 17. Lower order modulation uses less transponder power – this reduces total required transponder power. TPC 3/4 and required 27. D–13 .6 m 30 Mbps / 10 Mbps While the traditional link was based on 8PSK.5 m Africa – 3.0 0.9 34. Lower order modulation uses less transmit power on the ground – this can significantly reduce the BUC/SSPA size not only by reducing the transmit EIRP.9 34. while meeting the CnC ratio spec.0 0.8 MHz of leased bandwidth. S2 16APSK 2/3 with CnC provides the maximum savings of 31%.1 Asymmetric Data Rate Link As occupied (or allocated) bandwidth of a CnC circuit is dictated by the larger of the two carriers. but also by reducing the BUC/SSPA backoff.1 38.35 13.0 0.

4. Remote HPA – 166 W (a 28. using CnC.9 MHz (a 5.0 Remote To Hub 10 Mbps 8PSK TPC 7/8 5.3 16.9% increase in Power Eq.4 19. Power Eq. TPC 3/4: Switching to DVB-S2 8PSK 3/4 slightly increases the total occupied bandwidth. BW).7% increase in Remote power). BW – 17.3 13.8 27.6 27. the second 8PSK 3/4 carrier can be moved over the first carrier – thereby significantly reducing the total occupied bandwidth and power equivalent bandwidth when compared to the original side-by-side TPC 3/4 carriers: To continue.5 5.1% Total Savings If the CnC link was designed using S2-8PSK 3/4 in both directions.6.9 19.5% 38.5 Remote to Hub 10 Mbps 8PSK S2 3/5 8.8 24. it would have required: • • • • • Occupied BW – 19.3 30. Spreading the carrier by using a lower modulation and/or FEC along with latest FEC such as DVB-S2 LDPC can substantially reduce the total power which can then be traded with bandwidth using Carrier-in-Carrier.8 310 129 Total With Carrier-in-Carrier and LDPC Hub to Remote 30 Mbps 8PSK S2 3/4 19.3% 41. D.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 The savings summary is as follows (note TPC 7/8 is 20/23 actual): Original Link Item Data Rate (kbps) Modulation FEC Occupied BW (MHZ) Power Eq.0 3. The concept is illustrated with the following examples: The conventional link is using 8PSK. consider this example: total 8PSK. BW (MHz) Leased BW (MHz) Hub HPA (W) Remote HPA (W) 503 219 Hub to Remote 30 Mbps 8PSK TPC 3/4 19. Hub HPA – 310 W. D–14 . while substantially reducing the total power equivalent bandwidth: Now.3 MHz.2 Power Limited Links Carrier-in-Carrier can provide substantial savings even when the original link is power limited. Leased BW – 19.3 MHz.1 22.

1 13.2 13. the CnC link used DVB-S2 8PSK 3/4.1 10.3% Note: 1 dB HPA BO for QPSK.48 Mbps Whereas the original link used 8PSK TPC 3/4.4 2.0 8.2 49. BW (MHz) Leased BW (MHz) Hub HPA (W) Remote HPA (W) Original Link Hub to Remote Remote To Hub 20. The savings summary is as follows – using CnC and DVB-S2 reduced the leased bandwidth by almost 50% and HPA power by almost 60%: Item Data Rate (kbps) Modulation FEC Occupied BW (MHZ) Power Eq.4 13.2 27 47 Savings Total 26.3% 58.2 26. 22/22 (EH/EH) Africa – 9.1 m Africa – 4.9 44 112 With Carrier-in-Carrier Hub to Remote to Total Remote Hub 20.2 15. 2 dB HPA BO for 8PSK.48 8PSK 8PSK TPC 3/4 TPC 3/4 13.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Satellite & Transponder Earth Station 1 Earth Station 2 Data Rate IS-901 @ 342º W.48 Mbps / 20. 1 dB Feed Loss. D–15 .48 20.2 13.48 8PSK 8PSK S2 3/4 S2 3/4 13.3 4.5 m 20.48 20.6% 38.2 6.

calculate CnC ratio at Sites A and B. If it is not within specification. compare Es/No in the presence of two overlapping carriers with CnC with Es/No when only one carrier was ON. turn ON both the carriers (on the same frequency) and turn CnC ON. Make sure there is sufficient margin to account for CnC. Measure/record Es/No at Site B. measure Co+No/No at the input to the modem at Site B. cabling. measure Co+No/No at the input to the modem at Site A. Measure/record RSL at Sites A and B. it is critical that the link is fully tested in non-CnC mode and all system issues – including external interference. antenna pointing. Now. Measure/record Es/No at Site A. CnC function is OFF at both sites. usually midrange. D–16 . Turn OFF the carrier at Site A. Measure/record Receive Signal Level (RSL) at Site B. Using a spectrum analyzer. measure Co+No/No at the input to the modem at Site B. and SSPA backoff – are resolved.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D.4. 4 Now. CnC function is OFF at both sites. Using a spectrum analyzer. 3 Using Co+No/No readings.     Using a spectrum analyzer. Comtech EF Data recommends that you follow these steps to commission and deploy CnC: Step 1 Task Turn ON the carrier at Site A. measure Co+No/No at the input to the modem at Site A. Es/No variation should be within spec for that modulation and SR ratio.    Measure/record Es/No at Sites A and B. make necessary adjustments to bring it within specification and repeat measurements in Steps 1 and 2. Only after the link is robust should the user attempt turning on CnC. Turn ON the carrier at Site B. Measure/record RSL at Site B.7 Commissioning and Deploying Carrier-in-Carrier Prior to commissioning a Carrier-in-Carrier link. Carrier from Site B is OFF. without changing the transmit power levels.     2 Using a spectrum analyzer.  Also verify that the RSL is within spec. 5 You may repeat the test for different SR ratios and modulation types. Make sure there is sufficient margin to account for CnC.

with required CnC margin: 2 3 Verify that the CnC ratio is within spec for the CDM-760. the Leased Bandwidth and the Power Equivalent Bandwidth are equal or nearly equal. BWCarrier 2) PEBDuplex Link = PEBCarrier 1 + PEBCarrier 2 Leased BWDuplex Link = Greater of (BWDuplex Link.5 D.5.1 Operational References Calculating a Carrier-in-Carrier Link Budget Follow these steps to calculate the link budget for a CnC Link: Step 1 Task Calculate the link budget for both carriers in the duplex link. D–17 . Repeat the link budget process by selecting different Modulation and FEC until the BW and PEB is nearly balanced. PEBDuplex Link) 4 5 For an optimal link. Calculate the Allocated Bandwidth (BW) and Power Equivalent Bandwidth (PEB) for the duplex link: • • • BWDuplex Link = Greater of (BWCarrier 1.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D.

The reason why the CnC ratio is an “estimate” when looking at BE EIRP is because BE EIRP assumes that the actual BW used and the PEB are balanced. assume Site A is running a link to Site B (referred to as Link 1). and therefore the BE EIRP is an accurate proxy for the actual power of the carrier.6 = -0.Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 D.2 Estimating / Calculating CnC Ratio CnC Ratio can be derived either from the downlink carrier levels or from the Carrier to Noise Ratio (C/N). and Site B is running a link to Site A (referred to as Link 2). • • • • CnC Ratio = Interferer BE EIRP – Desired BE EIRP CnC Ratio at Site A = BE EIRP Link 1 – BE EIRP Link 2 CnC Ratio at Site B = BE EIRP Link 2 – BE EIRP Link 1 Notes: • From the standpoint of Site A: CnC Ratio = 32. and a negative value represents a stronger desired carrier.1 Estimating CnC Ratio from LST / EIRP The CnC Ratio is the difference in power of the interferer carrier to the desired carrier. D.8 – 32.8 = +0.8 • From the standpoint of Site B: CnC Ratio = 31. For this reason a positive value represents a stronger interfering carrier.2.5.5. For this example.6 – 31.8 D–18 .

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

D.5.2.2 Calculating CnC Ratio from Carrier to Noise Ratio (C/N) on a Spectrum Analyzer
For this example, assume Site A is running a link to Site B (referred to as Link 1), and Site B is running a link to Site A (referred to as Link 2):

• • •

CnC Ratio = C/N Interferer – C/N Desired + 10log(SR Interferer / SR_Desired) CnC Ratio at Site A = C/N Link 1 – C/N Link 2 + 10log(SR Link 1 / SR Link 2) CnC Ratio at Site B = C/N Link 2 – C/N Link 1 + 10log(SR Link 2 / SR Link 1) CnC Ratio from C/N C/N (dB) Link 1 9.5 Link 2 7.5 Symbol Rate (Msps) SR Link 1 5.0 SR Link 2 6.5 CnC Ratio (by Carrier Direction)* CnC A (Site A  Site B) +0.86 dB CnC B (Site B  Site A) -0.86 dB

* Notes: • From the standpoint of Site A: CnC Ratio = 9.5 – 7.5 + 10log(5.0 / 6.5) = +0.86 • From the standpoint of Site B: CnC Ratio = 7.5 – 9.5 + 10log(6.5 / 5.0) = -0.86

D–19

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

D.5.3

Calculating CnC Ratio and PSD Ratio from Satmaster

D.6

DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier Specifications
See the Introduction chapter for the complete table of specifications.

D.7

Carrier-in-Carrier Summary
Comtech EF Data’s DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier can provide significant savings in operational expenses. The following considerations must be taken into account when evaluating CnC: • • • CnC can only be used for full duplex links where the transmitting earth station is able to receive itself. CnC can be used in both bandwidth-limited and power-limited situations. The maximum savings is generally achieved when the original link is symmetric in data rate.

D–20

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

D.8

Glossary
Bandwidth, Allocated or Occupied
Bandwidth or Allocated Bandwidth or Occupied Bandwidth is the frequency space required by a carrier on a transponder. For example: A Duplex 10 Mbps Circuit with 8PSK Modulation, FEC Rate 3/4 and 1.4 Spacing requires: Allocated BW = (Data Rate) / (Spectral Efficiency) x (Carrier Spacing Factor) Allocated BW = 6.43 MHz = (10 / 2.177/) * 1.4 For a 36 MHz transponder, 2.548 MHz corresponds to 17.9% Bandwidth Utilization.

Bandwidth, Leased (LBW)
Almost all satellite operators charge for the Leased Bandwidth (LBW). Leased Bandwidth or Leased Resource is the greater of the Allocated Bandwidth and Power Equivalent Bandwidth. For example: If a carrier requires 3 MHz of Allocated BW and 4.5 MHz of PEB, the Leased Bandwidth is 4.5 MHz

Bandwidth, Power Equivalent (PEB)
Power Equivalent Bandwidth (PEB) is the transponder power used by a carrier, represented as bandwidth equivalent. PEB Calculation Example: • • • • • • Transponder EIRP = 37 dBW Output Backoff (OBO) = 4 dB Available EIRP = 37 – 4 = 33 dBW = 10 Transponder Bandwidth = 36 MHz Power Available / MHz = 1955.26 / 36 = 54.424 W If a carrier uses 24 dBW, its PEB = 102.4 / 54.424 = 4.532 MHz This corresponds to 12.59% of available transponder power.
3.3

= 1955.26 Watts

CnC Ratio
Ratio of Interfering Carrier Power to Desired Carrier Power (unit in dB). The interfering carrier is the Tx Carrier from Local Modulator and the Desired Carrier is the carrier from the distant end received by the local demodulator. At the station transmitting C1:

D–21

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

CnC Ratio (in dB) = PowerC1 (in dBm) – PowerC2 (in dBm)

Eb/No
Ratio of Energy per bit (Eb) to Noise density (No) (unit in dB): Eb/No = C/No – 10log(DR) (where DR is the Data Rate) Eb/No = Es/No – 10log(SE) (where SE is Spectral Efficiency)

Es/No
Ratio of Energy per symbol (Es) to Noise density (No) (unit in dB): Es/No = C/No – 10log(SR) (where SR is the Symbol Rate) Es/No = Eb/No + 10log(SE) (where SE is Spectral Efficiency)

C/N
Ratio of Carrier Power (C) to Noise (N) (unit in dB): Equivalent to Es/No when calculated in the Symbol Rate bandwidth.

C/No
Ratio of Carrier Power (C) to Noise Density (No) (unit in dBHz)

Co+No/No
Ratio of Carrier Density (Co) + Noise (No) to Noise Density (No) (unit in dB): C/N = C/No – 10log(B) [where B is bandwidth in Hz] Eb/No = C/No – 10log(DR) [where DR is data rate in bits/sec] = C/N + 10log(B) – 10log(DR) = C/N – 10log(SE) (where SE is Spectral Efficiency) Eb/No = 10log (10 ((Co+No/No)/10) – 1) – 10log(SE) (where SE is Spectral Efficiency) [Note: Spectral Efficiency is in bps / Hz]

D–22

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem

Revision 0 MN-CDM760

Power Spectral Density (PSD)
Power Spectral Density (PSD) is the signal power per unit bandwidth: dBW / Hz or dBm / Hz For example: Signal power = 20 dBm Signal bandwidth = 5 MHz PSD = 20 – 10 *log (5,000,000) = -46.99 dBm / Hz

PSD Ratio
Ratio of Power Spectral Density (PSD) of the interfering carrier to the desired carrier.

If looking at the 2 carriers side-by-side on a spectrum analyzer:

Quasi Error Free (QEF)
Quasi Error Free (QEF) corresponds to PER ~10-7 PER (packet error rate) is based upon a 188 byte MPEG frame size.

Spectral Efficiency (SE)
Ratio of the Data Rate to the Symbol Rate.

Symbol Rate & Data Rate
Symbol Rate and Data Rate are related: DR = SR * SE (Data Rate = Symbol Rate * Spectral Efficiency) SR = DR / SE (Symbol Rate = Data Rate / Spectral Efficiency)

D–23

Doubletalk Carrier in Carrier Option CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 BLANK PAGE D–24 .

Set the Resolution Bandwidth of the Spectrum Analyzer to < 20% of the symbol rate.2dB. Use this value of (Co+No)/No in the table on the following page to determine the Eb/No. if one is available. This value is (Co+No)/No. then use the MARKER DELTA function to put a second marker on the noise to the side of the carrier. it is sometimes useful to measure the value using a spectrum analyzer. If the (Co+No)/No value measured does not correspond to an exact table entry. Use video filtering and/or video averaging to reduce the variance in the displayed trace to a low enough level that the difference can be measured to within 0. and measuring the difference between the peak spectral density of the signal (the flat part of the spectrum shown) and the noise density. in dB. To make this measurement: • • • Use a vertical scale of 1 or 2 dB/division. Es/No MEASUREMENT Although the CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Satellite Modem calculates and displays the value of receive Es/No on the front panel of the unit.Es/No Measurement CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix E. This is accomplished by tuning the center frequency of the Spectrum analyzer to the signal of interest. interpolate using the two nearest values. You will need to know the operating mode to read from the appropriate column. • • • Note that the accuracy of this method degrades significantly at low values of (Co+No)/No (approximately less than 6 dB). Place a marker on the flat part of the signal of interest. The idea is to accurately measure the value of (Co+No)/No (Carrier density + Noise density/Noise density). E–1 .

6 dB. this corresponds to an Es/No of approximately 2.8 dB (DVB-S2). If Rate 1/2 QPSK is used. + No)/ 10) -1) – 10log10(Spectral Efficiency) E–2 . the (Co+No)/No measured is 4. The relationship used to derive the table values (the only simple way for DVB-S2) is as follows: Es/No = C/N = 10log10(10((Co where: • Es/No and(Co+No)/No are expressed in dB.Es/No Measurement CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Example: In the diagram that follows.

6 11.2 8.1 0.9 11.44 3.7 16.1 0.1 7.7 3.70 217.0 3.03 4.40 290.17 0.90 208.15 0.30 314.75 1.1 0.60 278.2 3.6 11.0 6.4 4.26 0. QEF (PER 10e-7) DVBS2.30 4.2 13. Pilot ON.55 1.19 0.6 9.0 4.42 2.5 13.3 4.20 231.18 2.4 10.70 Spec Eff (Bits / Hz) 0.80 232.45 1.58 2.4 6.90 3.1 0.90 278.32 0.8 6.7 5. DVBS2.2 5.36 0.39 0.40 290.94 2.22 0.00 309.5 3.34 0.0 13.13 0.29 0.29 1.4 12.6 5.1 0.2 2.60 261.4 6.9 2.2 16.1 0.3 4.1 9.43 0.1 Max SR (Msps) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 120 120 120 120 120 120 90 90 90 90 90 90 72 72 72 72 72 Min DR (Mbps) 0.30 261.48 3.9 10.1 0.3 4.7 6.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 9.1 0.5 QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 1/2 3/5 2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 8/9 9/10 3/5 2/3 3/4 5/6 8/9 9/10 2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 8/9 9/10 3/4 4/5 5/6 8/9 9/10 E–3 .44 Max DR (Mbps) 144.4 1.26 0.1 0.1 0.40 0.17 0.15 0.5 8.72 1.1 0.62 2.1 14.24 0.1 0.50 260.1 0.80 174.97 1.1 0.3 6.80 260.12 0.5 6.1 0.16 0.1 0.62 3.60 310.10 290.1 QEF Es/No 1.00 193. Normal Block.1 14.9 7.Es/No Measurement CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table E-1.59 2.9 8.20 309. Pilot ON.09 3.16 1.35 0.26 0.80 232.1 0.0 4. QEF (PER 10e-7) MOD FEC Min SR (Msps) 0.60 313.8 8.17 0.9 5.1 0.10 0.87 4.80 313.2 2.74 1.1 0.22 3.0 11.36 QEF Eb/No 1.62 1.30 258. Normal Block.40 242.1 0.31 0.

17 0.1 0.80 220.7 3.8 6.62 3.2 9.2 3.36 QEF Eb/No 1.62 1.86 278.16 219.75 154.10 0.67 1.6 11. Pilot ON.0 9.32 314.1 0.75 193.84 1.37 1.1 0.03 4.19 0.33 3.10 289.04 208.0 2.55 1.5 12.1 0.5 E–4 .3 5. Normal Block.1 0.34 0.1 5.1 0.2 8.7 3.1 0.22 3.09 3.29 0.1 0.24 310.1 0.1 0.23 0.8 4.8 8.2 10.15 0.3 6.39 0.3 11.1 0.6 10.4 6.3 3.9 10.4 1.1 0.60 313.23 299.8 6.1 0.50 164.1 0.16 4.94 2.64 300.24 0.10 0.3 2.4 5.25 0.42 0.2 13.50 2.4 16.17 0.1 0.64 278.72 2.0 6.32 2.3 4.25 174.1 0.1 0.8 13.1 0.0 9.97 1.24 0.33 0.5 7.0 5.32 245.9 5.1 14.16 260.8 2.48 3.6 1.3 3.1 0.59 2.22 0.7 13.1 0.0 12.35 290.1 0.26 0.4 10.80 232.32 0.26 0.00 183.62 2.75 1.03 1.Es/No Measurement CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Table E-2 DVB-S2-EB1. Normal Block.1 7.1 0.10 1.1 0.34 0.70 Spec Eff (Bits / Hz) 0.41 3.9 7.1 0.87 4.0 11.44 Max DR (Mbps) 144.13 0. QEF (PER 10e-7) MOD QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 8PSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 16APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK 32APSK FEC 1/2 8/15 17/30 3/5 19/30 2/3 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 17/30 3/5 19/30 2/3 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 19/30 2/3 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 127/180 3/4 4/5 5/6 31/36 8/9 9/10 Min SR (Msps) 0.4 12. QEF (PER 10e-7) DVB-S2-EB1.65 204.5 2.90 217.2 16.1 0.20 258.2 2.76 261.72 1.52 309.36 0.35 0.8 8.17 0.6 2.15 0.5 1.7 4.1 0.16 1.23 1.17 0.25 250.47 245.74 1.7 15.7 4.1 0.98 299. Pilot ON.5 8.2 9.2 1.1 0.44 2.90 197.14 0.9 7.1 0.1 0.0 4.7 6.58 2.18 2.43 0.6 4.0 3.1 0.9 1.60 261.27 0.7 5.74 309.1 0.75 245.1 0.64 1.36 278.5 7.30 260.4 3.42 2.12 0.82 313.16 0.0 4.44 3.5 6.18 0.6 5.1 14.29 1.1 Max SR (Msps) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 Min DR (Mbps) 0.1 9.12 0.9 7.44 232.11 0.3 3.4 6.90 3.1 0.87 231.1 0.40 0.1 0.45 1.1 0.31 0.20 0.5 5.35 242.3 5.1 QEF Es/No 1.88 290.05 2.6 9.26 0.16 0.30 4.1 0.1 0.9 6.

ETHERNET NETWORK CONFIGURATION F. for example. F–1 . as well as the ability to communicate with other routers to describe or determine the best way to direct network traffic from ‘Point A’ to ‘Point B’. for example. and learns where particular MAC addresses are. listing the MAC addresses for each switch port. An Ethernet switch maintains what is known as a Content Addressable Memory (CAM) table. The Ethernet switch uses the CAM table to determine where to forward Ethernet frames.Ethernet Network Configuration CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix F. if an Ethernet switch sees traffic from ‘Machine A’ coming in on ‘Port 2’. or a CRS-500 M:N Redundancy System in 1:N redundancy. which involves slightly modifying the packets of network traffic as they traverse the device. An Ethernet router can be programmed to understand and route the data it is directed to handle. it is important to stress the importance of avoiding Ethernet looping connection problems – with or without use of the CDM-760 in redundancy. called physical ports. in which cables connect to other network devices. An Ethernet switch examines the traffic that comes across it. Each has two or more connectors.2 Ethernet Routers and Switches Routers and switches allow connection of one or more computers or networked devices to other computers or network devices.1 Introduction For operations requiring Ethernet-based terrestrial data handling. An Ethernet router determines where to forward IP traffic based upon the destination IP address and the Route table entries in the router. By default. These issues are specifically addressed with a CDM-760 redundancy configuration that uses Comtech EF Data’s CRS-170A (L-Band) or CRS-180 (70/140 MHz) 1:1 Redundancy Switches. F. and that traffic destined for ‘Machine A’ needs to only be sent to that port and not any of the others. Use this appendix to review the differing methods for Ethernet-based data handling with the CDM-760 Modem. All routers include some kind of user interface for configuring how the router will treat traffic: larger routers include the equivalent of a full-blown programming language to describe how they should operate. Ethernet switches will update the CAM table automatically. it now knows that ‘Machine A’ is connected to that port. broadband routers include the ability to "hide" computers behind a type of firewall.

there are a number of issues that must be addressed – first and foremost on the list of concerns is whether implementation of the switches in the network will cause a Networking Loop. if the switch is running Spanning Tree Protocol. Standard traffic is defined as Rx and Tx Ethernet traffic using the same port on the same router or switch.1 Ethernet Network Overview When placing modems in a network. then each subsequent switch passes along that request until ‘Switch 1’ receives it again. At this point. The switch could continue to forward all requests out all ports. and how to properly design applications architecture for handling Standard traffic and Split-path traffic. Networking Loop with Switches Figure F-1 illustrates a Networking Loop with switches. F. F–2 . etc. Figure F-1.Ethernet Network Configuration CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 F.. whereas split-path traffic is Rx and Tx Ethernet traffic using different ports of the same router or switch. Other factors will affect the network: e. two things could happen: 1. This is problematic because a Networking Loop will cause a Broadcast Storm. The switch could then stop forwarding traffic out the proper port. 2. The problem with this configuration is that ‘Switch 1’ will send out an ARP request looking for a particular MAC.3.g. VLANs.3 Ethernet Configuration Examples This section explains the problems with Ethernet Networking Loops. creating more and more traffic on the network until there is no bandwidth available and the switch either reboots or locks up. which shuts down the network and causes harm to devices in that network. The switch could sense that the ARP request came back to the switch on a different port.

Port configuration and statistics are available on a per-port basis. It should also be noted that additional care must be taken to avoid Ethernet Networking Loops as defined in Sect. as shown in Figure F-3. The CDM-760 modem has two built-in 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet Ports and an optical Gigabit Ethernet port (for use with the optional Optical Ethernet SFP module – see Chapter 3. CDM-760 Ethernet Architecture Design Figure F-2 shows the internal Ethernet architecture for the CDM-760. the network operator must make sure to avoid connecting multiple ports of the CDM-760 to the same external Ethernet switch. Specifically. The 10/100BaseT management port is connected to a switch that interfaces optionally with the data traffic switch and the M&C controller. This configuration allows for multiple customer Ethernet interfaces.4 F. F–3 .1 CDM-760 Ethernet Overview Ethernet Interfaces Figure F-2. F. Normally. the management port is configured so that management traffic is physically separated from the data traffic ports. REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS) connected to a single internal Ethernet Layer 2 Switch. However.Ethernet Network Configuration CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 F.3.1.4. it is possible to enable operation so that management traffic may pass with the data through the data traffic ports and WAN interface.

4.2 Ethernet Overhead After Ethernet packets are sent from the internal switch to the modem WAN interface.Ethernet Network Configuration CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Figure F-3. Improper Use of External Switch with CDM-760 F. Generic Stream Encapsulation (GSE) is used and overhead is <1%. F–4 .

etc..g. data flow between Blocks 2 and 1 does not occur.Ethernet Statistics and Status Reporting CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Appendix G. RSL. Of particular interest in this section are those related to the Ethernet data traffic associated with normal operation and metrics – i. The arrows in the diagram indicate the direction of data flow. Arrows on both ends of a link show where data flow is bidirectional. Data flow only occurs as indicated by the lines in the diagram.e. All of the metrics (counts.1 Introduction Information is available from the CDM-760 Modem to report ongoing and time-varying quantities..) This appendix excludes much of the information provided elsewhere in this manual (e. G–1 . along with some operational status items.) are referred to collectively as statistics. ratios. its primary purpose is to emphasize the blocks involved in data flow. while data flow between Blocks 1 and 2 is valid. ETHERNET STATISTICS and STATUS REPORTING G. etc. data flow from Blocks 1 to 2 is valid. For example. items that are attributed new meaning in special modes like Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) or DoubleTalk Carrier-in-Carrier (CnC). G. (For the purpose of this application. while data flow between Blocks 2 and 8 is not. the intent of using the word ‘statistics’ here is to gather naturally associated items. While this diagram includes a few of the normal modulator and demodulator features. Es/No. configuration.) in order to focus strictly on data traffic-related items. The blocks in this diagram are numbered to indicate valid traffic flow between blocks. Note the following: • • • • The names of the blocks/regions correspond to generic functions within the modem.2 Data Flow Diagram Figure G-1 provides a simplified way to visualize the CDM-760 and its data traffic handling capabilities.

Frames are mapped into the appropriate FECFrame and mapped into the selected ModCod for transmission to the satellite. The data from the satellite frames is recovered. Data processing to assemble data into frames for the modulator is performed in this block.703 interface.Ethernet Statistics and Status Reporting CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 Name LAN Region Function This unmarked region of the diagram refers to the LAN – the source / destination for data traffic. so most of the statistics do not apply to the G. This unmarked region of the diagram refers to data to or from the satellite link. This is reserved for future plug-in modules. Data from the LAN destined to the satellite flows into this block. Signals to and from the satellite are processed here to cancel the locally transmitted carrier and receive the carrier from the distant end. The microcontroller (µP) is involved in collection and calculation of statistics. It forms Ethernet packets and forwards them to the Ethernet Switch. Block 1 – Ethernet Switch Block 2 – Terrestrial Port Processor (Tx) Block 3 – Expansion Slot Block 4 – Terrestrial Port Processor (Rx) Block 5 – Deframer Block 6 – Framer Block 7 – Modulator Block 8 – CnC Block 9 – Demodulator Block 10 – µP / M&C / Management IF Region Figure G-1. There are two RJ-45 10/100/1000BaseT ports and one optional optical Gigabit Ethernet (SFP module) port available at the rear of the modem. CDM-760 Data Flow Diagram G–2 . The LAN’s access to the modem is at the Ethernet switch. The information of interest is tailored to Ethernet interfaces. Carriers received from the satellite are processed here to recover data frames. This is the counterpart to the Tx processor.

3 Statistics Items The tabulated content presented in the sections that follow may or may not be operational at this time. OFF Aggregate of all accepted packets less M&C packets Aggregate of all accepted bytes less M&C bytes Packets accepted to Port 1 and inclusive of M&C Packets accepted to Port 2 and inclusive of M&C Packets accepted to Port 3 (optional optical port) and inclusive of M&C Number of packets sent from the M&C to either LAN or WAN side Number of VALID acceptable packets that were thrown away due to buffer full Breakout of packets from WAN to Port 1 and inclusive of M&C packets Breakout of packets from WAN to Port 2 and inclusive of M&C packets Breakout of packets from WAN to Port 3 (optional optical port) and inclusive of M&C packets Number of packets sent to the M&C from either LAN or WAN side Aggregate of all LAN packets (less M&C packets) Aggregate of all LAN bytes (less M&C bytes) Resets all above counters Total packets destined to WAN Total bytes destined to WAN Packets from LAN to PORT 1 Packets from LAN to PORT 2 Packets from LAN to optical Port 3 Packets from M&C Packets from LAN that were dropped due to buffer full in Switch Chip Packets from WAN to PORT 1 Packets from WAN to PORT 2 Packets from WAN to OPT-3 Packets to M&C Total packets destined to LAN Total bytes destined to LAN Counter Reset G. PHY Down. PHY Down.3. PHY Up.1 Item GigE-1 Mode GigE-2 Mode GigE-3 (optical) Mode Ethernet Data Statistics Fig. test. B-1 Block Flow From 6 9 9 9 9 9 To 7 5 5 5 5 5 Comments Excludes PL Dummy frames Excludes PL Dummy frames Excludes PL Dummy Frames (CRC or LDPC or BCH errors or any uncorrectable error) While 16-APSK option not active While 32-APSK option not active Resets all above counters BB TX Frame Count by Mod Cod BB RX Frame Count by Mod Cod BB RX Frames received in error By Mod Cod BB RX Frames received count for 16APSK BB RX Frames received count for 32APSK Counter Reset G–3 . test.Ethernet Statistics and Status Reporting CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 G.3. test. PHY Up. B-1 Block Flow From 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 1 LAN LAN LAN 10 1 2 1 1 4 4 10 To 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 LAN 10 1 1 Comments Normal. OFF Normal. PHY Up. OFF Normal.2 Item Framing and Baseband Statistics Fig. PHY Down. G.

7 Item CnC PSD Ratio CnC Ratio (Power) CnC frequency offset CnC Delay CnC Status Comments Power Spectral Density (PSD) ratio at local end. PN Sequence Test On/Off BER Test Result G. Remote Es/No Reading G. G.Ethernet Statistics and Status Reporting CDM-760 Advanced High-Speed Trunking Modem Revision 0 MN-CDM760 G.3. CnC Ratio = Interferer .3. Round trip delay of Tx carrier in ms (measured in Fig.3 Status Items Status items are not strictly part of the Statistics but are important items used for monitoring for current conditions.6 Item Rx ModCod Local Es/No Reading ACM Demodulator Status Comments Currently active Rx ModCod. density (dB). PN data is generated in the Framer (Fig. Enable / Disable Test. Es/No from distant end.Distant. power (dB). B-1 Block 8). B-1 Block 5). Test results – continuous.3. ∆F between Interferer and Distant carriers. G–4 .5 Item Current TX ModCod ACM Modulator Status Comments Currently active Tx ModCod. B-1 Block 6) and recovered in the Deframer (Fig.3. Power Ratio at local end. Es/No of local demodulator. PSD = Interferer . G.Distant.3.4 Item ModCod Selection BER Testing Comments Allows selection of ModCod for test.

.

2114 WEST 7TH STREET TEMPE ARIZONA 85281 USA 480 • 333 • 2200 PHONE 480 • 333 • 2161 FAX .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful